Home

Network Scan/Fax/Network Fax Operations User`s Guide

1. Optimal paper size 5 1 2 x 8 8 1 2 x 11 8 1 2x 11 W 8 1 2 x 14 11x17u 1 2 U m Paper selection order 5 1 2 x 8 8 1 2 x 11 8 1 2 x 11 8 1 2 x 14 11x17 From top to bottom 1 2 y Ga Cal 5 1 2 x 8 8 1 2 x11 W 8 1 2 x 11 11x17 A3 Ga 1 2 a Ga A5 W A4 ul A4 y B4 B4 aa A5 ul A4 Y A4 ul A3 a 8 1 2 x 14 aa 8 1 2 x 11 8 1 2 x 14 8 1 2 x 14 8 1 2 x 11 8 1 2 x 11 a a a a aa 8 1 2 x 11W 11x170 11x17 8 1 2 x11 W A4 AQ B4 Ga B4 aa A4 Qa A4 Y A3 ul A3 a A4 y B5 W B5 Ga 8 1 2 x 14 m 11x17 B4 Ga A3 Ga Optimal paper size A5 U A4 B5 U B4 ui A4 U A3 a Paper selection order A5 U A4 ua B5 U B4 ul A4 y A3 a PO OPO BANE AS Ga As Q B5 a A3 a A4 ca B4 ua A4 a B4 Ga B4 aa A4 Qa B4 Ga A4 Qa A4Q A3 Ga A4 Gi A4 y A3 Ga B5 U A4 y B5 Ga A3 Ga B4 Ga A3 Ga bizhub 652 552 6 9 Printing upon data reception 6 6 Print Separate Fax Pages is set to ON The print paper is searched for in the descending order Even if Print Separate Fax Pages is set to ON when the width of the selected print paper is smaller than that of the image in the received document the document size is reduced according to the paper width Optimal paper size 5 1 2 x 8 1 20 8 1 2 x 11 Cal 8 1 2x 110 8 1 2 x 14 Cal 11x17 Paper selection order From top to bottom Optimal paper size 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 U 8 1 2 x 11 Cal 8 1
2. Original Main unit Memory Scanned data FTP server Intranet Internet Download NOOR WN SMB transmission Scanned data can be sent to a shared folder on a specified computer Enter the intended host name file path and other information from the touch panel of this machine 1 Original 2 Main unit 3 Memory 4 Scanned data 5 Save to shared folder bizhub 652 552 2 2 Overview 2 User Box filing Scanned data can be saved in the Public Personal or Group User Box created on the hard disk of this ma chine allowing the data to be reused The file name can be entered from the touch panel of this machine when the data is saved In addition received fax data can be saved in the User Box For details refer to the User s Guide Box Oper ations 1 Main unit 2 Hard disk WebDAV transmission Upload scanned data to the specified server Enter the server address and login password from the touch panel of this machine The data uploaded to the server can be downloaded from a computer on the network Original Main unit Memory Scanned data Server Intranet Internet Download NOOR WN bizhub 652 552 2 9 Overview 2 2 Web Service If the driver is ins
3. 3 2 Touch panel 3 2 1 Screen component aBc aBc DEF on GHI JKL k m Mo _ Pars w WXVZ al etc ME Mail E Mail Mail posar Box Fax Osaka Nagoya fax1 I WebDAV Faer TOS ebbav ip faxt jean Group Search gt Scan Settings 4 Original Settings 7 Seveyngs gt E 4 5 Toner maaa Language Selection y No Name Description 1 Message display area Displays the status of the machine and details on operation procedures 2 Functions settings display area Displays tabs and buttons for displaying screens containing various functions Use this area to configure various functions Press a tab or button to display the corresponding screen for configur ing the settings 3 Icon display area Displays icons indicating the status of jobs and the machines 4 Left panel Displays various buttons such as Job List to display the jobs that are currently being per formed queued waiting to be performed and Check Job to display the result of the specified settings For details on the display and description of the left panel refer to page 3 8 5 Toner supply indicators Displays the remaining toner level Icons that appear in the touch panel Icons indicating the status of this machine may appear in the icon display area The following icons may be displayed Icon Description gt Indicates that data is being sent from the machine regardless of the current mode d Indicates that the
4. Auto Color Full Color Gray Scale Black PDF O O O O Compact PDF O O O TIFF O O O O JPEG O O O a XPS O O O O Compact XPS O O O Reference e Even if you have selected the file type when saving a document in a User Box you must specify the file type when downloading the data of the document When saving a TIFF file in color the compression format can be specified For details refer to page 9 28 e If you select JPEG 1 Every X Page s is automatically selected in Page Separation in Scan Setting If destination is selected with IP Address Fax when the compact PDF or compact XPS is selected or if destination selected with IP Address Fax is included in broadcast the scan resolution of 400 x 400 dpi or 600 x 600 dpi is changed to 300 x 300 dpi bizhub 652 552 5 43 Scan Settings 5 10 Scan Setting Data arrangement can be specified when originals containing multiple pages are scanned and sent Item Description Multi Page Creates all the scanned originals as one file This setting cannot be selected if JPEG is selected for the file type Page Separation Select to divide the scanned data at a specified page Using the keypad enter the number of pages to be saved in a file E mail Attachment Method Reference Specify the method for attaching a file to an E mail when Page Separation is selected All Files Sent as one 1 E mail Attach
5. Term Description PB A push telephone line PC FAX A function to send a fax directly from a computer without using paper Polling A function available on the receiver s side to request a sender to send docu ments set or stored in the sender s machine or memory Program A function of registering frequently used destination fax numbers or stereo typed transmission operation procedures By simply pressing Mode Memo ry you can specify the destination or configure a function automatically to start communication Quick Memory TX A method to start sending fax immediately after scanning a page of the doc ument This method allows even a document with many pages to be sent without overflowing memory Receiving A fax machine status where it receives a call Redial A function of dialing a fax number again when recipient s line is busy after waiting for a specified length of time Both manual redial and automatic redial functions are available to select Reference Allowed Level A feature for specifying settings so that only certain people are able to view certain destination information for the security of the information When syn chronized with user authentication only information with an access permis sion level matching that specified for the user can be viewed Relay broadcast A function to broadcast fax messages via other fax machine called a relay distribution station When you have multiple broadcast d
6. PWooo6 WebDAV ZATA 17 1 Delete Check Job Settings 3 Address Search p 5 38 Job List Broadcast Destinations Delete Check Job Settings Ploco8 I Fax 1 Scan Settings Original Settings F Serrinasotion 12 29 2009 16 37 Memory 100 Language Selection To search for a destination in the LDAP sel f choose Search or Advanced Search t at any time using keypad Job History Address Book irect Input j Receive I Fax Search seyrene 81 Scan Settings III lt Seveyn 12 29 2009 16 38 Memory 100 Language Selection A 3 Configure Scan Settings p 5 41 Original Settings p 5 62 and Communication Settings p 5 65 5 12 bizhub 652 552 5 1 Operation flow 3 4 Load the original 9 To check the advanced preview press Proof Copy p 5 14 O Press Start Sta rt Reference e If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Password Copy is set to Yes in Administrator Settings when scanning an original with a password embedded a message prompting you to enter a password appears Press Password enter the password and then press OK On the screen that reappears press Begin Authentication to start sending If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Copy Guard is set to Yes in Administrator Settings you cannot send an original
7. Line Parameter Setting E Select job setting Adm rator Settings gt Multi Line Settings gt Line Parameter Setting Job Setting PB Administrator A Utility Fax Settings Multi Line Settings 01 07 2010 11 54 Memory 100 10 32 bizhub 652 552 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 4 0 Item Description Dialing Method Select one of the dialing methods from PB 10pps 20pps for the extension line Number of RX Call Set the number of incoming call rings in the range between 0 and 15 Default Rings 2 Line Monitor Sound Set this item to ON to hear the line sound from a speaker during communi cation through the extension line Function Settings Item E Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Multi Line Settings gt Function Settings Job Setting Administrator Fax Settings L Beorn Multi Line Settings 01 07 2010 11 55 Memory 100 Description PC FAX TX Setting Specify the line to use for PC FAX transmissions Multi Line Settings Select the communication method for the extension line from three options TX and RX RX Only and TX Only E Select item and enter setting Administrator Settings gt Multi Lines Settings gt Multi Lines Usage Settings Multi Line Usage Line 2 Setting RX Only Fax Settings moy utility Administrator Settings Multi Line Settings 01 07 2010 11 55 Memory 100
8. Registered access allowed level User Box Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the registered destination User Box Number Registered User Box number Apply Level Referable Group Registered access allowed level bizhub 652 552 8 2 Common lists 8 8 2 2 Group List Prints the list of the group entries registered How to print 1 Select Group List from One Touch User Box Registration One Touch User Box Registration List in Administrator Settings specify the starting number the number of entries and the destination type and then press Print E Specify the number of destinations you wish to print Cup to 20 Administrator Settings gt One Touch User Box Registration List gt Group List List Output Number Number Destinations 1 ef 20 E yy One Touch User Box Reg Prin 30 12 2009 19 21 Cancel j Memory 100 2 Select 8x11 or 11417 paper Touch Start or press Start to begin printing Administrator Settings gt Group List gt Print Group List Paper Tray Simplex Duplex Administrator Settings Address Registration List y 08 26 2010 Memory Print sample Group Address List 01 08 2010 10 10 Serial No AIUE011900003 TC 322 aie 0004 0005 f 002 0006 0007 0008 OFF
9. Memory QQ Reference 01 07 2010 tion when TSI User Box i as not sev Print Memory RX User Box Specified User Box EES TSI User Box Registration 11 46 100 For details on the TS User Box function refer to page 7 5 Item Description Action when TSI User Box is not set Configure how the machine should react when a specified User Box is not found Automatically Print Prints received documents Memory RX User Box Saves received documents in a Mem ory RX User Box Specified User Box Saves received documents in a User Box of this machine Click Specified User Box and use the key pad to enter a User Box number Print Specify whether to print a received document after receiving TSI User Box Registration Register destinations to which to distribute RX documents Up to 128 destinations can be registered Select a desired number and then press Edit TSI User Box Settings Reference Allows you to distribute received faxes to other fax machines or User Boxes in this machine Specify a sender s fax number in Sender TSI Specify a forwarding destination in Forwarding Destination To distribute received faxes to other fax machines specify destinations with Select from Address Book To distribute them to User Boxes in the machine specify destinations with Search by User Box Number e AUser Box for which confidential reception is ena
10. 01 06 2010 15 23 Cancel Memory 100 bizhub 652 552 9 9 One Touch User Box Registration 9 2 Item Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2 000 Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters User Box Select one User Box you want to save the destination in Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled Reference To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete 9 2 4 Address Book Fax Register fax destinations To register a new destination press New 1 2 page Job List Registered number is automatically applied by touching OK pt To specify a registered number touch the No button Utility gt Fax gt New Utility J Name Create One Touch Fax Numb
11. Line Monitor Sound Vol 16 Utility Administrator Settings Fax Settings 10 13 2008 19 26 Memory 100 Description Line Monitor Sound Vol Set the volume level of the speaker in the range between 0 and 31 Default 16 10 4 9 Fax Settings TX RX Setting Configure the handling of files for polling TX operations and printing method for RX operations 1 3 page Item Select job setting Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt TX RX Settings Job Setting OFF ON Letter Ledger over A4 A3 ON Print Paper Size al Incorrect User i Box No Entry Print Y 3 EN 01 07 2010 11 29 Memory 100 Description Duplex Print RX If Duplex Print RX is set to ON the original received is printed on both sides of the paper e f Print Separate Fax Pages is set to ON this key does not appear Letter Ledger over A4 A3 Specify ON to select letter or ledger paper for printing received documents priory to other paper size Print Paper Selection e Auto Select Print paper is automatically selected Fixed Size Paper of the specified size is used for printing Priority Size Paper of the size specified as the preferred size is used for printing If no preferred size is specified paper of the closest size is used for printing 10 20 bizhub 652 552 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 10 Item Description Print Paper Size
12. Environment and device requirements The following environment and devices must be prepared to use various functions of this machine Functions Environment and device Network scan function e Connection of network cable e Network settings G3 fax function e Installation of the optional Fax Kit FK 502 e Connection of modular cable Network fax function Internet Fax e Connection of network cable Network settings IP Address Fax e Installation of the optional Fax Kit FK 502 Connection of network cable Network settings Connection and settings of network cable To use the function of this machine that sends image data over the network such as the Network Scan and Network Fax functions connection and settings of the network cable are required Connection of network cable Connect a UTP cable category 5 or later recommended connected to the network to the Ethernet connector on the machine bizhub 652 552 4 3 To begin operation 4 1 4 1 3 Network settings An IP address must be assigned to the machine and settings such as the SMTP server must be specified in order to use the machine on the network For the detailed procedure refer to the User s Guide Network Ad ministrator Specifying an E mail address for this machine An E mail address must be registered to this machine to send scanned data via E mail or to use the Internet Fax function This E mail addre
13. Icon 8 Internet Fax 1 2 p 9 19 No Name E Mail Address 2 2 RX Abili ty Desti nation Index Icon 3 Group p 9 20 Name Select Group Icon Check Program Settings 4 E Mail Settings 1 E Mail Subject p 9 21 2 E mail Body p 9 21 3 Limiting Access to Destinations 1 Apply Lev els Groups to Destinations p 9 24 1 Address Book p 9 24 2 Group p 9 24 3 Program p 9 25 bizhub 652 552 9 Menu trees in User mode 9 1 9 1 2 User Settings Job List E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection E Utility gt User Settings Utility 1 System Settings y 2 Custom Display Settings A 3 Copier Settings 4 4 Scan Fax Settings A Memory First level 01 05 2010 18 19 100 5 Printer Settings A Second level ETA Third level Fourth level 2 Custom Display Settings 2 Scan Fax Set 1 2 tings p 9 26 Default Tab Program Default Address Book Index Default Shortcut Key 1 Shortcut Key 2 2 2 Default Address Book Default Address Type 5 FAX Active TA Display A ba 8 Search Option Settings p 9 28 4 Scan Fax Set tings p 9 28 1 2 JPEG Compression Level Black Compression Level TWAIN Lock Time Default Scan Fax Settin
14. Contents 10 bizhub 652 552 12 3 3 G3 Fax Error Code ci as 12 8 Transmission system error COB ooocccnnococanncnnnnnnnnnnncrnnnnn nr nera 12 8 Reception system error COCC 2 cccccecceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeseaaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeseeaaaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeaaee 12 8 12 3 4 Network Fax Error Code nic il Ree ce 12 9 Transmission System error COS vecinita det 12 9 Reception system error Code a a fs ssc hed bide as 12 10 12 4 If Contact your service representative is displayed Service Calll ssccsseessseenseeeeees 12 11 13 1 Product Seccatid 13 3 13 1 1 Scanner funcio iba 13 3 13 1 2 ESTU COM diia 13 3 13 2 A O 13 4 13 2 1 Telling the machine to make a scan through a computer Web Service ooooccccnncccccncccncccccccnnnanncons 13 4 Telling the machine to make a scan through a COMpUteT oocccooccccccocccnonnonannnonnnonnnnnrnnnnnrnnrnnrn nara rnnnn 13 4 13 3 Scanner GlOSSALY iii a i 13 5 13 4 Internet Fax Clos AV iii oe aopa aSa aAa aaao aaaea nakadar 13 10 13 5 Fax GLOSS ANY sac secs secs ope cp decd cee cd ced A ced saadee seve T AT 13 11 Index 14 1 Index by de dador 14 3 14 2 Index by DUM OM secs ia 14 6 bizhub 652 552 Contents 11 Contents 12 bizhub 652 552 1 Introduction 1 1 Welcome 1 Introduction 1 1 Welcome Thank you for purchasing this machine This User s Guide describes the functions operating instructions precautions for correct operation
15. If a communication error persists please contact your service representative G3 Fax Error Message Corrective Actions Failed to complete the job due to an error while dialing Redial was attempted the number of times specified however transmission failed because the recipient was busy or due to other reasons Check the recipient s state to resend the fax Unable to check send er The machine failed to verify the recipient with Check Dest 8 Send set to Yes Check that the receiver s fax number is registered correctly Not enough memory to continue scanning During scanning of original the memory became full Press Start to send scanned originals Press Stop to stop faxing Transmission failed Please check line con nection The telephone cord may have become unplugged Check the telephone cord for connection and if unplugged plug it securely Cannot connect to the network Make sure that the network cable is correctly connected In addition make sure that Network Settings in Administrator Settings is correctly configured The address for the communication method cannot be selected since the number of addresses has exceeded the maxi mum allowed for broad casting The number of destinations specified exceeds the number possible for a broadcast transmission Reduce the number of broadcast destinations or send the transmission in multiple batches Document c
16. 63708 Subject p 5 67 From p 5 67 Body p 5 67 URL Notification Setting p 5 68 Communication Quick Memory TX p 5 69 ee TAA Polling RX Normal p 5 70 Bulletin p 5 70 Timer TX p 5 71 Password TX p 5 71 Polling TX Normal p 5 72 Bulletin p 5 72 F Code TX SUB Address ee Password E Mail Encryption p 5 73 Digital Signature p 5 73 Fax Header Settings p 5 74 bizhub 652 552 5 23 Fax Scan initial screen 5 4 Fax Scan initial screen Description of screen components Press Fax Scan to display the following screen 2 3 4 5 sob ist RALAS SIS OS No of 000 check Job ho n be sent at any time using keyjpad a Direc int Too Msn oF thoo Hass Status E Cnn Cer Ge oa rax as Osaka Nagoya bo fax1 o vet EPE fere WebDAVI ip fax1 ifax1 Scan Settings 4 igi Menon bth Eam Language Selection 6 7 No Item Description Refer ence 1 Address Book Press this button to select the recipient from the pre p 5 25 registered destinations 2 Direct Input Press this button to directly enter unregistered desti p 5 30 nations Job History Select the desired one from the destination history p 5 37 Address Search Press this button to search a destination registered on p 5 38 the LDA
17. An interface standard defined for between imaging devices including scan ners and digital cameras and applications including graphics software To use a TWAIN compatible device a corresponding TWAIN driver is required Uninstallation To delete software installed on a computer USB The acronym for Universal Serial Bus This is a general purpose interface de fined for connecting a mouse printer and other devices with a computer Web browser Software used to view Web pages Typical Web browsers include Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator WINS The acronym for Windows Internet Naming Service This is a service availa ble in Windows environments to call the name server responsible for conver sion between a computer name and an IP address Zone A name used for an AppleTalk network Zone is used to group multiple de vices on the AppleTalk network bizhub 652 552 13 9 13 Internet Fax Glossary 13 4 13 4 Internet Fax Glossary This section describes the general terms used in the Internet fax communications Term Description DSN The acronym for Delivery Status Notifications a delivery status notification message being returned from a receiver to a sender when the E mail is de livered to the receiver s mail server Internet Fax A transmission method by which the scanned original data is transmitted among Internet fax machines and computers as TIFF format E mail attach men
18. Check Job Settings E 12 23 2009 22 34 Toner maan iis 1007 Check Job Check Job Settings Communication Settings You can check the line settings and transmission method settings Press either Back or Forward to check Select desired button to change its setting Check Job Detailed Settings gt Communication Settings or Job List Line Settings Destinations E El Tokyo 2 Overseas TX ECM OFF Y34 OFF 3 A Check Dest amp Send SalSction Satin Do Not Set Nagoya Check Job Settings 2 E 12 23 2009 22 35 Toner IO Memory 100 Check Job Check Job Settings Check E Mail Settings You can check the document name subject From address and message body to send E mail messages Check Job Detailed Settings gt Detailed E Mail Settings Document Name SKMBT_65209122322370 AS i gt Subject d admin test local Job List data sending Check Job Settings 45 E E 12 23 2009 22 38 Toner IO Memory 100 bizhub 652 552 Registering the basic information 4 1 To begin operation 4 4 4 1 4 1 1 4 1 2 Registering the basic information This section explains the necessary settings and registrations before using the fax and scan functions of this machine To begin operation The following registrations are required in order to use this machine
19. Receiving IP 6 6 Receiving e mails automatically 6 5 Receiving e mails manually 6 5 Redialing 5 75 Reference 5 33 Registering a scan fax program 9 22 Registering an e mail setting text 9 21 Registering e mail setting subjects 9 21 Registering groups 9 20 Relay distribution 7 7 Relay request report 8 26 Relay TX result report 8 26 Report settings 10 30 Reports 8 3 Reservation communication report 8 22 Reservation polling TX report 8 23 Reset data after job 10 10 Resolution 5 42 Restrict access to job settings 10 9 Restrict operation 10 10 Restrict user access 10 9 Scan setting 5 44 Scan settings 3 17 5 41 Scan size 5 49 Scan fax settings 9 26 9 28 Search 5 27 5 36 Search option 5 29 Search option settings 9 28 Security 11 25 Security details 10 12 10 34 Select line 5 66 Send amp print 5 59 Sender fax no 10 34 Sending Advanced preview 5 17 Operation flow 5 3 Separate scan 5 61 Sequence polling RX reserved report 8 24 Sequential polling RX report 8 22 Setting for each purpose 11 32 Sharpness 5 51 Simplex duplex 5 42 SMB transmission 2 8 Specifications 13 3 Stamp 5 57 Stamp composition 5 47 Stamp settings fax TX settings 10 15 Stamp composition 5 55 Store address 11 22 11 30 Subject 5 67 System settings 11 24 Timer transmission 5 71 Total of pages quick memory TX 5 63 Touch panel 3 6 TSI distribution 7 5 TSI user box setting 10 28 TX result report 8 14 TX st
20. Specify paper size for printing received documents The initial setting varies depending on the setting for Letter Ledger over A4 A3 QQ Reference To enable the setting for the print paper size set Tray Selection for RX Print to Auto Incorrect User Box No Configure how the machine should react where an unregistered User Box Entry number is specified for fax RX using a User Box e Print Prints received documents e Show Error Message Handles the fax as a communications error e Auto Create User Box Automatically creates a User Box with a specified number and stores documents If Password Rules is set to ON this item is not available 2 3 page E Select job setting Job Setting PoanBageparave OFF 01 07 2010 11 33 Memory 100 Item Description Tray Selection for RX If you want to fix the paper tray used to print received faxes select the paper Print tray The available tray types vary depending on the options that are installed Min Reduction for RX Print Specify the reduction ratio for received document to Full Size or a value be tween 87 and 96 e Ifthe reduction ratio for printing is set to Full Size Print Paper Selection and Tray Selection for RX Print are set to Auto Or Print Separate Fax Pages is set to OFF Print Separate Fax Pag es If this item is set to ON a document longer than the standard size is printed on separate pages e
21. bizhub 652 552 10 33 10 Administrator Settings G3 10 4 Sender Fax No Register a sender fax number for the extension line The registered fax number is printed as the sender s in formation on the document received by the recipient Enter a sender fax number using 0 9 and space up to 20 characters Use the keypad to enter the number Administrator Settings gt Multi Line Settings gt Sender Fax No Utility a I Ee gt Administrator Settings Fax Settings Cad e e Multi Line Settings 01 07 2010 11 56 Memory 100 10 4 15 Fax Settings G3 Fax Print Quality Settings Specify whether to correct a received G3 fax according to the resolution Press the resolution you want to set up and select Prioritize Quality or Prioritize Speed Prioritize Quality Corrects a received image and prints it o Prioritize Speed Does not correct a received image to reduce the print time Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Fax Print Quality Settings Job Setting Prioritize Quality High Resolution Prioritize Speed Utility Administrator Settings il Prioritize Speed Fax Settings oo 01 06 2010 15 51 Memory 100 Reference The low resolution means 200 dpi x 100 dpi 200 dpi x 200 dpi or 300 dpi x 300 dpi and the high res olution means 400 dpi x 400 dpi 10 4 16 Security Settings Security Detai
22. the reception information will not be printed The following indicates where to print sender information or reception information e Inside Body Text The sender or receiving information is added so that it is overlaid on part of the orig inal image before the fax is being sent From MFP0O1 To 123456789 05 25 2006 13 22 138 P 001 001 A Outside Body Text The sender or receiving information is added to the outside of the original image area before the fax is being sent From MFP01 To 123456789 05 25 2006 13 22 138 P 001 001 FAX bizhub 652 552 10 17 1 0 Administrator Settings G3 10 4 e OFF The sender or receiving information is not added FAX The following indicate how sender information is printed ON The sender name destination fax number To xxxxx transmission start date and time transmis sion number and the number of pages are added as sender information Not displayed for North Amer ican or Hong Kong models From MFP01 To 123456789 05 25 2006 13 22 138 P 001 001 FAX e OFF The sender name fax ID of this machine transmission start date and time transmission number and the number of pages are added as sender information From MFPO1 987654321 05 25 2006 13 22 138 P 001 001 FAX 10 18 bizhub 652 552 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 4 0 10 4 8 Fax Settings Line
23. 1EEEG02 1X Authentication Setting Gateway Address RAW Port Number F Pont LLTD Setting F Pot SSOP Settings Pon 3 Bluetooth Setting Port 4 Pot S Pots DNS Host DNS Host Name Dynamic ONS Setting LLMNR Setting DNS Default Domain Name DNS Search Domain Name On Domain Name2 nain Name gP NS Server Auto Obtain Primary ONS Server Secondary ONS Servert dary ONS Server Secondary ON Secondary ONS Server2 SLP Setting SUP LPO Setting LPO EZ To Main Menu TePAP ON IPsec Turn the main switch OFF and tien ON when changing setings Notwork Speed Auto LOM IOOMbps Auto Setting DHCP F Bonp F ARPIPING F Agop E E ON m m E Er 66535 pnz 1 5535 Pns aus fra 1 565535 pns Jossa pre 1 585535 m Disable Enable Enable Enable Il Enable Enable Description Cancel TCP IP Setting Configure the TCP IP setting when connecting this machine via network E mail Setting Configure the settings to send or receive E mails including Internet fax and specify the extension function such as E mail authentication LDAP Setting Configure the settings to register the LDAP server IPP Setting Configure the IPP print setting FTP Setting Configure the settings to use this machine as an FTP client or server SNM
24. 9 13 9 15 9 17 9 18 9 19 Internet Fax 5 31 9 19 Internet Fax Advanced Settings 10 41 Internet Fax Self RX Ability 10 41 Interrupt 3 4 IP Address Fax 5 32 9 18 J Job Details 3 10 Job History 5 24 Job List 3 8 Job Settings List 8 15 10 32 JPEG 5 43 JPEG Compression Level 9 28 L1 3 12 3 14 L2 3 12 3 14 Last Name 5 38 Left 5 63 Letter Ledger over A4 A3 10 20 Line Monitor Sound 10 19 10 33 Line Monitor Sound Vol 10 20 Line Parameter Setting 10 19 10 32 Line Settings 5 65 9 11 Long Original 5 62 IVI Maximum Resolution 10 41 MDN Message 10 39 MDN Request 10 41 MDN Response 10 41 MDN DSN Response Monitoring Time 10 41 Memory RX Setting 10 24 Min Reduction for RX Print 10 21 Mixed Original 5 62 bizhub 652 552 14 7 14 Index by button 14 2 Mode Memory 3 3 Multi Line Settings 10 32 10 33 Multi Page 5 44 N Name 5 38 9 9 9 10 9 11 9 12 9 15 9 16 9 18 9 19 9 20 9 22 10 11 Network Fax RX Error Report 10 38 Network Fax Settings 10 40 Next Destination 5 32 5 33 5 34 5 35 Next Page 5 15 No 9 9 9 10 9 11 9 12 9 15 9 16 9 18 9 19 No of Sets RX 10 22 Normal 5 70 5 72 Number of Redials 10 19 Number of RX Call Rings 10 19 10 33 A Off Hook 5 24 5 40 One Touch User Box Registration 9 8 OR 5 39 Original Direction 5 62 Original Direction Confirmation Screen 10 12 Original Settings 3 18 5 24 5 62 Original Size 5 16 Original Type 5 41
25. A CAUTION o To turn the Main Power Switch off and on first turn the main power off and then on again after 10 or more seconds has elapsed Not doing so may result in an operation failure Transmission function Function type Using this machine scanned images can be sent or received via network or telephone line This User s Guide introduces the following functions Functions Transmission Options Network scan function e E Mail e FTP e SMB e User Box e WebDAV e Web Service Fax function e Sending and receiving G3 fax e Polling Network fax function e Internet Fax I FAX e IP Address Fax Notes on using fax functions G3 Reference o To use the fax function the optional Fax Kit FK 502 is required Fax data cannot be sent received in color with this machine This machine can connect to the following telephone lines Subscribed telephone lines including facsimile communication networks e PBX Private Branch exchange 2 wire Check the following for the telephone line to be used o You cannot connect a business phone as an external telephone If a digital dedicated line is multiplexed in an enterprise network fax transmission speed may be limited or the Super G3 fax may not be available Communication error may occur on rare occasions due to the factory default setting This is because the mul tiplex device limits the frequency band of the line to the utmost limit based on the assumption that the line
26. Duplex Print RX 10 20 E ECM OFF 5 65 9 11 E mail 5 30 9 8 E Mail Adar 5 38 E Mail Address 9 9 9 19 E mail Attachment Method 5 44 E Mail Encryption 5 73 E Mail Settings 5 66 Encryption 5 45 ENDS WITH 5 39 Enlarge Display 3 4 Enter Power Save Mode 10 14 F Fax 5 30 9 10 10 14 Fax Active Screen 9 27 Fax Header Settings 5 74 Fax Number 5 38 9 11 Fax TX Settings 10 15 Fax Scan 3 4 F Code transmission 5 73 F Code TX 10 23 File After Polling TX 10 21 File Path 5 33 5 34 5 35 9 13 9 15 9 17 File Type 5 43 Fine Tune 5 55 5 56 5 57 Finish 5 16 Finished Jobs 3 11 3 13 3 15 3 16 First Name 5 38 Footer Position 10 17 Footer Settings 5 58 10 11 Forward 3 14 Forward Dest 10 26 Forward TX Setting 10 26 Frame Erase 5 16 5 51 5 53 From 5 67 Front Back Covers 5 52 Front Cover 5 52 FTP 5 34 9 14 Full Color 5 49 Function Settings 10 23 10 33 G3 Fax Print Quality Settings 10 34 Graphic Outlining 9 29 Gray Scale 5 49 Group 5 26 9 24 Guidance 3 4 J mn Header Information 10 16 Header Position 10 17 Header Settings 5 58 10 11 Header Footer 5 58 Header Footer Position 10 17 Header Footer Settings 10 11 Host Address 9 13 9 15 9 17 Host Name 5 33 5 34 5 35 l Icon 9 9 9 10 9 11 9 13 9 15 9 17 9 18 9 19 9 20 Image 5 47 Image Adjustment 5 50 Incomplete TX Hold 10 27 Incorrect User Box No Entry 10 21 Increase Priority 3 10 Index 5 28 9 9 9 10 9 11
27. Item Description 1 Address Type Displays destinations for each registered type bizhub 652 552 5 27 Address Book 5 5 Index Displays the destinations based on the index that was specified when the destination was registered egistered one touches can be viewed ES selected from their respective indexes Registered Destinations gt Search gt Index Broadcast Destinations E Mail ME Mail User Box f Fax Osaka Nagoya box1 fax1 fher F l Fax ip fax1 ifax1 1 1 Group Delete Check Job Settings MA Reference For details refer to page 9 26 For details on address book registration refer to page 9 8 The Index is displayed when you press Search if Default Address Book is set to Address Type in User Settings Custom Display Settings Scan Fax Settings in the Utility menu Select the conditions for searching No of os Address Book Address Book gt Search Broadcast Destinations 17 1 Detail Search A Delete Gheck Job Settings No Item Description 1 Index Displays destinations for each registered index 5 28 bizhub 652 552 5 5 Address Book Detail Search Enter the address name or a part of the address to search for the destination address Select either Name or Address and enter an index Job
28. MN 01 06 2010 15 36 Memory 100 Description Check Address Allows you to check the specified address Check Scan Settings Allows you to check the scan settings configured for the program Check Original Settings Allows you to check the original settings configured for the program Communication Set tings Allows you to check the communication settings configured for the program Check E Mail Settings Allows you to check the E Mail settings configured for the program Check URL Notif Desti nation Allows you to check the URL notification settings configured for the program RX Ability Destination Delete Allows you to check the reception capability of the recipient configured for the program Press to delete a registered program To delete press Delete EA A Are you sure you want to delete this progran Name Broadcast test2 Destinations Toner 1 A 1 01 06 2010 15 37 Memory 100 Create User Box Confidential User Box G3 To create a User Box for confidential reception configure the Confidential RX settings when creating a Public or Personal User Box QQ Reference For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations bizhub 652 552 9 23 One Touch User Box Registration 9 2 9 2 15 Create User Box
29. Paper size to be selected A5 y A4 a B4 a AS B4 width OFF or In 0 to 195 196 to 395 396 or more side Body Text Outside Body 0 to 186 187 to 386 387 or more Text Paper size to be selected B5 U B4 a A3 a A3 width OFF or In 0 to 226 227 or more side Body Text Outside Body 0 to 217 218 or more Text Paper size to be selected A4 y AS 6 8 bizhub 652 552 6 6 Printing upon data reception Step 2 Select actual print paper size Checks whether the paper size determined in Step 1 is loaded in the machine or not e Optimal paper size loaded Printing starts Optimal paper size unavailable or Auto Tray Switch ON OFF automatic paper tray switching function of the paper tray is set to Restrict The alternative paper size is searched for in the descending order as shown in the table At this time if Print Separate Fax Pages in the Utility mode is set to ON the paper size is searched for based on the precondition that the document is divided and printed on multiple pages For details on Auto Tray Switch ON OFF refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Print Separate Fax Pages is set to OFF The print paper is searched for in the descending order e Even if Print Separate Fax Pages is set to OFF when a long original is received or a document is re ceived in high resolution the document may be divided and printed on multiple pages
30. Port Number Enter the port number any number between 1 and 65535 Destination Machine Type Select Color or Monochrome depending on the recipient s machine type Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled 9 18 bizhub 652 552 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration Reference To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set e To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit o To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete 9 2 9 Address Book Internet Fax Register Internet fax addresses To register a new destination press New 1 2 page Job List Registered number is automatically applied by touching OK d To specify a registered number touch the No button Destination y Address Book Public e 01 06 2010 15 32 Cancel Memory 100 2 2 page job List Specify index according to name ES Utility A Create One Touch Icon J 3 Destination 01 06 2010 15 33 METE Cancel j Memory 100 Item Description No Press No and then ent
31. Print Separate Fax Pages does not appear if Duplex Print RX is set to ON File After Polling TX Specify whether to delete the original after completing polling TX bizhub 652 552 10 21 10 Administrator Settings G3 10 4 3 3 page E Select job setting Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt TX RX Settings Job Setting 1 set Wo sau Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 34 Memory 100 3 3 page If two units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed Item EE select job setting l ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt TX RX Settings Job Setting Ee ia ee OFF racer o Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 35 Memory 100 Description No of Sets RX Set the number of copies for received documents to any number from 1 to 10 Default 1 set Individual Receiving Specify whether to configure the RX setting for each line Line Setup Displays if 2 units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed Individual Sender Line Specify whether to configure the sender setting for each line Setup Displays if 2 units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed 10 22 bizhub 652 552 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 1 0 10 4 10 Fax Settings Function Settings Function ON OFF Settings 1 2 page Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Function Settings gt Function ON OFF Settings Job Setting Utility Relay RX e Cer
32. Program List gt Print Program List Paper Tray DEN D E L agx D Simplex Duplex Utility y Administrator Settings Address __ Registration Program List 08 26 2010 Memory 8 10 bizhub 652 552 8 2 Common lists Print sample Conpletion Stamp Progran List P 1 01 08 2010 10 50 Serial No A1UE011900003 TC 324 2 Ultra Fine 0 Unspecified Auto Unspecified Unspecified None uto Unspecified Unspecified Information included in the list Item Description No Program destination number Name Name representing the program group registered Address Book Address book registration number bizhub 652 552 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX 8 3 1 Activity Report This report contains the transmission and reception log The report can contain up to 700 records in total and in separate pages for transmission log and reception log The Activity Report is printed automatically Also only the transmission log TX Report reception log RX Report or both of the transmission and recep tion log Activity Report can be printed as needed Print sample pasai Pa 10 12 2010 16 32 Serial No 1 TC 73 Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG ricino a ae Erase TX a niea Original CALL Manual ocacion CSRC ESRC Bind
33. Settings 30 2009 01 41 _ Toner Ltt Memory 100 Specify whether to scan originals in color or black and white Some color settings may not be available depending on the selected File Type setting The following shows the combinations of the File Type and Color settings Auto Color Full Color Gray Scale Black PDF O O O O Compact PDF O O O TIFF O O O O JPEG O O O E XPS O O O O Compact XPS O O O Reference When saving a TIFF file in color the compression format can be specified For details refer to page 9 28 e If you select JPEG 1 Every X Page s is automatically selected in Page Separation in Scan Setting 5 48 bizhub 652 552 5 10 Scan Settings 5 5 10 7 Auto Zoom Automatically detects the color of the original and scans it to fit the original setting Full Color Scans the original in full color Gray Scale Select for originals with many halftones such as in black and white photos Black Select for originals with distinct black and white areas such as in line drawings Scan Size Select to determine the size of paper to be scanned A Select the original size of ES This is not applied to fax t xB D 54x8 D Fl Broadcast Destinations 1 D xk D xl D vxl D Tolk D Tet D Se D eis D va Delete Check Job Settings 7 12 30 2009 01 42 Memory 100 Toner LE
34. access a database that can manage E mail addresses and environmental in formation of network users on the Internet intranet or other TCP IP network Long Original A function to send original pages longer than A3 size 16 9 16 inches 420 mm Long originals can be sent by selecting this function Main Scanning The operation of scanning a document optically and converting the docu ment into image data Main scanning direction The horizontal direction for scanning documents Manual transmission An operation to send a fax while checking the status of the receiver Memory A location where information is stored temporarily It is used to instruct the machine to send faxes or to save temporarily stored documents Memory overflow A condition where the fax memory becomes full while scanned documents or temporarily stored documents are saved Memory RX A function of storing received documents in memory and printing them if re quired Memory TX A method to start a fax transmission after scanning documents and storing them in memory If memory transmission is used the total number of pages are automatically printed in the page number of the transmission source in formation and an image of the first page of the sent document is printed in the transmission report However the memory may become full if the docu ment contains many pages or a large volume of information because of the fine and
35. essary you can log in to the user mode as an administrator or User Box administrator depending on user authentication or User Box administrator setting Reference You can log in as a User Box administrator when the User Box administrator is enabled using the con trol panel For details on the User Box administrator settings permissions and password settings refer to the User s Guide Box Operations When logged in to the user mode as an administrator jobs that could not be deleted in the administrator mode can be deleted In the login page select the desired Data Management Utility For details on Data Management Utility refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Login options You can select items as required when logging in Item Description Language Select the display language View Mode Select Flash or HTML e If the screen reader software is used we recommend selecting HTML as the view mode e In an IPv6 environment select HTML e Flash Player is required when selecting Flash User Assist Select the Display dialog box in case of warning check box to display the dialog box when a warning has occurred or during operation after login Reference If Flash is selected in View Mode the following items are displayed using Flash Status icons and messages Status of Paper Tray in Information Device Information Status of Job bizhub 652 552 1 1 Logging in and logg
36. gt Restrict User gt Restrict Access to Job Settings Job Setting Changing Job Priority Allow Delete Other User Jobs Restrict llo Changing Zoom Ratio Allow System Settings TE Change the From Address 4 Login User Address Restrict User Access 01 06 2010 15 53 Memory 100 Item Description Registering and Chang Specify whether to allow the users to register and change addresses ing Addresses Change the From Ad Specify the settings for changing the From address dress E mail e Allow Allows the user to change the From address e Administrator E Mail Address The administrator s E mail address is set to the From address e Login User Address The user s E mail address is set to the From ad dress If the user s E mail address is not specified the administrator s ad dress is set When User Authentication is enabled the setting is automatically changed from Allow to Login User Address bizhub 652 552 10 9 1 0 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV 10 3 Restrict Operation E Touch the button for the desired setting ministrator Settings gt Restrict User Access gt Restrict Operation Job Setting Utility TS Settings System Settings Restrict User Access 01 06 2010 15 54 Memory 100 Item Description Restrict Broadcasting Specify whether to allow the users to specify destinations to which to send broadcast faxes 10 3 3 System Settings Rese
37. or external server information for the se lected job To delete a job press Delete e The external server information that is available by pressing Detail appears only when using external server authentication e When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed e The names of confidential documents are not displayed lt Job History of Print gt Displays the history of printed jobs Item List items Description No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued User Name The user name or user name account name of the user who stored the document Document Name File name being printed e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original Copies Displays the number of copies to be printed Result Displays the result of the operation com pleted successfully deleted due to error deleted by user part of mode cancelled TIL When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs Deleted Jobs Finished Jobs All Jobs Switch to display each job type Detail Reference Allows
38. up to 255 bytes This machine supports Unicode However if the OS used in the destination computer does not support Unicode 2 or 3 byte characters you may not be able to perform SMB transmission In that case specify the shared name of the destination folder using ASCII codes alphanumeric characters Reference Allows you to detect a computer on the network and register a shared folder as a destination e If the number of computers or workgroups on the network Subnet to which this machine is connected exceeds the value shown below the structure of the folders may not be properly reference Workgroups 512 Computers 512 The structure of the folders cannot be referenced in the IPv6 environment Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Reference Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled e If Active Directory is used for user authentication press Home that appears on the touch panel to allow you to easily send scanned data to your own Home folder For details refer to page 5 26 To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press
39. 12 bizhub 652 552 10 43 1 0 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 10 5 Job History Thumbnail Display QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Copy Guard QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Password Copy QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 10 44 bizhub 652 552 1 1 PageScope Web Connection 11 1 Using PageScope Web Connection 1 1 a jj 11 11 1 11 1 1 11 1 2 PageScope Web Connection This chapter explains functions of a device management utility PageScope Web Connection Using PageScope Web Connection PageScope Web Connection is a device control utility provided by the HTTP server built in the printer con troller Using a Web browser on a computer connected to the network you can change machine settings and check the status of the machine Using this utility you can configure some settings which are to be handled in the control panel of this machine through your computer and also smoothly enter characters Operating environment Network Ethernet TCP IP Applications on compu Web browser ter lt For Windows XP Vista 7 Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2008 R2 gt e Microsoft Internet Explorer Ver 6 7 8 JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled lt For Macintosh MacOS 9 x MacO
40. 2 lt Ready to Scan r Ready to Print 2 5 To Main Menu Device Location gt Option Engine Serial Number 1 Bi cansumables Device Type PrintCopyScaniFax gt Meter Count Toner Status Online Assistance a sab LLL LLL soos Change User Password lo Function Permission Information gt Network Setting Information Print Setting Information Paper Tray Print Information Select Tray Paper Size Paper Type Paper Status e p Bypass 7 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper 7 Empty c Tray 1 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready O Tray 2 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready c Tray 3 A4 LEF Plain Paper Ready c Tray 4 A4 LEF Plain Paper Ready c LCT 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready l Detail Output Tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Saddle Tray Administrator Information Administrator Name admin Extension No Admin E mail Address admin test local Item Description Device Informa Enables you to check the components options consumables and meter counts of tion this machine Online Assist Enables you to check the online assistance about this product ance Change User Changes the password of the login user Password Function Permis Enables you to check the function permission information about the user or account sion Information Network Setting Enables you to check the network settings of this machine Information Print Setting In Enables you to check the printer controller settings of this machine formation Print Information Print
41. 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 Item Description User ID Enter the user ID for logging into the destination computer via the touch panel up to 127 bytes e f user authentication settings have been applied you can avoid register ing a password on the screen for registering a new PC SMB destination and enhance security by using the user ID and password included in user registration information If this is the case leave the User ID and Pass word boxes blank In addition set Scan to Authorized Folder Settings in Administrator Settings to Limit For details on setting this function refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Password Enter the password for logging into the destination computer via the touch panel up to 14 characters Host Address Enter the host name IPv4 address or IPv6 address as the host address for the destination computer The host name must be less than 255 characters in length including e If you enter a host name and then select to enter an IP address the host name is cleared e If you enter an IP address and then press Input Host Name the IP ad dress is cleared Host name and file path must be specified in uppercase To perform SMB transmission using an IPv6 address set the Direct Host ing to ON For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator File Path Enter the destination file path for saving data via the touch panel
42. 35 User NaM8 linia leia Toe ce a lll ais 5 35 Password AEEA ATE dd 5 35 Detailed Settings winnie 5 35 Next Destinato ios a 5 35 5 6 9 WODSOIVICO A A ate a an aes 5 36 PA RA 5 36 E ON 5 36 5 7 SS AAA nn ces eee ccd ence cectea E T 5 37 Nadia dpi 5 37 5 8 Address Search AAA E 5 38 5 8 1 Search A hese Wa ec ede SS ee 5 38 5 8 2 Advanced Searc Messrs di 5 38 A O 5 38 EE A A TN 5 38 LERN ae a EE EE EET ii 5 38 Last Nadal ita TE E E E AEA E A 5 38 FiPSt NAME econo leal aigoa 5 38 A A O A T athucdens ovata sssaeaveudenteehs tienes 5 39 Company Name ecos citant caian ita dan cease Ra ida 5 39 Department iii Aa 5 39 OR AND STARTS WITHI ENDS WITH cooococccnnonoccnononononcnnnnnnnnccnnnonnnnccnnnnnnn nono nnnnnnncnnnnannnnccnnnnnnnns 5 39 bizhub 652 552 Contents 3 5 9 5 10 5 10 1 5 10 2 5 10 3 5 10 4 5 10 5 5 10 6 5 10 7 5 10 8 5 10 9 5 10 10 5 10 11 5 10 12 5 10 13 5 10 14 5 10 15 5 10 16 5 10 17 5 11 5 11 1 5 11 2 5 11 3 A ares ti caste etre ok ell a ant ca oe ath Ane 5 40 MEE A NA 5 40 SCAN Set NAS a aea eee cee aaa ie sc cele ace eaea a a ia aa a aaa aaa aa heute riaa aa 5 41 Original Type ait aa iaa aaa ra diia ais iaa 5 41 MEEA E E E E dan A Text Photo A EEFT ETA T E TA E ET Dot Matrix Original saa n aea da as beds de AAA Eaa ed hate tee NALE E aaea Aaa rai aeaaeae 5 41 Copied Pa iii A aa iii 5 41 SIMP DU A da 5 42 EA A O AO 5 42 EAS A AA 5 42 Cover 2 nia
43. 5 11 Fax Settings Report Settings Activity Report QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 30 TX Result Report EQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 30 Sequential TX Report EQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 30 Broadcast Result Report QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 30 TX Result Report Check QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 30 Network Fax RX Error Report Configure the output settings for the Network Fax RX Error Report Specify whether to output the body Select job setting J raninistrator settings gt Fax Settings gt Report Settings z TX Result Report Check OFF Utility Administrator Settings MDN Message Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 56 Memory 00 OFF DSN Message FI Job Setting 10 38 bizhub 652 552 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 1 0 MDN Message I FAX Configure the output settings for MDN messages in Network Fax Specify whether to output the body Select job setting Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Report Settings Job Setting TX Result Report Check OFF Network Fax RX Error Report ON Utility Administrator OFF Settings DSN Message OFF 01 07 2010 11 57 Memory 100 Fax Settings DSN Message I FAX Configure the output settings for DSN messages in Network Fax Specify wheth
44. 502 is not installed Select desired destination s Check Job Hane Status Delete Job Details ESTA E Mail Mail Osaka Nagoya user Box Tokyo box1 I Fax ifax1 Group search LS O IES UA E j ee i 45 E 12 23 2009 21 45 _ Toner LIL Memory 100 Language Selection A Fax destinations or functions related to fax operation are not displayed bizhub 652 552 3 7 Touch panel 3 2 If the Fax Kit FK 502 is installed Select desired destinations Check Job user Name Status ME Mail Tokyo WebDAV WebDAV1 _ nelete Job Details 12 23 2009 Memory E Toner ILL Scan Settings ax can be sent at any time using keypad rect Input Job History E Mail Osaka IP addr Fax ip fax1 4 18 00 100 A Original Settings Seresnasoion Adar Search ME Mai User Box Fax Nagoya box1 faxi amp l Fax ifax1 Group Search 4 Language Selection A Off Hook is displayed to enable you to dial in the off hook mode In addition the Direct Input tab and the Communication Settings screen allow you to configure settings related to fax transmission 3 2 3 Display and operation of Left panel In the left panel of the touch panel there are buttons for checking the status of jobs and the configuration of the machine The following buttons are available in the lef
45. 6 1 Fax Language Selection A Enter the fax number by using the keypad or the panel buttons A Enter the fax number usin Me or keypad Touch Enter R select the number of a regist Enter New Address gt Fax ial buttons ed No 1 to ed destination Next Destination i Broadcast Destinations Tone Pause nter Registered Ni 12 29 2009 22 03 Memory 100 ears After you press OK the screen to enter the fax number appears again if Confirm Address TX is set to ON Enter the fax number and then press Send Job List Enter New Address gt Fax Enter fax number again to confirm Destination Wl Broadcast Destinations KEK i Tone Pause Check Job Settings 0 2009 00 39 Memory 100 EQ Reference For details on the Contirm Address function refer to page 10 23 E mail Enter the E mail address in the touch panel 5 6 2 5 30 bizhub 652 552 5 6 Direct Input 5 5 6 3 User Box Select the User Box type and then select the User Box co PARA Enter New Address gt User Box PEREOS User Box A i Document Name SKMBT_65209123000400 eal Torr mama Nene Dorso AA Reference For details on using the saved data in User Boxes refer to the User s Guide B
46. 652 552 5 75 Redialing G3 IP 5 13 5 76 bizhub 652 552 6 Receiving G3 IP I FAX 6 1 Receiving G3 Without external telephone connected 6 ON 6 6 1 6 1 1 Receiving G3 IP I FAX This section explains the types of fax reception and respective operations Receiving G3 Without external telephone connected Auto RX Dedicated for fax line Specify this mode to use the telephone line dedicated for fax transmission The machine automatically starts receiving fax data when it detects the ring signal for the specified times Receiving Received Automatically starts receiving fax data document Reference e To receive fax data in auto mode Receive Mode must be set to Auto RX in Line Parameter Setting in the Utility menu To use the telephone line dedicated for fax transmission the following settings are required External telephone Not connected Line Parameter Setting Receive Mode Set to Auto RX QA Reference For details on Line Parameter Setting refer to page 10 19 bizhub 652 552 6 3 Receiving G3 With external telephone connected 6 2 Receiving G3 With external telephone connected Manual RX Dedicated telephone line It is convenient to set the machine to manual mode if an external telephone is connected to this machine and the line is primarily used for telephone communication Receiving AN poe aaa The external telepho
47. Address TX 10 24 Apply Levels Groups to Destinations 9 24 Copied Paper 5 41 Auto 5 63 Copies 5 59 Auto Color 5 49 Copy 3 5 B Copy Guard 10 12 Background Removal 5 50 Govert 2 Sigded Srde f Custom Size 5 49 Basic 5 16 Binding Position 5 16 5 54 5 63 D Black 5 49 Date Format 5 55 Black Compression Level 9 28 10 40 Date Time 5 55 5 58 10 11 Bleed Removal 5 50 Default Address Book 9 27 Body 5 67 9 21 Default Address Type 9 27 Book Copy 5 52 Default Scan Fax Settings 9 29 Book Erase 5 53 Default Tab 9 26 Book Spread 5 52 Delete 3 9 3 10 3 12 3 14 3 15 9 23 Broadcast Result Report 10 31 Delete Page 5 15 Bulletin 5 70 5 72 Deleted Jobs 3 11 3 13 3 15 3 16 Bulletin Board User Box 9 24 Density 5 48 Bulletin TX Report 10 31 Department 5 39 C Despeckle 5 64 E 3 4 Destination 9 18 Center Erase 5 53 Destination Eneck Display Function 10 23 Change Setting 5 15 Destinan n Machine Type 5 32 9 18 Change the From Address 10 9 Peano PRUNG elt Changes Allowed 5 48 Petal Seaton 529 569 0 Check Address 9 23 l 7 Check Dest amp Send 5 66 9 11 Detall Settings 9 46 Check E Mail Settings 3 18 9 23 Detaled SMS AS Check Job 3 8 On Check Job Set 3 11 3 12 Dialing M thod 10 19 10 gt 33 Check Job Settings 3 17 Digital Signature 5 79 14 6 bizhub 652 552 Index by button 14 Direct Input 5 24 5 68 Document 5 16 Document Name 5 61 5 66 Document Permissions 5 45 Dot Matrix Original 5 41 DSN Message 10 39 DSN Request 10 41
48. Administrator Settings Fax Settings Function Settings 01 07 2010 11 43 Cancel OK Memory 100 EQ Reference For details on the Contirm Address function refer to page 10 23 10 26 bizhub 652 552 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 4 0 Incomplete TX Hold This function temporarily retains documents failed to be transmitted in the Fax Retransmit User Box even with auto redial due to a communications error or busy signals To use Incomplete TX Hold function specify the amount of time for retaining files __ Specify the conditions for retransmitting Administrator Settings gt Function Settings gt Incomplete TX Hold Utility b rscion oe Administrator Settings C Fax Settings Function Settings 01 07 2010 11 43 Memory 100 Reference For details on faxing and printing documents saved in a Fax Retransmit User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations PC Fax RX Settings Specify whether to use the PC Fax RX function To use the function configure the following items If two units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed and Individual Receiving Line Setup is set to ON in Admin istrator Settings you can select either Fax Line 1 or Fax Line 2 to configure settings for each line For details on Individual Receiving Line Setup refer to page 10 20 ___ Specify the conditions for PC Fax RX Function Administrator Settings gt Function
49. BoxNo 4 rr Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit THR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FHE fras Graso T e Maed Original CALL Manual Communication ones CSRC FWD Forward PC PC SP Special Original FCODE F Code Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BU Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax mr FAX Internet Fax itch OFF lenapalnetiahtetill Pent a Pea E BENE setae Rie SPS atoi S bocunery Relay Request Report When this machine is used as the relay distribution station this report is printed automatically upon reception of a document from the relay instruction station You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Relay Request Report in the Utility menu Relay Request Report P 1 10 12 2010 17 24 Serial No 65 T Prints Result Mote ____________n 222393444555 10 12 17 24 00 00 02 001 001 ok Li RLY Boros 12 Sub Circuit THR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FWE Frame Erase TX CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX MBX Confidential Note Li Main Circuit a pe Original CALL Manual Communication ones SP Special Original FCODE F Code Re Tx RLY Relay BU pulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax ii FAX Internet Fax pia car ication Pu QEF Result ce cr eye reat ei o o he s Maa r sory Uti Maas PAS sory Menor y itoh OFF llosa 8 26 bizhub 652 552 8 4 Report printed for G3 fax 8 8 4 13 PC Fax TX Error Report Pri
50. Density 5 48 Administrator mode 11 23 Administrat 4 Hi 10 3 Despeckle 5 64 AS E oo Pe Destination machine type 5 32 Administrator settings 10 9 10 14 rae Ad J eee Destination settings 3 17 A oa palito RX d report 8 24 O e a hop re edi bs Detail search 5 29 5 68 peak ne E ed leh her eee bay Detailed settings 5 34 5 35 eile S Sii a 97995 oe a Digital signature 5 73 Authentication 2 4 Auto edadia EE Direct input 5 68 ae a as dos Direct print 11 21 a a for fax line 6 Document name 5 61 5 66 DSN message 10 39 Background removal 5 50 E Binding position 5 54 5 63 ECM OFF 5 65 Black compression level 10 40 E mail address Body 5 67 This machine 4 4 Book copy 5 52 E mail encryption 5 73 Book erase 5 53 E mail settings 5 66 Broadcast report 8 14 E mail subject text list 8 29 Broadcast reserved report 8 23 E mail transmission 2 7 Bulletin 7 10 Encryption 5 45 Bulletin TX report 8 25 Enter new address Cc E mail 5 30 FTP 5 34 Cannot receive faxes 12 5 Internet fax 5 31 Cannot send faxes 12 3 IP address fax 5 32 Center erase 5 53 PC SMB 5 33 Check dest amp send 5 66 ia box eb service 5 Sere A no 539 A JOS SSHINJS 27 Environment and device requirements 4 3 Closed network RX 10 25 Error message 12 7 Color 5 48 S Extension line 7 11 Color grayscale multi value compression method 10 40 Communication method settings 5 69 Communication settings 3 18 5 65 bizhub 652 552 14 3 14 Index by item 14 1 F Fa
51. E E ded 2 12 PA ES FA A a truss ina odia 2 13 3 Control Panel Liquid Crystal Display 3 1 Control panels a 3 3 3 2 TOUCH PAE ie 3 6 3 2 1 STC COMP di is 3 6 Icons that appear in the touch panel ccoooccconnccccnoncccnannnnnnncnnnnnn nan nr non cnn rre 3 6 3 2 2 Difference of screen display with without optional eviceS ooooonicconncnnnccnncconncnoccnnrnarncnrnrnnn arcano 3 7 If the Fax Kit FK 502 is not installed ooonooninnnncnconnasnnoseninrerenrcrrnnrcrnree rn 3 7 If the Fax Kit FK 502 is INStall6d oomioioniiiniaaia te 3 8 bizhub 652 552 Contents 1 3 2 3 Display and operation of Left panel ooooccconnncccccnnnocccccoconnnaccnnnnnnnncncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn cnn naar nn cnn cnn n rca nana 3 8 NO A A E A T T A E E E ET 3 9 Job List Delete iii ia A A a a N a 3 9 Job List Job Details parannat paesan ica danna caavieds a aaa AEn ina Eaa decai 3 10 Check Job Check Job SettingsS oomocoinnonnnnnncinnnicnreccnrccccr recen 3 17 Check Job Check Job Settings Destination Settings oonccinnncnoneccnonccnncrnnnarnnnnananornnrnnnannnnnns 3 17 Check Job Check Job Settings Scan Settings oooonccccnnnccnnoncnnnncnnnnornnnnnrncnnnrnnnnrr nn rn rn 3 17 Check Job Check Job Settings Original Settings 0 0 eee eeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeeteaeeeeenneeeeeaeeeenaeees 3 18 Check Job Check Job Settings Communication SettingS ce secessseeesseeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeeneeees 3 18 Check Job Check Job
52. Edit e To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete bizhub 652 552 9 One Touch User Box Registration 9 2 9 2 6 Address Book FTP Register FTP destinations To register a new destination press New 1 3 page egistered number is automatically applied by touching OKI o specify a registered number touch the No button 01 06 2010 15 27 Cancel Memory 100 2 3 page A se the keypad to enter port number JobList o clear your entry press C Utility gt FIP gt New re auau monos a Public ners Port wr 1 65535 01 06 2010 15 28 Cancel y Memory 100 3 3 page pecify index according to name Utility gt FIP gt New Icon A 3 Create h Destinati Address Book Public 01 06 2010 15 28 Memory 100 9 14 bizhub 652 552 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 Item Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2 000 Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters Host Address Enter the host name IPv4 address or IPv6 address as the host address for the destination server The host name must be less than 63 characters in length including e If you enter a hos
53. Fax machines equipped with the ECM feature communicate with each other confirming that the data sent is free of errors Thus communication can be made free from disturbances due to line noises etc If noises frequently occur it may take a slightly long time to complete a communication compared with ECM OFF After sending has been ended this machine automatically returns to ECM ON This function cannot be used together with the following functions Polling RX Polling TX o V 34 OFF Bulletin board registration Bulletin board polling reception Reference e This machine sends faxes in ECM ON unless ECM OFF is specified V 34 OFF V34 is a communication mode used for super G3 fax communication When the remote machine or this ma chine is connected to a telephone line via PBX however you may not establish a communication in the super G3 mode depending on telephone line conditions In this case it is recommended that you turn V34 off to send data After sending has been completed this machine automatically returns to the V34 mode This function cannot be used together with the following functions e Polling RX Polling TX Bulletin board registration e Bulletin board polling reception ECM OFF bizhub 652 552 5 65 Communication Settings 5 12 5 12 2 Check Dest amp Send The specified fax number is compared with the remote fax number CSI and data is sent only when those fax numbers match I
54. If you cannot send a fax while using the Internet Fax IP Address Fax E mail SMB FTP WebDAV or Web Service functions follow the steps below to identify the problem Check points Corrective Actions Does the size of E mailto If the size of E mail exceeds the SMTP server capacity if specified an error be sent exceed the occurs and the E mail cannot be sent For details on the SMTP server capac SMTP server capacity ity settings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Was the transmission Check the transmission procedure and then resend the fax For details on the procedure carried out transmission procedure refer to page 5 3 correctly Are the network settings Check the network settings and connection For details on the network set and connection correct tings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Is the E mail address of Check the E mail address of the machine and configure it For details on con the machine configured figuring the E mail address refer to the User s Guide Network Administra tor Are cables connected Check that the network cable modular cable and any other relevant connec correctly tors are correctly connected Is the recipient s fax There may be an error in registering the fax number when address book des number or address cor tination and program destination are used rect Were the address Print the list of address book destinations to check that the numbers are reg book destinat
55. JPEG data is sent This machine prints received data in gray scale Black is selected for the color setting TIFF MH MR MMR data is sent This machine prints received data in black and white If the destination machine type is set to Monochrome Full Color Black or Gray Scale is selected for the color setting TIFF MH MR MMR data is sent This machine prints received data in black and white When mode 2 is selected If the destination machine type is set to Color Full Color or Gray Scale is selected for the color setting TIFF Profile C data is sent This machine discards received data and does not print Black is selected for the color setting TIFF MH MR MMR data is sent This machine prints received data in black and white If the destination machine type is set to Monochrome Full Color Black or Gray Scale is selected for the color setting TIFF MH MR MMR data is sent This machine prints received data in black and white 10 5 14 Security Settings Security Details Manual Destination Input QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Restrict Fax TX QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 34 Hide Personal Information AR Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Display Activity Log QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Initialize QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10
56. List Select if you wish to search by name or by destination Search Result 0 Address Book gt Search gt Detail Search Broadcast Destinations Address Delete Check Job Settings Toner Samm Search Option 12 29 2009 Memory In the Detail Search screen select a condition to display search options Select the option you want to add to the search conditions then press OK Job List Broadcast Destination Reference To search for a destination in the LDAP server choose Search or Advanced Search Address Book gt Search gt Search Options Uppercase and Lowercase Letters Do Not Differentiate 12 29 2009 22 01 Memory 100 e To configure whether to display the search option screen and options displayed on that screen use Search Option Settings in the setting menu For details refer to page 9 28 bizhub 652 552 5 29 Direct Input 5 6 5 6 Direct Input Directly enter to specify the destination not registered ination t at any tine using keypad Address Book Broadcast Destinations Internet Fax A Job History 8ggress off Hook Receive I Fax g User Box A Ce IP Address Fax PC SMB 4 T ommunication Scan Settings 4 Original Settingsji os D 12 27 2009 15 49 Memory 100 5
57. Network TWAIN Administrator Registration gt User Box Setting Administrator Name E mail Address Stamp Settings Extension No gt Blank Page Print Settings Input Machine Address gt Skip Job Operation Settings Device Name Flash Display Setting E mail Address gt System Connection Setting Display Setting Outline PDF Setting admin admin test local MFP mfp test local OK Cancel Item Description Machine Setting Changes the registration information of this machine Register Sup Specify support information such as contact name corporate URL or online man port Information ual URL of this machine To display this information select Information Online Assistance Network TWAIN Specify the time to release the operation lock when scanning excluding push scan ning User Box Setting Define the User Box functions such as deleting an unnecessary User Box or speci fying the document deletion time If necessary configure settings to enable saving or reading a document in or from the external memory Stamp Settings Register a header or footer In addition in Fax TX Settings specify whether to can cel the stamp setting for fax transmission Blank Page Print Specify whether to print contents configured in Stamp Composition on blank pag Settings es Skip Job Opera Specify whether to skip a job tion Settings Flash Display Sett
58. Other 5 58 10 11 Outline PDF 5 47 Output Method 10 26 Output Settings 10 30 Output Time Settings 10 30 Overseas TX 5 65 9 11 P Page Number 5 56 Page Number Type 5 56 Page Separation 5 44 Pages 5 55 5 57 5 58 10 11 Paper Discoloration Adj 5 50 Paper Size 5 31 10 41 Password 5 33 5 34 5 35 5 45 9 13 9 15 9 17 Password Check 10 27 Password Copy 10 12 Password transmission 5 71 PASV 5 34 9 15 PBX Connection Setting 10 29 PC SMB 5 33 9 12 PC Fax RX Settings 10 27 PC Fax TX Error Report 10 31 PC FAX TX Setting 10 33 PDF 5 43 Photo 5 41 Photo Paper 5 41 Photo Size 5 50 Polling RX 5 70 Polling TX 5 72 Port Number 5 32 5 34 5 35 9 15 9 17 9 18 Position Setting 5 59 Power Save 3 3 Previous Page 5 15 Print 3 10 10 27 10 28 Print E mail Message Body 10 39 Print Paper Selection 10 20 Print Paper Size 10 21 Print Position 5 55 5 56 5 57 Print Receiver s Name 10 17 Print Separate Fax Pages 10 21 Print Fax Output Settings 10 14 Printed Photo 5 41 Printing Allowed 5 46 Program 9 25 Program Default 9 26 Proof Copy 3 4 Proxy 5 34 5 35 9 15 9 17 Quality Adjustment 5 51 Quick Memory TX 5 69 D Recall Header Footer 5 58 Receive 3 10 Receive Mode 10 19 Receiver RX Ability 5 31 Receiving User Box Destination 10 27 Redial 3 12 3 14 Redial Interval 10 19 Reference 5 33 9 13 Registering and Changing Addresses 10 9 Registering groups 9 20 Relay Printing 10 23 Re
59. Receive gt Displays the history of fax transmission received transferred relayed jobs Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued User Name The user name or user name account name of the user who stored the document Document Name The name of the received or saved document e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original Result Displays the result of the operation Job Complete Deleted Due To Error Deleted by Us er Reset Modes TH When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs Deleted Jobs Finished Jobs All Jobs Switch to display each job type Comm List Displays the list of scanner and fax transmission sent received jobs You can print Activity Report TX Report and RX Report in respective list screens Detail Press this button to check the job result error de tails registration source user name file name out put tray stored time and number of original pages for the selected job Reference When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users ca
60. SP Special Original FCOD RTX Re Tx Rye poe eK confidential BL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Pares ae I FAX Internet Fax Result aries ers Pro Coton F jyer OFF AA NA a a Resize P 2 10 12 2010 16 32 Serial No 1 73 i ares Sar Tn e T or Jasa e TAa Note Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit THR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax Result A a a eee oe eae opting Sa Fi Raia tear 2 Information included in the list Item Description No Serial numbers assigned to transmission and receptions respectively Addressee One of the followings is printed This column is left blank if no information is available TX Report name registered in the address book or program RX Report Name registered in the address book or telephone number of the recipient Start Time The starting time of the communication Time The duration of the communication 8 12 bizhub 652 552 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX 8 Item Description Prints The number of transmitted received document pages For memory transmis sion the number of pages transmitted successfully and the total number of pages are printed as a factional number Note One of the
61. Scan Settings p 5 41 Original Settings p 5 62 Communication Settings p 5 65 Address Search tab The following settings can be configured with the Sees Search tab page 5 38 Job List oose ax can be sent at any time using keypad Address Book Direct Input Job History Off Hook Broadcast Destinations Search serene 1 1 Delete Check Job Scan Settings 1 nal Settings geweyngsetion j Settings 12 29 2009 16 38 E Memory 100 Language Selection First level Search p 5 38 Advanced Search p 5 38 Scan Settings p 5 41 Original Settings p 5 62 Communication Settings p 5 65 5 20 bizhub 652 552 5 3 Fax scan mode menu tree Off Hook page 5 40 Scan Settings The following settings can be configured with the Scan Settings tab page 5 41 Job List Specify the settings Broadcast Destinations original Type Simplex Duplex BS O Texts Photo Printed File Type Density PDF vod F PDF Delete JE multi Page A DoJololo afofalalal Check Job Settings Toner 01 15 2010 ee Memory 100 No of Dest 000 Resolution Scan Size Auto il 200x200dPi Fine First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Original Type p 5 41
62. Settings Check E Mail SettingS eee ceeeseeeeesneeesseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenneeeeneeees 3 18 4 1 To begin operation 4 1 1 Environment and device requirements cccccccccccecceessesesseeeeeceacaceeceeeeeeeeeseseseeseseceensnsaeaeaseeeeeeeesess 4 3 4 1 2 Connection and settings Of Network Cable oooocconnccconocccononnnnoncnnnarnnonnnn no naro nn raro nr narrar nn rr rnnr nens 4 3 Connection of network cable Network SettinOS hot a TADA a ii Specifying an E mail address for this MachiN ooooccccccnnnnicccccnnnncocccnnconnnnncnnnonnnnncnnnnnnnnn cnn nnnnnnnncnnnnnns 4 4 4 1 3 Connection of modular cable oco ici id ltda dal delo 4 4 4 2 o e AAA 4 5 4 2 1 Address BOOK ici dic 4 5 4 2 2 COUPE A AI AAA Da 4 5 4 3 ODHIONALSOTINAS iii cecuacies sactndcues ceecdecetesseceteseneste 4 6 A NN 4 6 Gustom displasia hata A Li IE Ad 4 6 4 4 Using the WebService 00000 ataca 4 7 4 4 1 Settings required to use the Web Service sececsseeceseneeeseseeseeeeeeeeneeseeceeseseeeseneeeseseeeeeseeeneesenenees 4 7 4 4 2 Installing the driver program of this machine to a COMPUTED c ocoooccccnnncccconcccnnonnonnnonnn nan cn orar nnnnnrncnr non 4 7 Check betore iInstallationiss ic ak eens ie ias 4 7 Installation proced re nuncio e a daccducstecvessseevasbsvesticlecendsavevenders 4 7 5 1 Operation flow arana ansar aaeoa aa enaa aaa aaa iaa aA aaa saaa Aaaa Ea Anaa aida 5 3 5 1 1 Scan Network FAK A E E A E E E ETE 5 3 5 1 2 GS TA
63. address of the destination via the touch panel Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled Reference If user authentication settings are configured press Me that appears in the Address Book tab to allow you to easily send scanned data to your E mail address E mail address in user registration information For details refer to page 5 25 To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit e To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete 9 2 3 Address Book User Box Register destinations at which to save documents in a User Box To register a new destination press New To register a destination at which to save documents in a User Box the User Box must be registered in ad vance For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations E Registered number is automatically applied by touching 0K To specify a registered number touch the No button Utility gt User Box gt New 1 2000 ere Create One Touch Address Book Icon A 3 User Box
64. an administrator Logout appears Change Password Click this button to jump to the user password change page This button appears only in the user mode page in which you logged in as a registered user Help You can display the online help for the currently configured function The online help URL can be specified from Online Manual URL in page 11 24 Refresh Click this icon to refresh the information displayed in the page Icon Select the category of the item to be displayed The following icons are displayed in the user mode Information Job User Box Direct Print Store Address Customize 11 Menu Displays information and setting for the selected icon The menu that appears in this area varies depending on which icon was selected 12 Information and settings Displays the details of the item selected in the menu 11 18 bizhub 652 552 11 4 User Mode Overview 1 1 11 4 User Mode Overview Logging in to the user mode enables you to configure the following functions 11 41 Information EQ Reference You can also check the explanation of the user mode in the PageScope Web Connection online help or Pa geScope Web Connection manual included in the application DVD ROM For details on the online help re fer to page 11 4 2 user Logout iF Change Password
65. and sim ple troubleshooting guidelines of this machine In order to obtain maximum performance from this product and use it effectively please read this User s Guide as necessary 1 1 1 User s guides User s guide Overview Quick Guide Copy Print Fax Scan Box Opera tions This manual describes operating procedures and the functions that are most frequently used in order to en able you to begin using this machine immediately This manual also contains notes and precautions that should be followed to ensure safe usage of this ma chine and describes details on trademarks and copy rights Please be sure to read this manual before using this machine User s Guide Copy Operations This manual describes details on copy mode opera tions and the settings of this machine e Specifications of originals and copy paper e Copy function e Maintaining this machine e Troubleshooting User s Guide Enlarge Display Operations This manual describes details on operating proce dures of the enlarge display mode e Copy function e Scanning function e G8 fax function e Network fax function User s Guide Print Operations This manual describes details on printer functions e Printer function e Setting the printer driver User s Guide Box Operations This manual describes details on the boxed functions using the hard disk e Saving data in user boxes e Retrieving data from user boxes e Transferring and
66. are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original Copies Displays the number of copies to be printed TH When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs Delete Press this button to delete the selected job Increase Priority Press this button to change the priority of the job e Ifyou set Changing Job Priority in Administrator Settings to Restrict you cannot specify the output priority of the jobs e If the setting is specified so that the current print job can be interrupted printing is inter rupted and printing of the job given priority be gins Printing of the interrupted job restarts automatically once printing for the job given pri ority is finished 3 10 bizhub 652 552 3 2 Touch panel Item Description Release Held Job Press this button to change the settings of a stored job or print or delete the job Check Job Set Press this button to check the settings of the se lected job Press either lt Back or Forward gt to check the settings Detail Reference Press this button to check the status the registra tion source user name document name output tray stored time number of original pages number of copies
67. arenas 5 62 5 11 5 Direction Settings Binding Position oooonncnoniconnniccnnnccnnnnonnnnnrnn nn nr rn narrar rre nr rn 5 63 5 11 6 Total of Pages Quick Memory TX GB cooooccccnnocicicoconococococonanccnncnnnnnnccnnnnnnnncnncnnnnn nn cnn nnnnnnccnnnannnnns 5 63 5 11 7 Despeckle iii inici 5 64 5 12 Communication Settings da iii 5 65 5 12 1 Line Settings 63 tacita ll Eee te 5 65 OVAS TX cdi O toe soca ceed Sagat Sen ag avd oe eh deve det ead conde det es dai 5 65 ECM O ainia A E E ad daa 5 65 AO A 5 65 Check Dest Eo AT E ihot aes 5 66 SSCS INS sesh sere eg ehl she secede elas bet E T 5 66 5 12 2 E Mail Settings E mail l2FAX cx ae hina desevves a death Sie aaraa a Ea a a E Aa aaah ieeeesd checks 5 66 E mail SCttiNGS sasses scence caccsvecasncdeaibesanascscacsseavaacnenacaienacadeeadseacanagiaudnesaedhdeeasdendedsndeniaceazadesaeasdeadeuneaseaers 5 66 Document Name ins 2c a in ated A adele 5 66 E O 5 67 From citrico 5 67 E NN 5 67 5 12 3 URL Notification Setting FTP SMB WebDAV dcccccccnnoncccccnnnnnoncnnnnnnnnnncnnnonnnnncnnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnncnnnannnnnes 5 68 URL NOtifiGatio icc cirio cd cvewth ied dacs ana arado 5 68 Detail Search cita a loc 5 68 Direct Input ait hate tied ae A 5 68 5 12 4 Communication Method Settings G3 oooconniccccnnnnccccnnnononcccnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnn cnn nn nan nc cc nn nnnnncnccnnns 5 69 Quick Memory Dicc A Ce es Polling RX Normal Polling RX Bulletin Timer transmissio
68. box03 Public 11 04 2009 17 44 Item Description Open User Box Opens the currently created User Box Public Personal or Group User Box to en able you to print send or download a document saved in the User Box or to change the User Box setting Create User Box Enables to create a new User Box 11 20 bizhub 652 552 11 4 User Mode Overview 1 1 Item Description Open System This function opens the System User Box Bulletin Board Polling TX Compulsory User Box Memory RX or Relay User Box to enable you to handle a document saved in the User Box or change the User Box setting e Open System User Box is displayed when the optional FAX Kit FK 502 is in stalled Create System This function enables you to create a new Bulletin Board or Relay User Box User Box Create System User Box is displayed when the optional FAX Kit FK 502 is in stalled 11 4 4 Direct Print a userD1 Logout Change Password 12 Se Ready to Scan Er Ready to Print a 7c EJE To Main Menu Basic Setting Number of Sets 1 19999 Sort ON Offset OFF Paper Tray Auto v Printed Side 1 Sided vw Original Orientation LEF Finish Punch OFF Staple OFF x Binding Position Left Bind v Application Setting Select File Printing of the following format files is supported XPS PDF Ver1 6 TIFF PS PCL JPEG Text File Lox Cancel Item Description Direct Print Specify a file saved in the computer t
69. code Code Type Descrip Redial ON Corrective Actions tion or OFF N10 Connec Server con OFF e Check the state of the recipient tion error nection er e Check the network settings for the ma ror chine e Ask the network administrator to ensure that the network is running successfully N11 Connec Connec OFF Reception refused Check the state of the tion error tion refused recipient N12 Connec Line dis ON Verify that the cables and cords are secure tion error connected ly connected and that there is no network failure N13 Connec No net OFF e Check the state of the recipient tion error work re e Check the network settings for the ma sponse chine e Ask the network administrator to ensure that the network is running successfully N14 Connec Mail distri OFF Check the recipient s state and then resend tion error bution error the fax N15 Recipient Recipient ON Check the recipient s state and then resend resetting connection the fax reset N16 Recipient Recipient ON Check the recipient s state and then resend busy busy the fax N17 LAN con Connec OFF Check the recipient s state and then resend nection tion timeout the fax N18 Network er Network er OFF e Check that the network fax settings are ror ror correct e Verify that the cables and cords are se curely connected and that there is no network failure e Turn the main power off and back on and then resend the fax N20 Mem
70. fax can be received if the toner is exhausted Replace the toner cartridge For the procedure for replacing the toner cartridges refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Is the network ca ble correctly con nected Check the network cable for connection and if disconnected connect it securely Is the memory full or does the hard disk lack suffi cient available Check the remaining amount of memory or hard disk space If there is insufficient memory or hard disk space the machine will fail to receive faxes or if it receives faxes will fail to print them space No printout pro Is Memory RX en If Memory RX is enabled print the document received by fol duced abled lowing the procedure described below e Press User Box and then press System User Box e Press Compulsory Memory RX User Box and then press Use File e f a password has been configured enter it and then press OK e Select the document you want to print and then press Print Or set Memory RX Setting to No in the Utility menu Optionally you can change the setting to disable Memory RX For details refer to page 10 24 12 6 bizhub 652 552 12 3 Error messages displayed 12 12 3 12 3 1 12 3 2 Error messages displayed If the machine encounters a problem an error dialog will appear and display one of the following error mes sages Take corrective actions by referring to the table below
71. is capable of receiving E mail data of maximum 3000 pages for attachment file and max imum 20K byte for text When a document in color or grayscale is received the data is discarded and not printed When the sender is a Konica Minolta model and JPEG Color or JPEG Grayscale is selected for the recipient machine capable of receiving data the data is discarded and not printed Receiving E mails automatically The machine automatically checks the POP server for new E mail messages at a predetermined time interval Reference e The interval for checking E mail can be set from 1 to 60 minutes For details on setting this function refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator e It is set at 15 minutes by factory default Receiving E mails manually Press a button of this machine to check for E mail messages to the POP server Press Receive I Fax in the Fax Scan mode screen f Select desired destinations Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Check Job Hane Status ME Mai ME Mail ai Tokyo Osaka Nagoya box1 fax1 TT O A HebDAwI ip fax1 ifaxt ji ji t i y a Scan Settings Job Details z E E 12 23 2009 18 00 Toner Memory 100 Language Selec on bizhub 652 552 6 5 Receiving IP 6 4 6 5 6 5 1 6 5 2 Receiving IP This machine prints data automatically upon reception of IP Address Fax Data is saved in the Memory RX User Bo
72. is used for authentication ask your server administrator about the login procedure 2 4 bizhub 652 552 2 1 Information 9 MFP authentication Enter the user name and password and then press either Login or the Access key on the control panel Enter a login user name and password and then touch Sea Login or press Access Public User Access User Name Password Delete Job Details 4 28 2009 09 18 Toner MMMM Fryers 100 External server authentication Enter the user name password and server name and then press either Login or the Access key on the con trol panel eEnter a login user name and password and then touch SUBE Login or press Access c User Access Status User Name Password Server Name server Delete Job Details 01 11 2010 11 26 Memory 100 Account Track Enter the account name and password and then press either Login or the Access key on the control panel eEnter Account Name and ord and then Sellet touch Login or press the Access key Status Account Name Password Job Details 0171 11 24 E Toner Memory 100 bizhub 652 552 2 5 Information 2 1 2 1 3 Restriction of file name Name document data to be saved Reference e The names can contain up to 30 characters You can edit the names after the documents have been saved Press this button to specify the name when saving
73. machine is receiving data regardless of the current mode Indicates that there is an error with the printing or scanning function Press this icon to view a screen containing a warning code Pano view If the warning screen has been closed while a warning occurs press this but BAES A ton to display the warning screen again 0 Appears when there is a message indicating that consumables must be re placed or the machine requires maintenance Press this icon to display the message and then perform the replacement or maintenance procedure Appears when an error occurs with the connection to the POP server 3 6 bizhub 652 552 3 2 Touch panel Icon Description Indicates that there is no paper in the paper tray Indicates that very little paper remains in the paper tray Sec Indicates that the enhanced security mode is enabled Indicates that an external memory device is connected to the machine Indicates that a nonstandard external memory has been connected to this machine therefore USB connection is not enabled amp Indicates that the job is in the waiting for redial status because for example the recipient s line is busy when sending with the G3 Fax or IP Address Fax function 3 2 2 Difference of screen display with without optional devices The information displayed on the screen varies depending on whether the optional Fax Kit FK 502 is installed or not If the Fax Kit FK
74. or larger paper at the mal paper size at re of specified paper A same scale duced scale tray at reduced scale AA AY oes ae I A Z l B l B S es ea ce a sees C l C l TR o D Moe S Printed on the same Printed on the paper EA or larger paper at the Printed on divided of specified paper same scale pages depending on tray at reduced scale a the paper size Reference e If Duplex Print RX is set to ON double sided printing is possible For details refer to page 10 20 6 12 bizhub 652 552 6 7 Footer Position 6 6 7 Footer Position Reception date time reception number and page number are automatically added to the received document for printing The received information is printed on the following location of the document according to the Header Footer Position setting Reference To send a document in color using the IP Address Fax function the information is printed only within the original image area MA Reference For details on the setting of reception information refer to page 10 17 Inside Body Text The reception information is printed so that it is overlaid on part of the original image Outside Body Text The reception information is printed on the outside of the original image area 2005 01 20 13 43 R001 P 001 003 Not Printed If OFF is selected the reception information is not printed bizhub 652 552 6 13 F
75. original size MIB The acronym for Management Information Base which defines the format of management information for network devices that are collected using SNMP in TCP IP communication Two types of MIB are provided that is the private MIB specific to each manufacturer and the standardized MIB MMR The acronym for Modified Modified Read which is a data compression en coding method used for fax transmissions Text based originals are com pressed to approximately 1 20 the original size NetBEUI The abbreviation for NetBIOS Extended User Interface This is a network pro tocol developed by IBM NetBEUI enables you to construct a small scale network simply by configuring computer names NetWare A network operating system developed by Novell This uses NetWare IPX SPX for the communication protocol bizhub 652 552 13 7 13 Scanner Glossary 13 3 Term Description NTLM The acronym for NT LAN Manager which is a user authentication method used for Windows NT or later NTLM encodes password using MD4 or MD5 encoding method NTP The acronym for Network Time Protocol a protocol used to adjust the com puter s internal clock precisely via the network In a hierarchical method the time is adjusted with the server at the highest level using GPS to acquire the correct time which is then referenced by each lower level host OCR The acronym for Optical Character Reader a device o
76. paa gt Network Setting Information Print Setting Information Print Information Paper Tray Select Tray Paper Size Paper Type Paper Status al Bypass A4 LEF Plain Paper Empty C Tray 1 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready c Tray 2 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready 6 Tray 3 A4 LEF Plain Paper Ready C Tray 4 A4 LEF Plain Paper Ready C LCT 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Detail Output Tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Saddle Tray Administrator Information Administrator Name admin Extension No Admin E mail Address admin test local To log in as an administrator log out once bizhub 652 552 11 5 11 Logging in and logging out 11 2 Login as an administrator again KONICA MINOLTA PAGE SCOPE Language Login View Mode User Assist Web Connection OS Language OS Language v Public User Administrator Flash HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form FLASHPLAYER M Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Mana e Copy Protect Data BManage Stamp Data amManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments Get ADOBE bizhub 652 552 11 2 Logging in and logging out 11 When User Authentication or Account Track is enabled If PageScope Authentication Manager is used for authent
77. page 10 12 bizhub 652 552 5 17 5 18 5 Press the Start key Using the advanced preview 5 2 The original is scanned and the Preview screen appears Check the preview image and rotate the image or change settings as needed Press the Start key Transmission begins _ velete_ Rotate Pages 4 Delete Page y View Finishing XA View Pages Transmission will start Press the Start key To change settings touch View Pages View Status bizhub 652 552 5 3 Fax scan mode menu tree i 5 5 3 Fax scan mode menu tree The following describes the screen components and settings of the functions available in Fax scan mode Address Book tab The following settings can be configured with the Address Book tab page 5 25 Select desired destinations No of 000 Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Check Job irect Input Job History Search Of f Hook Receive I Fax Hane Status ME Mail E Mail E Mail User Box Tokyo Osaka Nagoya box1 WebDAV Sfax tr O 1 Fax WebDAVI ip fax1 ifax1 Group f Derete Job Details Search 4 Communication amp i Scan Settings 4 Original Settings P Servinas g 12 23 2009 18 00 z _ Toner 111 Memory 100 Language Selection First level Search p 5 27 Scan Settings p 5 41 Original Settings p 5 62 Communication Settings p 5 65 Di
78. page documents of mixed size the functions and settings described in this section are determined for each page If the paper size determined in Step 1 and 2 is loaded in multiple paper trays the paper tray is selected according to the setting specified in Auto Tray Selection Settings If only the bypass tray is assigned for the thus determined paper size feed paper from the bypass tray for printing However if the bypass tray is not included in the options of Auto Tray Select in Auto Tray Selection Settings the bypass tray cannot be used for feeding paper If Print Separate Fax Pages is set to ON and TX RX Settings in the Utility menu configured as fol lows documents are not divided A specific tray is assigned in Tray Selection for RX Print Min Reduction for RX Print is set to Full Size Print Paper Selection is set to Fixed Size or Priority Size Duplex Print RX is set to ON If the selected size paper is not loaded in the paper tray a message appears prompting you to load the paper of the size If Print Paper Selection is set to Priority Size any one of the paper sizes 8 1 2 x 11 8 1 2 x 14 or 11 x 17 A4 B4 or A3 is selected as optimal paper size If the selected size paper is not loaded in the paper tray the paper size is selected according to the normal procedure If Print Paper Selection is set to Fixed Size any one of the paper sizes 8 1 2 x 11 8 1 2 x 14 or 11 x 17 A4 B4 or A
79. preview press Stop Preview user Name Status f Derete Job Details 19 57 100 E 12 29 2009 Toner MEME E Item Select to erase document frames Transmission will start ress the Start key o change settings touch View Pages g jew Pages Description Finish To scan subsequent pages of the originals current ly shown make sure Finish is not selected 5 16 bizhub 652 552 5 2 Using the advanced preview 5 5 2 2 Sending with the advanced preview The following describes the procedure after the original is loaded For details on the general flow for sending fax and scanned data refer to page 5 3 Sending with Advanced Preview 1 Load the original 2 Specify the destination 3 Press the Proof Copy key 4 Select the original direction gt On the original glass Select the original direction and then press Start Advanced Preview Settings Hane Status Original Direction _ a 0 ay ia E Job Details F 12 29 2009 20 00 Toner mem eet 100 3 On the ADF Original Direction o a El El a AB E El A Toner es 3 If Advanced Preview Setting Original Direction Confirmation Screen is set to OFF in Adminis trator Settings the screen for specifying the direction in which the original is loaded does not ap pear For details on Original Direction Confirmation Screen refer to
80. printing data from user boxes User s Guide Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations This manual describes details on transmitting scanned data e E mail TX FTP TX SMB TX Save in User Box WebDAV TX Web Services G3 fax IP Address Fax Internet Fax User s Guide Fax Driver Operations This manual describes details on the fax driver func tion that transmits faxes directly from a computer e PC FAX User s Guide Network Administrator This manual describes details on setting methods for each function using the network connection e Network settings e Settings using PageScope Web Connection bizhub 652 552 Welcome 1 1 1 1 2 User s guide Overview User s Guide Advanced Function Operations This manual describes details on functions that be User s Guide come available by registering the optional license kit and by connecting to an application Web browser function Image panel PDF Processing Function Searchable PDF My panel and My address functions This User s Guide is intended for users ranging from those using this machine for the first time to administra tors It describes basic operations functions that enable more convenient operations simple troubleshooting op erations and various setting methods of this machine Note that basic technical knowledge about the product is required to enable users to perform troubleshooting operation Limit your troubleshooting operati
81. s mail server upon reception of an E mail The acronym for Delivery Status Notifications Print E mail Message Body I FAX Lists List name The text of the received E mail message is printed automatically if Print E mail Message Body is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu To print a list instruct the machine to print as needed Description Address Book List Print the details of the address book entries Group List The details of the group entries can be printed Program List The details of the program destination entries can be printed Job Settings List The details of the fax setting in the Utility mode can be printed E Mail Subject Text List Print the subjects and texts of the registered E mail message bizhub 652 552 8 2 Common lists 8 8 2 Common lists 8 2 1 Address Book List The list of the address book entries can be printed How to print 1 Select Address Book List from One Touch User Box Registration One Touch User Box Registra tion List in Administrator Settings specify the starting number the number of entries and the destina tion type and then press Print Specify the number of destinations you wish to print Cup to 100 Administrator Set gt One Touch User Box gt Address Book List List Output Number Print Destination List by Type Utility AA cn TE T lt a EE y 1 100 User Box Re
82. same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is ena bled Reference e To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit e To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete bizhub 652 552 9 One Touch User Box Registration 9 2 9 2 5 Address Book PC SMB Register PC SMB destinations To register a new destination press New 1 3 page JobList egistered number is automatically applied by touching OK d o is o specify a registered number touch the No button 01 06 2010 15 25 Memory 100 2 3 page elect item and enter setting Utility gt PC SMB gt New h Public 01 06 2010 15 26 l Memory 100 3 3 page pecify index according to name Destination Address Book Public ow 01 06 2010 15 27 Memory 100 Item Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2 000 Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters 9 12 bizhub 652 552 9
83. saved automatically in the Bulletin Board User Box that has been registered in advance i sSelect the Polling TX method Use the No of 000 dob List keypad to enter the Bulletin Board number cia Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt Polling TX Broadcast Destinations Normal MATT Delete Check Job Settings 12 30 2009 17 34 Memory 100 Toner This function cannot be used together with the following functions Quick Memory TX Memory TX Total of Pages Quick Memory TX Polling TX Timer TX Overseas TX ECM OFF Password TX F Code TX V 34 OFF 5 72 bizhub 652 552 5 12 Communication Settings 5 Reference e For the bulletin board number enter the box number between 1 to 999999999 of the Bulletin Board User Box that has been registered in advance Only one document can be saved in a single bulletin board You can create up to 10 bulletin boards for this machine QQ Reference For details on deleting or checking documents in the Bulletin Board User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations F Code transmission F Code TX This function allows you send documents to a specific User Box of the remote machine by entering the SUB address and the password Specific User Boxes include the followings Confidential TX Documents are sent to the Con
84. select ON in Dis play Setting On Mouse Point the cursor to display Help On Focus Select this item to display Help 11 16 bizhub 652 552 11 3 Page Configuration 11 11 3 Page Configuration The page that appears after logging in to PageScope Web Connection is configured as shown below The following shows an example of the page displayed when Device Information is selected in the Information tab Reference e The contents of the PageScope Web Connection pages vary depending on the options installed in this machine or the settings of this machine 4 5 6 7 1 KONICA MINOLTA Q user Logout Change Password 2 8 2 l tS Web Connection GH Ready to Scan Model Name bizhub 652 r Ready to Print 2 9 Device Information Device Information P Configuration Summary Option gt Consumables gt Meter Count 11 Online Assistance Change User Password Function Permission Information gt Network Setting Information Print Setting Information Paper Tray gt Print Information Output Tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Saddle Tray Administrator Information No Item 1 KONICA MINOLTA logo To Main Menu Device Name MFP Device Location Engine Serial Number 1 Device Type PrintiCopy Scan Fax Toner Status A Black AAA 10 Select Tray Paper Size Paper Type Paper Status Gi Bypass 8 1
85. send an original with copy guard patterns embedded Recalling a program The following describes the procedure to use the scan fax program Press Fax Scan Fax Scan EE O Press Mode Memory Mode Memory Cl bizhub 652 552 5 1 Operation flow 5 3 Selecta program and press OK Job List To register a program select blank program key and touch Register Programl Programs can be recalled or deleted Recall Scan Fax Program Page List Broadcast Destinations Check Program Settings 12 29 2009 16 42 E Memory 100 4 Configure Scan Settings p 5 41 Original Settings p 5 62 and Communication Settings p 5 65 5 bizhub 652 552 5 9 Operation flow 5 1 To check the advanced preview press Proof Copy p 5 14 Press Start S ta r t Reference If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Password Copy is set to Yes in Administrator Settings when scanning an original with a password embedded a message prompting you to enter a password appears Press Password enter the password and then press OK On the screen that reappears press Begin Authentication to start sending If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Copy Guard is set to Yes in Administrator Settings you cannot send an original with copy guard patterns embedded QA Reference For the description and proce
86. send and print data to printers in remote areas via the Internet IPsec The name of a security technology used for the TCP IP network IPsec allows service with enhanced security by determining the protocol used for the en cryption of transmit packets and for authentication IPv6 The acronym for Internet Protocol version 6 With the number of devices on the Internet increasing the IPv6 protocol has been arranged to replace the current IPv4 protocol 128 bit IP addressing system and expanded security features IPX One of the protocols used for NetWare IPX runs in the network layer of the OSI reference model Java A programming language developed by Sun Microsystems that runs on most computers regardless of the installed hardware and operating system How ever in order to run Java applications an operating environment called Java Virtual Machine Java VM is required Kerberos Anetwork authentication system used for Windows 2000 or later used as the Active Directory authentication Kerberos arranges an authentic site within the network to provide two phase authentication processes of users login and the use of network resources allowing users to be securely and efficient ly authenticated LAN The acronym for Local Area Network This is a network constructed by con necting computers on the same floor in the same building or in neighboring buildings LDAP The acronym for Lightweight Directo
87. string select the string and then press Edit To delete a registered text string select the text string and then press Delete To set a text string as the default select the string and then press Set as Default bizhub 652 552 9 21 One Touch User Box Registration 9 2 9 2 13 Registering a scan fax program You can register destinations to which faxes are frequently sent as programs together with Scan Original and Communication Settings If these are registered as programs you can call a registered set of the desti nation and its Scan Original and Communication Setting by simply pressing the Mode Memory key Reference Up to 400 typical programs and up to 10 Temporary One Touch destinations can be registered e If 410 programs have been already registered delete unnecessary programs before registering new ones Registering programs 1 Press the Fax Scan key on the control panel and then configure Scan Settings Original Settings and Communication Settings for which you want to register them as a program 2 Press the Mode Memory key 3 Select an unregistered program button and then press Register Program The Register Scan Fax Program screen appears Job List The current scan fax settings with name will be programmed Specify the settings Broadcast Destinations URL Notif Destination 4 17 1 Delete 01 06 2010 15 35 Memory 100 Toner BEER I
88. ta a da a 5 42 Resol evocadora tees 5 42 Fil TYPE iaa z 5 43 ER ale E A E E shuesasccten tae tes Seua T cotayane ce lonsuace de crash stances E ibe cnays 5 43 SCAN SetlING voi AA rads ier aan udev dineieinss 5 44 ENGCHYPLOMe 222248 hs Pete A tec Saha ane a Le ee E NN EC ea 5 45 AMP COMPOSI tOM aia misein dae 5 47 Quiline PD ui EE A A E A EE E ET 5 47 DENSI deina ii ted ete a eee el 5 48 Color E mail BOX SMB FTP WebDAV IP I FAX sceesseeeeneeeeneeeeeeneeeeeneeeeaeeeeeaeeeesaeeeeeaeeeneaeeeee 5 48 AUTO ZOO Mliieciciiiic A AA A EE Ria AAN dd daa 5 49 UI GOlOM ii si 5 49 Gray call A A 5 49 Black A RE Dea eee aad he a dae renee dae Pe 5 49 SCAN SIZE see ta eerie aie eerie eae et 5 49 SLANG AT 5 49 CUSTOM SZE a aia ati 5 49 Photo Size ni dada ide aa Ghats 5 50 Image Adjustment Background RemMoOVal ccccccnccccccnccononcccncnnnnnnccncnnnnnnncnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnncnnnnannnnncnnnannnes 5 50 Image Adjustment Sharpness occonncccncnnicnnnonananananonnnrn nan cn ene rca nn cnc n cana 5 51 Application Frame Erase iii A ee Aia 5 51 Application Book COPY iii tics 5 52 Book Spread liliana il e ao td abia etico 5 52 ES A cdtasshecedaecuacsareehuades alias gu ltguanbaluadsucgeua GisSesut sueqheuresanean Gade 5 52 Front Goverlmocinniiia ia a de see aa a aatan aiaa 5 52 Front Back Covers curiosa tt 5 52 Book Erase Frame Erase e cocida ia 5 53 Book Erase Center Erase isominoiaacnsta italiana 5 53 Binding POSION a a cra a
89. the paper tray the document size is reduced to the near size paper Original Received document Reduce the size to fit onto paper The following describes the procedure to determine the optimal paper size and criteria for selecting the paper size bizhub 652 552 6 7 Printing upon data reception 6 6 Step 1 Select optimal paper size Determines the optimal paper size based on the width and length of the received document according to the following rule Width of re Print posi Length of received document ceived docu tion of recep ment tion information A4 width OFF or In 0 to 150 151 to 305 306 to 390 391 or more side Body Text Outside Body 0 to 141 142 to 296 297 to 381 382 or more Text Paper size to be selected 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 8 1 2 x 11 Ga 8 1 2 x 14 Ga 11x17 P B4 width OFF or In 0 to 232 233 or more side Body Text Outside Body 0 to 223 224 or more Text Paper size to be selected 8 1 2 x 11 U 11x17 A3 width OFF or In 0 to 232 233 or more side Body Text Outside Body 0 to 223 224 or more Text Paper size to be selected 8 1 2 x 11 U 11x17 Width of re Print posi Length of received document ceived docu tion of recep ment tion information A4 width OFF or In 0 to 154 155 to 314 315 to 386 387 or more side Body Text Outside Body 0 to 146 147 to 306 307 to 378 379 or more Text
90. the received or saved document Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org The number of original pages that were re ceived TIL When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs L1 L2 Displays if 2 units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are in stalled Press one of these buttons The job list of the selected line appears Delete Press this button to delete the selected job Redial Select a job of which the status is set to Waiting To Redial to perform redialing Forward Forwards the fax received and stored in the mem ory in memory proxy reception Specify the recip ients either by selecting destinations registered in the address book or by entering directly Detail Press this button to check the registration source user name file name output tray stored time transmission time and number of original pages for the selected job To delete a job press Delete e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed Reference e When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed The names of confidential documents are not displayed 3 14 bizhub 652 552 3 2 Touch panel 3 lt Job History of
91. there is no relevant destination data found on an LDAP server the LDAP server itself instructs which LDAP server to be searched for the next The re ferral setting configures whether the multifunctional product is responsible for searching the next LDAP server Resolution The resolution value indicates how much detail of an object can be repro duced precisely on an image or a print matter 13 8 bizhub 652 552 Scanner Glossary 13 Term Description S MIME The acronym for Secure Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions which is a protocol used to add encryption digital signature and other fea tures to MIME E mail operations Public key method is used for encryption using a different key for encryption and decryption Samba UNIX server software which uses SMB Server Message Block to make UNIX system resources available to Windows environments Scanning The reading of an image in scanner operation by moving aligned image sen sors step by step The direction of moving image sensors is called the main scanning direction and the direction of image sensors alignment is called the sub scanning direction Screen frequency The density of dots used to create the image Single page TIFF A TIFF file that contains only a single page SLP The acronym for Service Location Protocol Services on a TCP IP network and clients are automatically searched for SMB The acr
92. to check the result error details registration source user name file name destina tion type stored time transmission number of original pages and external server information for the selected job e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed e The external server information that is available by pressing Detail appears only when using external server authentication e TWAIN appears for the job that is sent via Web service e Communication is displayed only when the destination is a fax Internet fax or IP address fax Reference When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed The names of confidential documents are not displayed e To view scanned images you must set Job History Thumbnail Display to ON in Administrator Set tings in advance For details refer to page 10 12 bizhub 652 552 3 13 3 Touch panel 3 2 lt Current Jobs of Receive gt Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued User Name The user name or user name account name of the user who stored the document Status The status of the job receiving dialing Polling RX queued printing printing stopped print error saving to memory Document Name The name of
93. to show the image Rotate Pages Select if the saved document con tains multiple pages e You can select multiple images in the page to be rotated e Odd Page Select images in the odd num bered pages e Even Page Select images in the even num bered pages Select All Select images in all pages Rotation Angle Select Left 90 Right 90 or 180 as the rotation angle When the destination is a fax an image is sent at 180 degrees if Left 90 is selected in Rotation An gle and at 0 if Right 90 is selected If TIFF or JPEG is selected as the file format to read a long original the rotation mode may not be spec ified When Fax is selected in Preview B Rotates the currently displayed page by 180 degrees to show the image Rotate Pages Select if the saved document con tains multiple pages e You can select multiple images in the page to be rotated e Odd Page Select images in the odd num bered pages e Even Page Select images in the even num bered pages Select All Select images in all pages Rotation Angle Click 180 to rotate a page Delete Page This item appears if the saved document contains multiple pages You can select multiple images in the page to be deleted Odd Page Select images in the odd numbered pages Even Page Select images in the even numbered pages All pages cannot be deleted View Finishing Displays i
94. up to 10 body messages to be used when sending E mails Application Reg istration Registers application settings and server addresses when using the applications such as RightFax Server registered in the external server Registering applications and servers enables you to automatically connect to the server of the selected ap plication e Application Registration is not displayed when the optional Fax Kit FK 502 is installed Prefix Suffix Registers Prefix or Suffix to be added as destination information when E mailing 11 30 bizhub 652 552 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview 11 11 5 9 Fax Settings Se Administrator Logout 2 Se Ready to Scan 2 Display To Main Menu Header Footer Position gt Line Parameter Setting Header Position Outside Body Text gt TX RX Settings Footer Position OFF v Function Setting PBX Connection Setting ok Cancel Report Settings Multi Line Settings Network Fax Setting Header Information gt Fax Print Quality Settings Item Description Header Footer Configure the setting to print the sender or receiving information Position Line Parameter Specify the fax line such as Dialing Method Setting TX RX Settings Configure the paper User Box and other settings for sending or receiving data Function Setting Configure the fax settings for Memory RX or Network Fax PBX Connection Specify
95. with copy guard patterns embedded bizhub 652 552 5 Using the advanced preview 5 2 5 2 Using the advanced preview Loading the original in the fax or scan mode and entering the address allows you to preview the finishing im age on the control panel by pressing Proof Copy In the Preview screen the orientation of the scanned orig inal can be checked or the settings can be changed Reference If Encryption is selected you cannot display the preview image 5 2 1 Preview screen Preview View Pages Displays the scanned image Rotate Image Rotate Pages Delete Page s O View Pages 5 14 bizhub 652 552 5 2 Using the advanced preview Item Description Previous Page Next Page If the saved document contains multiple pages use these buttons to switch the display to another page Zoom Press either of E El to change the display size to check the details of the document Each time pressing El the display size changes to 2 times 4 times and 8 times of the full size display in this or der In the enlarged display mode use the scroll bars located in the right and the bottom of the im age to view to the desired portion of the document Rotate Image When Scan is selected in Preview G Rotates the currently displayed page 90 de grees anti clockwise to show the image AN Rotates the currently displayed page 90 de grees clockwise
96. you to check the result error details regis tration source user name document name output tray stored time completed time number of origi nal pages number of copies number of pages to be printed or external server information for the selected job e The external server information that is available by pressing Detail appears only when using external server authentication When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed e The names of confidential documents are not displayed e To view scanned images you must set Job History Thumbnail Display to ON in Administrator Set tings in advance For details refer to page 10 12 bizhub 652 552 Touch panel 3 2 lt Current Jobs of Send gt Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued Address Type Displays the destination type in cluding fax E Mail FTP PC SMB WebDAV TWAIN or setting disabled Status Displays the status of the job send ing queued dialing pending for redial Address Displays the fax number E mail ad dress User Box name etc of the recipient s ma chine Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original This is displayed when sending data while the ad dress is deleted TIEL When there are more than the
97. 0 2009 01 45 Memory 100 5 10 10 Application Frame Erase Select to erase frames of the original e To erase all frames with the same width press Frame and specify a numeric value between 1 16 and 2 inches 0 1 and 50 0 mm e To individually specify the top left right and bottom widths press the desired button and specify a numeric value for that side e To not to erase frames press None Job List Select the area of the document to erase Specify the width using the 1 1 keys Scan Settings gt Application gt Frame Erase Broadcast Destinations Right Botton Delete Gheck Job Settings 7 3 12 30 2009 01 50 Toner MEN Fetes 0 Reference e If the width to be erased around the original is specified with Frame Erase of the Book Copy function the same settings also applies to Frame Erase bizhub 652 552 5 51 5 Scan Settings 5 10 5 10 11 Application Book Copy Configure settings to scan a two page spread In addition the binding position and erase settings can be E Binding Position Left Bind Frame Erase 4 Center Erase 4 A specified i Job List Select sc
98. 0 4 5 System Settings Advanced Preview Setting Original direction setting display 10 15 10 4 6 Fax Settings Header InformatiON oococioncccononccononnnnnnrnnnnarnnnnnr nn nn nrn cnn rra rre 10 16 10 4 7 Fax Settings Header Footer Position ooooonoconcccononccnnonnconncnnonnncnnnnrnnnnnrn ran nrr cnn rn rn rre 10 17 10 4 8 Fax Settings Line Parameter Setting cccececcssseeesenceeseeceeesceeeeseeeeeeeeeseseeeeeseneeeseneteseeeeesenenes 10 19 10 4 9 Fax Settings TX RX Setting cccscccssscseasitisccsnccnazecenssccencaineacansdeaeoucataisoned ccneananienadas avhendenacaed ustacans 10 20 10 4 10 Fax Settings Function Setting ii csccicossccessieacesnsthaseusediigecbeaceacheetshgcatgceaskeanddaendesdidhechvcvanecenseeceses 10 23 Fun tionON OFF Settings a E 10 23 Memory RX Setting is ccseliccdeteredacsncss nno iraan Nea eaaa aiae aaa SEa Saa E cuseenuteedaasatbatiusddvaudvenssiGeeitanneys 10 24 Closed Network DE A A ENE a i 10 25 Forward TAS ria A atadas 10 26 Incomplete TX HOld iii de de a E 10 27 PC2Fax SA roi gsnicastien taste any laevauvecensetQtysuuchsduaceseienguaesteedinbedaddadegVaartestetncg 10 27 TSI User Box Setting ehian e earet erea das death devas da a ib 10 28 10 4 11 Fax Settings PBX Connection Setting eeesceeeseeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesaneeseaneeseneeeseaeeeeeaeeeeneees 10 29 10 4 12 Fax Settings Report Settings viii ita dle ax cis 10 30 10 4 13 Fax Settings Job Setting
99. 16 characters Header Settings Footer Settings Specify whether to print the header and footer Pressing Print allows you to specify whether to print text the date time or other information distribution control number job number or serial number Text Specify a header or footer string via the control panel Date Time Specify the date time for the header footer Other Specify the details of the distribution control number job number serial number or Account User Name of the header or footer e The serial number is that attached to the machine For de tails on settings contact your service representative Pages Select whether to print the date and time on all pages or the first page only Text Details Text Color Select the printing color from black red blue green yellow cyan or magenta e Data is printed in black and white in this machine Text Size Select the size 8 pt 10 pt 12 pt 14 pt in which text is printed Text Type Select the font type from Times Roman or Helvetica bizhub 652 552 10 11 10 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV 10 3 10 3 5 System Settings Advanced Preview Setting Original direction setting dis play When sending a fax using the advanced preview specify whether to display the screen for selecting the di rection of the original after pressing Proof Copy Select desired operation for proof scanning _ 3 ministrator Settings gt Syst
100. 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Empty 12 C Tray 1 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready O Tray 2 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready C Tray 3 A4 LEF Plain Paper Ready C Tray 4 A4 LEF Plain Paper Ready C LCT 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Administrator Name admin Extension No Admin E mail Address admin test local Detail Description Click this logo to jump to the Konica Minolta Web site at the follow ing URL http konicaminolta com 2 PageScope Web Con nection logo Click this logo to display the version information of PageScope Web Connection 3 Login user name Displays the current login mode icon and user name public admin istrator User Box administrator registered user or account Click the user name to display the login user name 4 Status display Displays the status of the printer and scanner sections of this ma chine with icons and messages Clicking the desired icon when an error occurs displays the information Consumable Info Paper Tray or user registration page associated with the icon to enable you to check the status 5 Message display Displays the operating status of this machine bizhub 652 552 11 17 11 Page Configuration 11 3 No Item Description To Login Screen Log out Click this button to log out the current mode and log in again When logged in as a public user To Login Screen appears When logged in as a registered user or
101. 2 x 14 Not Specified a 81 2 x11 Not Specified 0 5 1 2 x8 1 2 Not Specified D A3 Not Specified 0 B4 Not Specified 0 B5 Not Specified 0 Ad Not Specified D AS Not Specified 0 Others Not Specified 0 In List Function Display change the menu from the list box 11 14 bizhub 652 552 11 2 Logging in and logging out 11 Select the desired menu in the drop down list click Display Maintenance de Administrator Sp Ready to Scan ROM Version gt Import Export Status Notification Setting Total Counter Notification Setting Date Time Setting Timer Setting gt Network Error Code Display Setting gt Reset License Settings gt Edit Font Macro Coa a 2 To Main Menu Total 11 Total Duplex D of Originals 0 of Used Paper 0 Copy Counter Total 11 Large Size a Print Counter Total 0 Large Size 0 Scan Fax Counter Print Scans Total D D Large Size D D Fax TX u Fax RX u Paper Size Type Counter Paper Size Paper Type Count RIE Not Specified 0 8 1 2 x 14 Not Specified 0 8 1 2 x11 Not Specified 0 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Not Specified 0 A3 Not Specified 0 B4 Not Specified 0 B5 Not Specified 0 AA Not Specified 0 A5 Not Specified 0 Others Not Specified 0 bizhub 652 552 11 15 11 Logging in and log
102. 2 552 5 69 5 Communication Settings 5 12 Polling RX Normal A function available on the receiver s side to request a sender to send set documents or documents to be transmitted through polling reservation in the sender s machine This is convenient when communication costs are to be borne by the receiver Select Normal and select the recipient ap mier Select the Polling RX method Use the OEE keypad to enter the Bulletin Board number Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt Polling RX Broadcast Destinations Bulletin gt 1 2009 17 30 Memory 100 Polling RX Bulletin A function available on the receiver s side to request a sender to send documents set in the sender s bulletin board To receive documents stored in the bulletin board select Bulletin enter the bulletin board number using keypad and select the recipient Job List select the Polling RX method Use the keypad to enter the Bulletin Board number Broadcast Destinations Delete 1 1 Delete Check Job 4 12 30 2009 17 31 Memory 100 This function cannot be used together with the following functions Quick Memory TX Memory TX Frame Erase Scan Size Total of Pages Quick Memory TX Mixed Orig
103. 2 x 11 Y 8 1 2 x 14 Cal 11 x 17 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Ga A4 a 8 1 2 x 11 Cal 11x17Q A3 a A5 y 8 1 2 x 14 Cal A4 B4 ul 8 1 2 x 11 Ad 11x17 ua A4 Qa A3 a 8 1 2 x 11 Cal 8 1 2 x 11 Cal B4 ul 8 1 2 x 14 Cal 8 1 2 x 11 A4 8 1 2 x 11 U A3 a 11x17 8 1 2 x 11 Cal A4 A4 ua B4 ul A4 U A4 U A3 ul A4 ua B5 U B5 a 8 1 2 x 14 Cal 11x17 B4 ma A3 a A5 A4 ul B5 A4 A3 Ga Paper selection order From top to bottom AS y A4 ua B5 B4 A4 A3 a Ad a B4 ul B5 B5 A4 A4 A4 Qa A3 a B4 B5 B4 A4 ua A4 U A4 A3 Wi wee A3 B5 a A4 A4 B5 U A3 eee D D oja A4 Y U we e B4 ul A3 Qa For the paper sizes of B5 ca B5 J A4 Ga and A4 d the document is divided and printed on multiple pages bizhub 652 552 6 6 Printing upon data reception Restrictions for printing The following lists the restrictions on printing documents Documents are printed in reduced size if the print paper size is smaller than that determined in Step 1 If Print Separate Fax Pages is set to OFF documents are automatically rotated by 90 degrees if the orientation of the print paper does not match with that determined in Step 1 To print multiple
104. 297 mm or smaller or the short side otherwise Top Original with the page margin at the top Left Original with the page margin at the left 5 11 6 Total of Pages Quick Memory TX G3 If the quick memory transmission is performed the total number of pages are automatically printed in No of Pages of the transmission source information in the format of P Page Number Total pages Select Quick Memory TX and then press Total of Pages Quick Memory TX and enter the number of original pages using the keypad JobList Use the keypad to enter the total number of fax pages to be sent Original Settings gt Total of Pages Broadcast Destinations 30 2009 17 20 Memory 100 Toner This function cannot be used together with the following functions Memory TX Cover 2 Sided Scan Settings Simplex Duplex Frame Erase Book Copy Scan Size Mixed Original Polling TX Polling RX Bulletin board Timer TX bizhub 652 552 5 63 5 Original Settings 5 11 Reference e If the specified number of pages does not match to that actually scanned the specified number of pag es is printed This function is not available for memory transmission since the total number of pages are automati cally added 5 11 7 Despeckle Select to reduce the effect that dust on the slit glass has on images when th
105. 3 is selected as optimal paper size If the selected size paper is not loaded in the paper tray a message appears prompting you to supply the paper of the size The message remains displayed until the paper is loaded in the paper tray If Tray Selection for RX Print is set to other than Auto documents are printed on the paper loaded in the paper tray except the bypass tray specified in Tray Selection for RX Print If the specified paper size is smaller than that of the received document the document is printed in reduced size If the paper tray runs out of paper a message appears prompting you to supply the paper of the size The message remains displayed until the paper is loaded in the paper tray If Print Paper Selection is set to other than Auto Select and Tray Selection for RX Print is set to other than Auto higher priority is given to the setting in Tray Selection for RX Print QQ Reference For details on Print Separate Fax Pages refer to page 10 20 For details on Auto Tray Selection Settings refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations For details on Tray Selection for RX Print Min Reduction for RX Print Print Paper Selection and Duplex Print RX refer to page 10 20 6 6 3 Printing at full size If Min Reduction for RX Print is set to Full Size in the Utility menu documents are printed on the paper of the same size at the same magnification If the same size paper is not available it is pr
106. 9 10 3 2 System Settings Restrict User ACCESS oocoonccoconococononcnnonnnnnnncnnnnrcnnnnn rre 10 9 Restrict Access to Job Settings viii iii dida ce 10 9 Restrict Operationias caia a ees ee eee Oe a eee 10 10 10 3 3 System Settings Reset Setting Job Reset Next Job Reset Data After Job neeese 10 10 10 3 4 System Settings Stamp Settings Header Footer Settings esscceesseeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeesaees 10 11 10 3 5 System Settings Advanced Preview Setting Original direction setting display 10 12 10 3 6 Security Settings Security Details eee eeeseeeseeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeneeeeaeeeeneeeesaeeseeeeeesaaeeseaeeneseeeeaes 10 12 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 cccccsseseccessseeeeeeessnneeeeeeessnneeeesessneeneeeeennaeaeeseessnneeeeseesaneneeeessnes 10 14 10 4 1 System Settings Power Save Settings eescceeseeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeaaeeseaeeeeseeeesaaeeseseeeeenneeenaees 10 14 10 4 2 System Settings Output Settings Print Fax Output Settings Fax eee eeseeesseeeeseeeesneeees 10 14 10 4 3 System Settings Restrict User ACCESS ooooconocccnonoconononononnnnannnnnnrnn nn rra rnr cnn rr 10 15 Restrict Access to Job Settings Registering and Changing Addresses ooocccccocccncnoancnannanancnnnn 10 15 Restrict Operation Restrict Broadcasting cooncccnnncccnnnnnnnnnnncnonnnnnornnnnnrn rn rnrnn anar rra nr 10 4 4 System Settings Stamp Settings Fax TX Settings 1
107. Address Book AAA ede at ead del cea tuae T 5 25 Me SCarnitouMe cece tido 5 25 Home Scan to Home ineei eve n cited She mich ieee eke 5 26 5 5 1 GlOUP A E E oe di 5 26 5 5 2 A O sedi TET 5 27 AA A 5 27 de ii AA A A E A EN 5 28 Detail Search add das 5 29 Search Optio iii A A ere it 5 29 5 6 Direct Inputs ini 5 30 5 6 1 EVET T dated laavsiestcanagceataitenchsaicassbwciasasdsasedsansaceacaugiagadebcchansecengetenasdvacdseatadunsconaadcuaasheaaugeadetantantaadd 5 30 5 6 2 E Mail iia 5 30 5 6 3 UserDBOi a ias 5 31 5 6 4 teme VE A nthe Bee a oe AI 5 31 NS O AN 5 31 Receiver RX ADIity e a eencaee dandy debe een deta Gans tdl dicas 5 31 5 6 5 IP Address Fax ie toss ee aio 5 32 ES AAA RAN 5 32 Port NUMBer TEETE E T ca say odag sbavasectena AEA 5 32 Destination Machine Type daria 5 32 Next Destimation e a a yon sdcescudtea cued aaa aaa cash aaa aa a A aa ar aapea 5 32 5 6 6 AES EE iaa A E E T 5 33 ANEN A E A E A S E E S EETA 5 33 a ic E A A A E A E Da 5 33 Sc AT ETT 5 33 Password Reference ING Xt DSStination MA ii A a E ate eset 5 33 5 6 7 O A A 5 34 HostNaMe E a A A 5 34 File Pati e iio aid dai iaa 5 34 Us NAIC secs tacita E otitis 5 34 Password ivi A A aii 5 34 Detalled Settings A A IDA arica 5 34 Next Destinati N erae aa eraa sch stenpeceheeicecaeck a aa aaa ict casv ieee ceea ities ck a Ea E E ANENE 5 34 5 6 8 WEDDAV 2 A Steed age ed it ads 5 35 Host Madeline id dd aid 5 35 Fl Pallet an A dai 5
108. Bulletin Board User Box G3 EQ Reference For details on creating Bulletin Board User Boxes refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 9 2 16 Create User Box Relay User Box G3 EQ Reference For details on creating the Relay User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 9 2 17 Limiting Access to Destinations Apply Levels Groups to Destinations Apply a reference permission level to a destination Log in as a user with the level that you want to apply and then change the level of the destination Reference e The initial level for a newly created destination is 0 You cannot apply a group or a level higher than the level of the user you are logged in with To apply a group you must register in Administrator Settings the destinations to be added to the group in advance For details on the reference allowed groups refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Address Book Select a destination whose level you want to change and then press Apply Group or Apply Level to specify the level gt Specify group permitted to access destination E or apply reference permission level to destination 3 J ane A lies alaba Utility lo Destination Level7 roup 0001 Tokyo Level 0 one Touchy NA User Box Reg 0003 Nagoya Level 0 0004 box1 Level 0 Lamating access 0005 fax1 Level 0 4 0006 WebDAVI Level 0 ee 0007 ip fax1 Level 0 Apply Level A 01 06 2010 15 40 Memory 100 Group Select a destination whose level you want to
109. C Fax TX Error Repo iii A coa 8 27 8 5 Report printed for Internet Fax cccccssssececeeesseeeeeeesssneneeeeeeseeeeeeessenenaeeeesseneeeeesnsnenaeeeeesseneeeeeesenes 8 28 8 5 1 Internet Fax Rx Error Report c cssssscssccccccceceeecesessesesseessaaeaeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseseeseusessessnaeaaaeeseeeeeeeesess 8 28 8 5 2 Prin MDN Message ociscioici il tdi 8 28 8 5 3 Print DSN Message i coi 8 28 8 5 4 Print E mail Message Body coniioiocan aiii aida did led 8 29 8 5 5 Title Texts a di ads 8 29 A NON 8 29 alaire laa ol ET E T E E canes dauton T TE 8 30 8 6 Report printed for IP luci n ai ii id 8 30 8 6 1 Network Fax RX Error Report ccccccecceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeesaaeaeeeseeaaeaeeeseseaeeeeeeeneaeees 8 30 r NM att 9 1 Menu trees in User Mode iii estada ao a 9 3 9 1 1 One Touch User Box Registration eeececeseeeeesneeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeseaeeeesaeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeseeeeseeeeeenaeees 9 3 9 1 2 User Settings 9 1 3 Mode Memory 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration ooonocoonnccccnnncnnncccnencnnnnc cnn rn cnn 9 8 9 2 1 Displaying the One Touch User Box Registration Screen oooccononccononacononcnnnannnnnnrnnnnarnnn nara nnnnnrnnnnnnnos 9 8 9 2 2 Address Book E Mail ii iris 9 8 9 2 3 Address Book Wse r BOX isla cake gaan a aara AE a araa a E e Ra anae aLa cds ants 9 9 9 2 4 Address Book E e h PRE ill TEA 9 10 9 2 5 Address Book PG SMB ina T E ria 9 12 9 2 6 Address Bo
110. DAP server to refer to destination information Ethernet A standard for LAN transmission lines File extension Characters added to a file name for the recognition of the file format The file extension is added after a dot of a file name for example bmp or jpg FTP The acronym for File Transfer Protocol This is a protocol used for transfer ring files via the Internet an intranet or other TCP IP network Gateway Hardware and software used as the point where a network is connected to a network A gateway not only connects networks but also changes data for mats addresses and protocols according to the connected networks Gradation The shading levels of an image Larger number of the levels can reproduce smoother transition of the shading Gray scale A form of presenting monochrome image by using the gradation information shifting from black to white GSS SPNEGO Sim ple Digest MD5 Authentication methods used for logging in to the LDAP server The different authentication method GSS SPENEGO SIMPLE or Digest MD5 is used for a LDAP server depending on the type of the server being used or server set tings Halftone A method for presenting the shading of an image by using different sizes of black and white dots Hard disk A large capacity storage device for storing data The data is retained even af ter the power is turned off Host name The name used to identify a device on a networ
111. Direct SMTP standard defined by CIAJ However a unique method developed for Konica Minolta models is used to transmit a color fax Mode 2 This mode allows communication between Konica Minolta models capable of transmitting IP address faxes and models compatible with the Direct SMTP standard defined by CIAJ The transmission in color mode is per formed in the communication mode Profile C format compatible with the Di rect SMTP standard Sending Colored Docu ments Available when mode 2 is selected To send a fax to a machine that does not support the color reception based on the Direct SMTP standard select Re strict 10 42 bizhub 652 552 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 1 0 Reference When selecting mode 2 check that the recipient s machine supports color reception based on the di rect SMTP standard CIAJ stands for Communications and Information network Association of Japan The format of a file sent from this machine differs depending on the color settings for transmission and the destination machine type setting For the color settings refer to page 5 48 and for the destination machine type setting refer to page 5 32 or page 9 18 When this machine is a recipient color mode applied in printing varies depending on the format of the received file When mode 1 is selected If the destination machine type is set to Color Full Color or Gray Scale is selected for the color setting PDF
112. E Select item and enter setting No of Destinations 000 Ssssssx Utility gt Group gt New No One Touch User Box Reg Select Group 4 utility Registered Address Shared Group Create One Touch Destination 3 7 Group gt 01 06 2010 15 33 Cancel Memory 100 Item Description Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters Select Group Select a destination type and then select the destination to be registered in a group Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled Check Program Set Allows you to view a list of one touch destinations registered in a group tings 9 20 bizhub 652 552 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 9 2 11 Registering E mail setting subjects E mail l FAX Up to 10 E mail subjects and Internet fax subjects Subject can be registered A desired text string can be selected from those registered when sending To register a new subject press New Job List 7 New E Mail subject can be registered or an existing subject can be edited i To edit a registered E Mail subject please choose an E mail subject and touch Edit Utility gt E Mail Settings gt E Mail Subject No Subject Set as Default w 1 Utility 02 data_PHOTO One Touch User Box Reg Create
113. E T A T A EA 6 13 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 5 7 6 7 6 1 7 6 2 7 6 3 7 7 7 7 1 7 7 2 7 8 7 9 8 1 8 1 1 8 1 2 8 2 8 2 1 8 2 2 8 2 3 8 3 8 3 1 8 3 2 8 3 3 8 3 4 8 4 8 4 1 8 4 2 8 4 3 Fax forwarding GS IP I FAX oooooocooccconnocccccconnnnnconcnnnnnnno cnc cnn creen creen rnnnaannnes 7 3 PCO Fax RX Co ees 7 4 TSI Distribution GJ e eee araa rre aee aa paaa aea aaa Aa Anaad aa a aa aei aaen apap aeiaai arae eE 7 5 Confidential RX GJ erare aeee rear araara a sare arrer e rrea a aa aerar rr 7 6 Settings required for confidential reception eesceeseceeesneeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaneeseseeeeseaeeeeeeeeenneeess 7 6 Receiving by confidential receptiON ooooocccnnnnincccnnnnicocccccnnnnonccncnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnn cnn nnnnnn nn anna nan rn cnn nnnnn nan 7 6 Sending by confidential tranSMiSSiOn eseceeeseeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeneeeesaeeeesaeesesaneeeeeeeeesaeeeeenneeteneeeess 7 6 Relay distribution AAPP A 7 7 Description of relay distribution oooocccnnnnncccicnnocccccnnnonoccncnnnnnannncnnnnnnnnnc cnn nnnnnn cnn nn nnnnc cnn nn nan nn n nn nnnnnacnn 7 7 To perform relay distribUtiON iii rc codi 7 7 Sending fax to the relay distribution station eee eeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeaaeeeeeeseeneeeee 7 8 Polling TX RX G3 ccceesseeessteeesseeeeeseeeeeseeensseeeeenseeeeaseneeaseeeeeneeesesseeeenseeeaeneeeaseneensneenenaneeeeseneeesenes 7 9 Polllng Mt da tado Ce au a
114. Enter Power Save Mode QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 14 System Settings Output Setting Print Fax Output Setting Fax QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 14 System Settings Restrict User Access Restrict Access to Job Settings Registering and Changing Addresses QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 9 Restrict Access to Job Settings Change the From Address The From address is used for the address configured for the device QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 9 Restrict Operation Restrict Broadcasting QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 10 System Settings Stamp Settings Fax TX Settings QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 15 System Settings Advanced Preview Setting Original direction setting dis play QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Fax Settings Header Information Reference For Internet Fax or IP Address Fax sender information is not available for Outside Body Text Even if Outside Body Text is selected sender information is added to the inside of the original RA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 16 10 36 bizhub 652 552 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 1 0 10 5 7 Fax Settings Header Footer Position Reference For IP Address Fax in the color mode rec
115. For the settings you must configure in advance refer to page 4 7 You can also tell the machine to scan originals to save them For the detailed procedure refer to page 5 36 Telling the machine to make a scan through a computer Start a scanner enabled application 2 Onthe File menu click Import from Camera or Scanner From the list of Scanners and Cameras select this machine and then click Import The New Scan dialog box appears Load the original on the machine Configure scan settings and then click Scan In the Tag these images list enter the file name and then click Import The original is scanned and the scanned data is added to the list of images 13 4 bizhub 652 552 Scanner Glossary 13 Scanner Glossary Term Description 10Base T A set of specifications under the Ethernet standards Those cables that con 100Base TX sist of twisted copper wire pairs are used The transmission speed of 1000Base T 10Base T is 10 Mbps of 100Base TX is 100 Mbps and of 1000Base T is 1000 Mbps Active Directory A network service provided by Microsoft Active Directory can centrally man age all types of information including servers clients printers and other hard ware resources as well as properties and access permissions of users on the network Adobe Flash Software or its file format developed by Adobe Systems Inc formerly by Macromedia Inc used to create a content by compiling vector gr
116. L Memory 100 Language Selection Me Scan to Me If User Authentication is selected the Me address is displayed in Address Book Pressing the displayed Me address allows you to easily send scan data to your E mail address E mail address of user registration information Select desired destination s AA Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Check Job A I Direct Input Job History Search Of f Hook Hane Status az etc ME Mail ME Mail ME Mail User Box i 1 M Tokyo Osaka Nagoya box WebDAV bad 2 adan amp I Fax WebDAV1 ip fax1 ifax1 Group Search cn MIL ETS DEE LO E jf Toner muma el oe Language Selection No Item Description 1 Me Select your own E mail address E mail address in user registration information Reference e Me appears in the Address Book tab if Default Address Book in the User Settings is set to Index MA Reference For details on setting this function refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator bizhub 652 552 5 25 Address Book 5 5 5 5 1 Home Scan to Home If Active Directory is used for user authentication press Home that appears on the touch panel to allow you to easily send scanned data to your own Home folder To do so set Scan to Home Settings to Enable in Administrator Settings Check Job Hane Status Select desired destinations Fax can be sent at any time using keypad ME Mai
117. LLI Standard Press Auto to automatically detect the size of the first page in the original when scanning Select the size to scan the original with a predetermined paper size such as 8 1 2 x 11 A4 or 7 1 4 x 10 1 2 B5 Custom Size Enter the dimensions of a custom size other than the standard sizes X direction Enter a value from 2 to 17 inches 30 0 to 432 0 mm Y direction Enter a value from 2 to 11 11 16 inches 30 0 to 297 0 mm i Enter the original size using 1 This is No of ggg Job List applied to e mail and file transmissions a Scan Settings gt Scan Size gt Custom Size Broadcast Destinations 09 30 2010 15 13 Memory 100 TTT bizhub 652 552 5 49 5 Scan Settings 5 10 Photo Size Select the size dedicated for photographs A Se he original size of scanned Joa i ot applied to fax transniss Broadcast Destinations 1 1 Delete 730 2009 01 44 Memory 100 5 10 8 Image Adjustment Background Removal This function removes background or adjusts background density of originals to be scanned e Select either Bleed Removal or Paper Discoloration Adj and adjust the density with Background Re moval Level To adjust the density automatically press Auto i Allows you to set the background density of plabahISe the document to be sent Scan Settings gt Quality Adjustment gt Backgr
118. N while Internet Explorer is used add fe80 220 6bff fe10 2f IPv6_MFP_1 to the hosts file in advance and specify the address with the host name The main menu or login page appears bizhub 652 552 11 3 11 Using PageScope Web Connection 11 1 11 13 Cache function of Web browser The Web browser has the cache function therefore the latest information may not be shown in the page dis played using PageScope Web Connection Using the cache function may result in an operation failure When using PageScope Web Connection disable the cache function on the Web browser Reference Some Web browser versions may provide different menus and item names For details refer to the Help for the Web browser e With the cache function enabled timeout occurs in the administrator mode and after that how many time you try to access just timeout recurs It results in the control panel of this machine being locked and you cannot handle the control panel In this case turn the main power off and then turn it on again To avoid this problem disable the cache function For Internet Explorer 1 Select Internet Options in the Tools menu 2 Inthe General tab select Temporary Internet files Settings 3 Select Every visit to the page and click OK For Netscape Navigator 1 Select Preferences in the Edit menu 2 In Category on the left select Advanced Cache 3 n Document in cache is compared to document on n
119. NG AAE E EE E AT O AN 5 6 5 1 3 Recalling a POMAR ee eae 5 8 5 1 4 Broadcast sia la 5 11 5 2 Using the advanced previews ion id 5 14 5 2 1 PFEVIEW SCIE ON 28 528 se aaa 5 14 Preview View Pages cicccistiacs scesdenct coiniceass censntet essence vensiceacaanssyactenesscpcaborsenteethassdasnedearsectecatcicnazeds 5 14 Preview View Pages Change Setting c ccceeceeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeeeeeseaaaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesenueeeeeeeeeaee 5 16 Preview Mew Status ii laa 5 16 5 2 2 Sending with the advanced Preview esccesseeeesseeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeneeseeneeessaeeeeeaeeeeseeeesaeeeteaeeessnneeeeneees 5 17 Sending with Advanced Preview cceesceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeesaeeeesaeeeeeaeeeesaaeessaaeeseaeeeeeaeeseeneeennaes 5 17 5 3 Fax scan Mode MENU tree cccccncccccnnccnnnnnocannccnnn cnn crean 5 19 fAddress BOOK tab aaa 5 19 Directilnput ta decshaisendecthedesceectiel A E ctaancdaaasachassdgaacuasaceaccacaddeatasbandseaasi 5 19 JOB FiStOry tabs ota ai 5 20 Address Searchltab iia ii E A E E 5 20 Ola Eo R a E E AA 5 21 Scan Settings A TE 5 21 Original STINGS esanaia aana aldea dedico 5 22 Comm nication Settings ienien a a a an aeaa E aai 5 23 5 4 Fax SCal initial Scree issiria cence ca eth diia ra ASE naain adian iaei 5 24 5 4 1 Description of screen COMPONENAS cscsccccccececcceeesessesessessenaeaeeceeeeeeeeeeeesessuseseseessnsnasaeeseeeeeeeesess 5 24 Contents 2 bizhub 652 552 5 5
120. O PQRS TUV WXYZ Start 9 No Guidance Y 8 9 15 O Go 100 A ET oa oo 141312 1110 No Name Description 1 Touch Panel Various screens and messages are displayed Configure the various settings by directly touch ing the panel 2 Power Indicator Lights up in blue when the machine is turned on with the main power switch 3 Sub Power Switch Press this switch to turn on off machine opera tions including copying printing and scanning When turned off the machine enters an energy conservation state 4 Power Save Press this key to enter Power Save mode While the machine is in Power Save mode the indicator on the Power Save key lights up in green and the touch panel goes off To exit from Power Save mode press the Power Save key again 5 Mode Memory Press to register store the desired copy scan settings as a program or to recall a registered copy scan program bizhub 652 552 Control panel 3 1 No Name Description Utility Counter Press to display the Utility screen and the Meter Count screen Reset Press to clear all settings except programmed settings entered using the control panel and touch panel Interrupt Press this key to enter Interrupt mode While the machine is in Interrupt mode the indicator on the Interrupt key lights up in green and the message Now in Interrupt mode appears on the touch panel To cancel Interrupt mode press the Inter rupt key again Sto
121. One Touch Destination E Mail Set as Default Settings z er a 01 06 2010 15 34 Close Memory 100 Item Description Subject Enter a subject using up to 64 characters Reference To check a registered subject select it and then press Check Job Set To change the settings for a registered subject select the subject to be changed and then press Edit To delete a registered subject select the subject to be deleted and then press Delete To set a subject as the default select the subject and then press Set as Default 9 2 12 Registering an E mail setting text E mail l FAX U p to 10 E mail and Internet fax text strings Subject can be registered A desired text string can be selected from those registered when sending To register a new text string press New E vou can register neu E mail body text or edit previously registered body text To edit previously Job List registered E mail body text select the text and itr ility gt E Mail Settings gt E Mail Body No Body Set as Default a utility One Touch User Box Reg Create One Touch Destination E Mail Set as Default Settings Ez oD ao aos 01 06 2010 15 35 Memory 100 Item Description Body Enter a body message using up to 256 characters Reference To check a registered text string select the string and then press Check Job Set To change the settings for a registered text
122. P 8 1 10 12 2010 18 05 Serial No 1 52 addressee gee start Time prints mote tan ion 18 05 10 12 23 00 oon me Hote Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG fr igina ME Frane Erase TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax 8 22 bizhub 652 552 8 4 Report printed for G3 fax 8 8 4 5 8 4 6 Reservation Polling TX Report Printed automatically when a polling transmission is reserved when a document is saved in the Polling Trans mission User Box of this machine You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Timer Reservation TX Report in the Utility menu Reservation Polling TX Report Pp 1 10 12 2010 17 56 Serial No 1 45 Hote Li Main Circuit 12 Sub Circuit THR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax 1 FAX Internet Fax Broadcast Reserved Report Printed automatically when a sequential broadcast transmission is reserved You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Timer Reservation
123. P Address Fax Internet Fax FIL File error Printed if the machine does not support the received file for mat IP Address Fax Internet Fax DC Decoding error Printed if decoding error occurs in the received file IP Address Fax Internet Fax MDN Printed if the MDN response fails Internet Fax DSN Printed if the DSN response fails Internet Fax PRINT Printed if documents received with the Memory RX function are printed DEL Printed if documents received with the Memory RX function are delet ed SEND Printed if documents received with the Memory RX function are sent Example If you download data saved in Memory RX User Box to your com puter using PageScope Web Connection e In the remarks column you can print a user name when user authentication is enabled or account name when account track is enabled For details refer to page 10 30 Some of the items may not be printed depending on the option settings bizhub 652 552 8 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX 8 3 8 3 2 8 3 3 TX Result Report ministrator Settings of the Utility menu The result of transmission is printed automatically Select the print timing from ON If TX Fails or OFF in Ad TX Result Report P 1 10 12 2010 16 33 Serial No 1 TC 74 addressee start Tine Tine Prints Result me taxi J1o 12 16 32 oo 00 07 ooor001 s ox ros o o o o ooo Note Li Main Circuit 12 Sub Circ
124. P Setting Configure SNMP settings SMB Setting Configure the SMB client WINS SMB print or Direct Hosting setting Web Service Set tings Configure the settings to perform scanning or printing using Web services Bonjour Setting Configure Bonjour settings bizhub 652 552 11 27 11 Administrator Mode Overview 115 Item Description NetWare Setting Configure NetWare settings AppleTalk Set Configure AppleTalk settings ting tia Fax Set Configure the direct SMTP TX or direct SMTP RX settings ting ea Set Configure the WebDAV settings ings OpenAPI Setting Configure the OpenAPI settings TCP Socket Set ting Configure the TCP Socket settings to have a data communication between this ma chine and the application software in your computer IEEE802 1x Au thentication Set ting Configure IEEE802 1X authentication settings LLTD Setting Select whether to enable or disable LLTD SSDP Settings Configure the SSDP settings Bluetooth Set ting 11 5 6 User Boxes Logging in to the administrator mode enables you to handle a User Box without entering the password when Select whether to enable or disable Bluetooth e To enable a Bluetooth communication contact your service representative in ad vance opening it de Administrator Logout 12 lt Ready to Scan 2 Open
125. P server 5 Off Hook Press this button to put the machine into the off hook p 5 40 state ready for dialing 6 Scan Settings Allows you to configure detailed settings for scanning p 5 41 the document 7 Original Settings Allows you to configure the detailed settings for the p 5 62 original type and original direction 8 Communication Settings Press to configure communication settings p 5 65 Reference If manual destination input is restricted in Security Settings in Administrator Settings the Direct Input tab is not displayed If Confirm Address TX is set to ON Off Hook is not displayed For details on the Confirm Address function refer to page 10 23 For details on the LDAP server setting refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator ting LDAP set The display position for each tab varies depending on the User Settings For details refer to page 9 26 bizhub 652 552 5 5 Address Book 5 5 5 Address Book Allows you to select a registered address Select desired destinationts A MFax can be sent at any time using keypad Check Job RE epee ee d ect Input Job History E TS Nare Status No pors Tu mevz etc mE Mail mME Mail E Mail User Box Fax Tokyo Osaka N box1 fi lagoya ax1 WebDAV fhet amp 1 Fax WebDAVI ip fax1 ifax1 Group Search 4 Delete Job Details 54 gina os ES J 4 E 12 23 2009 18 00 i Toner
126. Parameter Setting Configure items related to fax transmission and reception 1 3 page ES Select job setting CI Redial Interval 3 nin 01 07 2010 11 26 Memory 100 Item Description Dialing Method Select one of the dialing methods from PB 10pps 20pps Receive Mode Select a receive mode e Auto RX Automatically receives faxes e Manual RX If you expect frequent phone calls for example if an external telephone is connected to this machine set this mode to Manual RX EQ Reference For details on Auto RX refer to page 6 3 For details on Manual RX refer to page 6 4 Number of RX Call Set the number of incoming call rings in the range between 0 and 15 Default Rings 2 Number of Redials Set the number of redials for busy no answer and so on The setting range varies depending on the local standard Redial Interval Set redial intervals in the range between 1 and 15 minutes Default 3 min utes 2 3 page E Select job setting Job Setting 4 Administrator Es Settings Fax Settings 10 13 2008 19 26 Memory 100 Item Description Line Monitor Sound Set this item to ON to hear the line sound from a speaker during communi cation bizhub 652 552 10 19 10 Administrator Settings G3 10 4 3 3 page Item Select item and enter setting _ Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Line Parameter Setting
127. Receiving tine 10 03 2008 15 22 39 Print DSN Message A DSN message is returned from the receiver to the sender when the E mail message is delivered to the re ceiver s mail server When this machine receives the DSN message it is printed automatically The acronym for Delivery Status Notifications You can specify whether to print or not in DSN Message in the Utility menu Pr ink DEN Mera pa 11 18 2008 18 84 Serial Mo 90000000 Te wa Fron Tuya Your aasaga mas delivered succese fully 020 0D Receiving Vine 11 06 2006 15 53 51 8 28 bizhub 652 552 8 5 Report printed for Internet Fax 8 5 4 Print E mail Message Body Specify whether to print the body of the received E mail message automatically or not You can specify whether to print or nat in Print E mail Message Body in the Utility menu Print SBS Pp 1 01 08 2010 13 23 Serial No A1UE011900003 TC 333 Subject Test Receiving tine 01 08 2010 13 23 38 Fron nailuser39cso konicaminolta jp Resenen test tif Text test test test Reference Even if Print E mail Message Body is set to ON the body of the received E mail message is not print ed if Content XCIAJWNETFAX IGNORE is included in the header or there is no text in the body e If the received attachment file is prohibited for printing this machine behaves according to the Network Fax RX Error Report setting 8 5 5 Title Text List Print the list o
128. Relay Printing Bessigstsence ise Fax Settings Be ettings I 2 01 07 2010 11 36 Memory 100 Item Description F Code TX Specify whether to use F Code TX e F Code TX provides two methods confidential transmission and relay transmission EQ Reference For details on confidential transmission refer to page 7 6 For details on relay transmission refer to page 7 7 Relay RX Set this item to ON to enable the machine to send received documents as a relay distribution station to relaying destinations To use the relay distribution function you must register a Relay User Box EQ Reference For details on registering the Relay User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations Relay Printing Specify whether to print documents received from a relay instruction station Destination Check Dis Specify whether to display the list of the specified destinations when sending play Function a fax bizhub 652 552 10 23 1 0 Administrator Settings G3 10 4 2 2 page Select job setting Administrator Settings gt Function Settings gt Function ON OFF Settings Confirm Address Register OFF Settings Job Setting Utility Fax Settings Function Settings 01 07 2010 11 36 Memory 100 y 4 y y Item Description Confirm Address TX When specifying a fax destination with direct input a screen appears G3 prompting you to enter the fax number again for confirma
129. S X gt e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled lt For Linux gt e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Adobe Flash Player e Plug in Ver 7 0 or later required to select Flash as the display format e Plug in Ver 9 0 or later required to use the Data Management Utility font macro data management How to access Start the Web browser to access PageScope Web Connection If User Authentication is enabled enter the user name and password For details refer to page 11 11 For details on setting the IP address of this machine refer to User s Guide Network Administrator PageScope Web Connection has two view modes Flash and HTML For details refer to page 11 9 SSS Start the Web browser N Enter the IP address of the machine in the URL field and then press Enter http lt IP address of the machine gt Example When the IP address of this machine is 192 168 1 20 e http 192 168 1 20 When IPv6 is set to ON while a browser other than Internet Explorer 6 is used Enter the IPv6 address enclosed in brackets to access PageScope Web Connection http IPv6 address of this machine Example When the IPv6 address of this machine is fe80 220 6bff fe10 2f16 http fe80 220 6bff fe10 2f16 e If IPv6 is set to O
130. Settings gt PC Fax RX Settings Utility E Print Password Check Communication Password 0 9 4 Fax Settings Specified User Box Function Settings 01 07 2010 11 44 Memory 100 Reference The documents received by fax are saved in the TIFF format in a User Box ER Reference For details on PC Fax RX refer to page 7 4 Item Description Receiving User Box You can specify destinations in a Memory RX User Box or a Specified User Destination Box If Specified User Box is selected destinations are saved in a User Box specified with an F code subaddress Print Specify whether to print a fax after receiving Password Check Specify a communication password up to 7 digits bizhub 652 552 10 27 10 Administrator Settings G3 10 4 TSI User Box Setting Specify whether to use the TSI User Box function To use the function configure the following items If two units of Fax Kit FK 502 are installed and Individual Receiving Line Setup is set to ON in Adminis trator Settings you can select either Fax Line 1 or Fax Line 2 to specify the forward destination setting for each receiving line For details on Individual Receiving Line Setup refer to page 10 20 Specify the settings Enter User Box number using the keypad Administrator Settings gt Function Settings gt TSI User Box Settings Utility Administrator Settings Fax Settings Function Settings
131. Simplex Duplex p 5 42 Resolution p 5 42 File Type File Type p 5 43 poe Scan Setting p 5 44 Encryption p 5 45 Stamp Composition p 5 47 Outline PDF p 5 47 Density p 5 48 Color p 5 48 Scan Size p 5 49 Image Adjust Background Removal p 5 50 meny Sharpness p 5 51 Application Frame Erase p 5 51 Book Copy p 5 52 Annotation p 5 54 Stamp Composi Date Time Date Format Hon Baal Time Format Pages Print Position Text Details Text Color Text Size Text Type bizhub 652 552 5 21 Fax scan mode menu tree 5 3 First level Second level Third level Fourth level Fifth level Page Number Starting Page Number p 5 56 Starting Chapter Number Page Number Type Print Position Stamp p 5 57 Text Details Text Color Text Size Text Type Stamp Type Preset Stamps Pages Text Size Text Color Print Position Header Footer Recall Header Footer praras Check Change Temporarily Send amp Print Copies Bea Simplex Duplex Staple TX Stamp p 5 60 Document Name p 5 61 Separate Scan p 5 61 Original Settings The following settings can be configured with the Original Settings tab page 5 62 l Job List Specify the settings iginal Settings PTSiAaL Mi
132. TA Select Login Administrator Admin Mode Administrator User Mode Password Help Display Setting Help Display is a network only function On Mouse ON On Focus ON ok Cancel bizhub 652 552 11 13 11 Logging in and logging out 11 2 Display mode in administrator mode In System Settings Display Setting the display mode in the administrator mode can be selected from Tab Function Display or List Function Display This manual shows an example where List Function Display is set as the display mode In either display mode the available items are the same In the default setting the screen is displayed in Tab Function Display In Tab Function Display click the desired icon to change the menu de Administrator e S Ready to Scan Ef Ready to Print a Total Counter gt ROM Version Total 11 Total Duplex a gt ImportExport of Originals 0 Status Notification Setting of Used Paper 0 Total Counter Notification Copy Counter Setting Total 11 Date Time Setting Large Size 0 Timer Setting Print Counter Network Error Code Display Total 0 Setting Large Size o Reset Scan Fax Counter License Settings Print Scans Edit Font Macro Worl o 0 Large Size 0 D Fax TX a Fax RX 0 Paper Size Type Counter Paper Size Paper Type Count 11 x 17 Not Specified 0 8 1
133. TX Report in the Utility menu Broadcast Reserved Report P 8 1 10 12 2010 18 07 Serial No 1 53 Start Tine Prints a 12 18 07 10 12 23 00 001 Koto Office 10 12 18 07 10 12 23 00 001 Note Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit THR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FOODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax bizhub 652 552 8 23 8 Report printed for G3 fax 8 4 8 4 7 8 4 8 An address Polling Rx Reserved Report Printed automatically when a polling reception to single destination is reserved You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Timer Reservation TX Report in the Utility menu An address Polling Rx Reserved Report P 1 10 12 2010 18 08 Serial No 1 54 Start Tine prims wot 1 10 12 18 08 10 12 23 00 TMR POL Hote Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit THR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FHE Frame Erase TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication ar CSRC FD Forward PC PC FAX Special Original FCODE F Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BND Bind SP Spe Code BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax ge FAX Internet Fax Sequence Polling Rx Reserved Report Printed automatically when a polling recep
134. The essentials of imaging KONICA MINOLTA bizhub 652 552 User s Guide Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 1 Table of contents 1 Introduction 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 eoe n ee E E E E E EE E 1 3 OE CES QUIAES E E e E 1 3 A iciecsescdestasteneatiacaanncrasssceazseteannedpeavaccensecasnaceedacanesascsieasaycesaiateubasecasuavaag acceuaulsacanansneasaines 1 4 Conventions used in this manual ssessee essen eneeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeneneeeseneneneeeeensnenenseneenseeeeeseneneee 1 5 Symbols used in this Manual ooonnnccnnnnnonnoconnscncnrnccnnreernncn ene 1 5 To use this machine SAO Y icono ii coavaccacestacacasendvacacaavedescaiervesteeacaeines 1 5 Procedural INStHUCTION ic ciceasceeceissectandccaseseaaitectanvaaieedeadsvasteaasheccasaiedsascteuesipenineacevsedersaseatacaenescateassseveas 1 5 KEY SYMDOIS siasio ilatina cesdendalceasanea cies riiet eainiie aa aiana daadaa ain AENEA 1 6 Original and paper indications oooccnnccnnoniconnnanonancnnnnnrnnnnrr rn non cnn nn rre rre rre r renacer 1 6 Original and Paper SIZOSs A cian caera dcir 1 6 Original and paper INGICATONS i esccsaccecasseccecatesaiacscesdeg caentercssdeceautignaseesassheexsscicnetadeeasseetaestesancseanseniees 1 6 2 Before using the Network Scan Fax Network Fax functions 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 A E A A E I E E E T 2 3 TransmissioM TUMCTION NN 2 3 FUNCTION LY DC EE TATE N E E E T 2 3 Notes on Using fax
135. User Box Open User Box Public Group Personal b Create User Box Box is the function to save documents in the machine Documents in the Box can be used for printing sending etc gt Open S User B LD a Saano User Box Number a _ 1 999999999 gt Create System User Box M OK User Box List Search from Index AL Page Display by 50 cases 1 x Go pe Em User Box Name Type Time Stored Number 11 box01 Public 11 04 2009 17 43 2 box02 Public 11 04 2009 17 43 83 box03 Public 11 04 2009 17 44 Item Description Open User Box Opens the currently created User Box Public Group or Personal User Box to en able you to change the User Box setting e Document operations are not available in the administrator mode e User Box operations are available even if a password is specified for the target User Box Create User Box Enables to create a new User Box 11 28 bizhub 652 552 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview 1 1 Item Description Open System Open the System User Box Bulletin Board Relay or Annotation User Box to enable User Box you to handle a document saved in the User Box or change the User Box setting e The Bulletin Board and Relay User Boxes are available when the optional Fax Kit FK 502 is installed Create System Enables you to create a new Bulletin Board Relay or Annotation User Box User Box e The Bulletin Board and Relay User Boxes are a
136. ad Enter New Address gt IP Address Fax Broadcast Destinations Port unter wo 65535 Check Job Settings A q Cancel Toner OA 12 30 2009 00 41 Memory 100 Address Enter any of the IP address host name or E mail address of the destination The entry methods are as follows For IP address Directly specify the IP address of the destination e For network host name and domain name Specify the destination host name and domain name Reference The IP address fax can be sent to the E mail address For IP address Enter the IP address of the destination after ipaddrfax Input examples For the IPv4 address format ipaddrfax 192 168 0 101 For the IPv6 address format ipaddrfax IPv6 2004 2740 1003 1 250 70ff fe00 1567 For the E mail address format the IP address after an at mark must be enclosed within brackets To use the IPv6 address format enter IPv6 just after the left bracket For host name and domain name Enter the destination host name and domain name after ipaddrfax Input example ipaddrfaxfOmachine1 test local To specify by the host name and domain name a DNS server that can resolve the destination domain name is required Port Number Use the keypad to enter the sending port number using a value from 1 to 65535 Destination Machine Type Select Color when the destination machine supports color printing Next Destination Press this b
137. ader Information Register sender information and fax ID that are included in TX documents that is to be printed on documents received by the recipient Select item and enter setting 2 ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Header Information Utility Administrator Settings Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 24 Memory 100 Item Description Sender Allows you to register more than one sender name that is to be printed on documents received by the recipient as sender information Enter a text us ing up to 30 characters e To register a new sender press New e Possible to specify up to 20 types of views for senders e Tochange the settings for a registered sender select the sender and then press Edit In the Edit screen registered numbers cannot be changed e To delete a registered sender select the sender to be deleted and then press Delete e To specify a sender as the default select the sender and then press Set as Default e If two units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed and Individual Sender Line Setup is set to ON in Administrator Settings default value can be specified for each line Select the sender to specify as the default and then press either Set Line1 as Default or Set Line2 as Default For de tails on Individual Sender Line Setup refer to page 10 20 To specify the fax ID of an extension line refer to page 10 34 Sender Fax No The registered fax number is
138. amp 5 60 TX RX setting 10 20 U URL notification setting 5 68 User authentication account track 11 26 User box filing 2 9 User boxes 11 20 11 28 User mode 9 3 11 19 User name 5 33 5 34 5 35 User settings 9 26 VJ vV V 34 OFF 5 65 Web service 2 10 4 7 13 4 WebDAV transmission 2 9 Z folded original 5 62 bizhub 652 552 14 5 14 Index by button 14 2 14 2 Index by button Nu S Check Original Settings 9 23 1 Sided 5 42 Check Program Settings 9 20 9 23 2 Sided 5 42 Check Scan Settings 9 23 E Check URL Notif Destination 9 23 A Check Change Temporary 5 58 Access 3 4 City 5 39 Accessibility 3 4 Closed Network RX 10 25 Action when TSI User Box is not set 10 28 Color 5 48 Activity Report 10 30 Color TIFF Type 9 29 Add ContentType Information 10 42 Color Grayscale Multi Value Compression Method Address 5 32 9 22 10 40 Address Book 5 24 9 24 Comm List 3 13 3 15 3 16 Address Book Index Default 9 26 Communication Method Settings 5 69 Address Search 5 24 Communication Settings 3 18 5 24 5 65 9 23 Address Type 5 27 Compact PDF 5 43 Administrator Settings 10 9 Compact PDF XPS Compression Level 9 29 Advanced Search 5 38 Compact XPS 5 43 All Jobs 3 11 3 13 3 15 3 16 Company Name 5 39 AND 5 39 Compression Type 5 31 10 41 Annotation 5 54 Confidential RX Report 10 30 anonymous 9 15 Confidential User Box 9 23 Application 5 16 5 51 5 52 5 54 5 55 5 59 Confirm Address Register 10 24 5 60 Confirm
139. anning method for document spread This is not applied to fax transmissions Scan Settings gt Application gt Book Scan Bese TREE Tons EF Book Spread Es FEY Front Cover Front Back Covers 12 30 2009 16 42 E Memory 100 Reference e Specify the size of the two page spread as the scan size e This function cannot be set with Quick Memory TX Book Spread Scans a two page spread as a single page Separation Scans a two page spread as two pages left and right Front Cover Scans the first page as a front cover Front Back Covers Scans the first page as a front cover the second page as a back cover and the third and subsequent pages as a body 5 52 bizhub 652 552 5 10 Scan Settings 5 Book Erase Frame Erase Configure the setting for erasing frames on a two page spread To erase all frames with the same width press Frame and specify a numeric value between 1 16 and 2 inches 0 1 and 50 0 mm e To individually specify the top left right and bottom widths press the desired button and specify a numeric value for that side e To not to erase frames press None i Select the area of the document to erase LEE BES Specify the width using the 1 1 keys Scan Settings gt Book Copy gt Frame Erase Right Ref
140. ap o H E BEE Or ae soeh Sor Era O ai Sore Menor y Bulletin TX Report Polling TX Report Printed automatically when a polling transmission is executed to the document saved in the bulletin board You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Bulletin TX Report in the Utility menu Polling TX Report P 1 10 12 2010 20 25 Serial No 1 T 64 fddressee start Tine Tine Prints Result ote nn 222393444555 10 12 20 25 00 00 03 001001 ok Li But BowNo s Note Lt Main Circuit 12 Sub Groni THR Tiner POL Poll er Original FHE Frame Erase TX pot posed Original CALL eal Conni cation CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX SP Special Original FCODE RTX Re Tx aly Relay MBX Confidential BUL pulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP adress Pa Fax 1 FAX Internet Fax Result El ron REET o a ANA to Lo pth AR gyer ER ie nce Er aci bocument send bizhub 652 552 8 25 8 Report printed for G3 fax 8 4 8 4 11 8 4 12 Relay TX Result Report This report is printed automatically upon transmission of a document to the relay distribution destination when this machine functioned as the relay distribution station You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Relay TX Result Report in the Utility menu Relay TX Result P 10 12 2010 17 1 25 Serial No 1 TC 66 tresse start Tine Tise primis pestin 001 001 Woto Office 001 001 001 001 L2 RLY
141. aphic an imations and sounds The software allows handling interactive contents us ing keyboard or mouse The files can be kept relatively compact and accessed from a Web browser with dedicated plug in software Anonymous FTP While normal FTP sites are protected by an account name and password this type of FTP site can be used by anyone without a password by simply entering anonymous as the account name APOP The acronym for Authenticated Post Office Protocol While usual POP does not encrypt the password used for receiving an E mail APOP encrypts the password This authentication method helps enhance the E mail security AppleTalk The generic name for the protocol suite developed by Apple Computer for computer networking Auto IP A function to obtain an IP address automatically If one fails to get an IP ad dress via DHCP the auto IP gets an IP address from the space of 169 254 0 0 bit The abbreviation for binary digit The smallest unit of information data quan tity handled by a computer or printer A bit uses only a 0 or a 1 to indicate data BMP The abbreviation for bitmap This is a file format for saving image data The file extension is bmp Commonly used on Windows platforms BMP cov ers the color depth from monochrome 2 values to full color 16 777 216 colors BMP images are not suitable for compressed storage Bonjour A Macintosh network technology automatically detec
142. ast Result Report 3 3 TX Result Report Check Network Fax RX Error Report p 10 38 MDN Message p 10 39 DSN Message p 10 39 Print E mail Message Body p 10 39 8 Job Settings List p 10 32 bizhub 652 552 10 7 10 Menu tree in Administrator mode 10 2 First level Second level Third level Fourth level 9 Multi Line Set 1 Line Parameter Dialing Method tings p 10 32 Setting p 10 32 Number of RX Call Rings Line Monitor Sound 2 Function Set PC FAX TX Setting tings p 10 33 3 Multi Line Settings p 10 33 4 Sender Fax No p 10 34 0 Network Fax 1 Black Compression Level p 10 40 Settings 2 Color Grayscale Multi Value Compression Method p 10 40 4 Internet Fax Self RX Ability p 10 41 5 Internet Fax Advanced Settings p 10 41 6 IP Address Fax Operation Settings p 10 42 1 G3 Fax Print Quality Settings p 10 34 Reference The item with mark is displayed if two units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed The item with 2 mark is displayed if two units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed and Individual Re ceiving Line Setup is set to ON in Administrator Settings For details on Individual Receiving Line Set up refer to page 10 20 10 2 3 Security Settings Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ON Adninistrator Settings gt Secur
143. ation folder in the touch panel User Name Enter the login user name in the touch panel Password Enter the login user password in the touch panel Detailed Settings Press this button to configure the more detailed settings Item Description Port Number Enter the port number Proxy Specify whether to use a proxy server SSL Settings Specify whether to use SSL for sending Next Destination Press this button to continuously specify another destination bizhub 652 552 5 35 Direct Input 5 6 5 6 9 Web Service Send scanned data to a computer previously registered in the network The computers on the network in which this machine is designated as the Web service scanner appear as the destinations Select the destination T Select destination E Press Start to begin sending Search Result 5 Hane Status No Destination 1 Scan to TESTI 2 Scan for Print to TESTI 3 Scan for E mail to TESTI 4 Scan for Fax to TESTI 5 Scan for OCR to TESTI D te Search Job Details rue ama TA L MA Reference For the settings you must configure in advance refer to page 4 7 Data can be scanned and saved by sending command to this machine from the computer For the detailed procedure refer to page 13 4 Details Displays the destination name and URL Search Enter a keyword that is included in the desired destination name with the pan
144. ayed Default Address Type When you set Default Address Book to Address Type select an address type that is displayed as the default in the Address Book tab 9 3 3 Custom Display Settings Fax Active Screen G3 IP I FAX Customize the Fax Active screen l Job List Select job setting ility gt Custom Display Settings gt FAX Active Screen Job Setting No AI RX Display No Custom Display Settings 01 06 2010 15 47 Memory 100 Item Description TX Display Specify whether to display a message indicating data being sent Default No RX Display Specify whether to display a message indicating data being received De fault No bizhub 652 552 9 27 User Settings 9 3 9 3 4 9 3 5 Custom Display Settings Search Option Settings Configure the contents of the search option screen when performing an detail search for registered destina tions E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV G3 IP I FAX Specify the search conditions for the detailed search 7 Te you wish to Change the search conditions for every Job List rch gptempt Sev the Search Option Screen bo Item Utility User Settings Utility gt Custom Display Settings gt Search Option Settings Default Settings Custom Display Settings 01 06 2010 15 47 Memory 100 Description Uppercase and Lower case Letters Select whether to differentiate uppercase and lowercase letters when per formi
145. be sent at any time using keypad Check Job Direct Input Job History Searee _ OFF Hook Hane Status Report Print Err MNO PORS TUV WXYZ E Mail ME Mail E Mail Tokyo Osaka User Box Nagoya Fax box1 fax1 WebDAV 1 Fax WebDAV1 ifax1 Group i G Job Details Scan Settings Search 4 4 nal Settings view LIT a Warning 4 3 Touch panel 3 2 Job List Job Details Press Job Details to view the list of the Current Jobs and Job History in the right side area There are the following four types of jobs Confirm jobs currently sending or waiting to be sent Delete Redial Timer TX Job 12 23 2009 22 14 Close Item Description Print Lists print jobs for copying computer printout re ceived faxes or reports Send Lists scanner and fax transmission jobs Receive Lists fax reception jobs Save Lists User Box saving jobs lt Current Jobs of Print gt Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued User Name The user name or user name account name of the user who stored the document Status The status of the job receiv ing queued printing printing stopped print er ror saving to memory is displayed Document Name File name being printed e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents
146. bizhub 652 552 8 9 Common lists 8 2 8 2 3 Information included in the list Item Description No Group number Name Name representing the registered group Speed Dial Address book registration number One touch number registered for the group SIP Fax This machine does not support SIP fax Apply Level Referable Group Registered access allowed level Regist Count Program List The number of address book registration numbers One Touch numbers registered for the group Prints the list of the program destination entries registered How to print 1 2 Select Program List from One Touch User Box Registration One Touch User Box Registration List in Administrator Settings specify the starting number the number of entries and the destination type and then press Print Only the program destinations entered newly will be printed Cup to 50 dministrator Settings gt One Touch User Box Registration List gt Program List List Output Number i O O Eo e C m a e y A Internet Fax Registration FER Print Destination List by Type Utility Administrator Sa Destinations One Touch User Box Reg META 30 12 2009 19 27 Memory 100 Configure the Paper Tray and Simplex Duplex settings and then press Start Select x11 or 11417 paper Touch Start or press Start to begin printing Administrator Settings gt
147. bled and a Relay User Box cannot be used for a forwarding destina tion You can also specify the registered group as the destination e You can specify Group which contains only e mail address to distribute received faxes in TSI User Box Settings Even though Print is set to Yes faxes distributed to User Box are not printed 10 28 bizhub 652 552 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 10 10 4 11 Fax Settings PBX Connection Setting Specify the PBX line connection method If the PBX connection mode is enabled specify an access code for an outside line An access code refers to a number used to connect to an outside line such as a number beginning with a zero 0 Outside line numbers specified here are dialed after which fax numbers registered with the address book or program are dialed Press No to clear the entered settings and then specify an access code 0 to 9999 using the keypad AAA ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt PBX Connection Setting Use the keypad to enter the outside line access code Outside Line Utility Administrator Settings Ca Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 46 Memory 100 bizhub 652 552 10 29 10 Administrator Settings G3 10 4 10 4 12 Fax Settings Report Settings Specify a way to output reports 1 3 page 2 Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Report Settings Select job setting Uti
148. by configuring it differently from the first line The following shows the available functions Line Parameter Setting The dialing scheme number of incoming rings and line monitoring sound can be specified Function Settings The PC FAX transmission settings can be configured Multi Line Settings Role of the line such as TX Only and RX Only can be assigned Sender Fax No Sender fax ID can be assigned to the extension line individually Reference e These functions can be specified in Fax Settings Multi Line Settings in Administrator Settings For details refer to page 10 32 bizhub 652 552 7 11 Fax transmission using extension lines G3 7 9 7 12 bizhub 652 552 3 Description of reports and lists 8 1 Types of reports and lists E 8 8 1 8 1 1 Reports There are reports that are printed automatically reports for which printing method can be specified and re ports that are printed upon requests Report name Description of reports and lists This section explains how to print various reports and lists and provides descriptions Types of reports and lists Reports and lists printed with this machine are as follows Description Activity Report G3 I FAX IP This report contains the transmission and reception log The report can con tain up to 700 records in total and in separate pages for transmission log and reception log The Activity Report is printed au
149. can enter up to 256 characters job List ESAS of e mail mes Touch Details to view the entire text Communication Settings gt E Mail Settings gt Body No Body Destinations 1 data sending Direct Input A Details 4 2 30 2009 17 26 Memory 100 bizhub 652 552 5 67 5 Communication Settings 5 12 5 12 3 URL Notification Setting FTP SMB WebDAV URL Notification Specify the E mail address to be notified about the completion of a job Select the URL notification address Job List Communication Settings gt URL Notification Setting Broadcast Destinations E Mail A E Mail Tokyo Osaka Nagoya 1 1 Delete 12 30 2009 17 27 Memory 100 Reference A destination for the User Box in the main unit FTP PC SMB and WebDAV operation can be specified for the destination in URL Notification Setting URL Notification Setting does not function when sending E mails Internet faxes or G3 faxes Detail Search You can search for E mail addresses from the registered destinations Enter the address name or a part of the address to search for the destination address Select either Name or Destination and enter an index Job List Select the cond
150. change and then press Apply Group or Apply Level to specify the level ES Specify group permitted to access destination or apply reference permission level to destination Utility No Destination Level7 roup One Touch 0002 gr2 Level 0 User Box Reg LamssseenGeTSAs Apply Level A 01 06 2010 15 41 Memory 100 9 24 bizhub 652 552 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 Program Select a destination whose level you want to change and then press Apply Group or Apply Level to specify the level Specify group permitted to access destination ES or apply reference permission level to destination Utility gt Apply Levels to Destinations gt Program No Destination Tevel76roup 0002 test2 Level 0 Apply Level A 01 06 2010 15 42 Close Memory 100 bizhub 652 552 9 25 User Settings 9 3 9 3 2 User Settings Displaying the User Settings screen To display the User Settings screen press the Utility Counter key on the control panel and then select User Settings from the Utility menu that appears EN Ez Dele Job Details y Meter Count SU Nae Status 1 CB Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection 2 User Settings 3 Administrator Settings 8 Device Information 4 Check Consumable Life _ close _ 01 05 2010 18 21 Toner IIT Reference Memory 100 o An item can als
151. cons in a preview image when TX Stamp is selected If View Finishing is canceled only the image appears while icons and text are hidden Change Setting Reference Change some of the settings you have configured prior to scanning the original For details refer to page 5 16 Select a page directly to rotate the image of the selected page by 180 degrees bizhub 652 552 Using the advanced preview 5 2 Preview View Pages Change Setting Change the following settings you have configured prior to scanning the original The changes apply to the subsequent pages of the originals to be scanned Job List Press Start to continue sSettings can be changed for stopped scan job Press Stop to cancel changes to settings Binding Position 36 Change Setting 12 29 2009 Memory 100 Item 19 57 Description Basic Document Select whether the original is 1 sided or 2 sided If the Cover 2 Sided setting is enabled Cover 2 Sided appears as well Basic Binding Position Allows you to select this item if the destination type is any of E mail User Box FTP PC SMB or Web DAV and if the Book Copy function is not selected Basic Original Size Select if the Mixed Original setting is enabled Application Frame Erase Preview View Status Determine whether to scan subsequent pages or not Scanning will stop To exit
152. d PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay BK Confidential BUL ulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax 1 FAX Internet Fax Result P E am e ica En itch OFF Me ease E ea es Mii Si ying Jenozh Quer Compu A AS era Henory o tAk Engu Reis sory Memory Document Send bizhub 652 552 8 21 8 Report printed for G3 fax 8 4 8 4 3 8 4 4 Sequential Polling RX Report The result of polling reception to multiple destinations is printed automatically You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Sequential TX Report in the Utility menu Sequential Polling RX Report Pa 10 12 2010 20 02 Serial No 1 49 Kyoto Office 10 12 20 02 001 001 Li POL Note Li Main Circuit 12 Sub Circuit THR Timer POL Poll ORG riial pe Frane Erase TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forwai PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay BK Confidential BUL ulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax 1 FAX Internet Fax Result g s Semrapageye pc Ae Bae eT ES FE Hala Se Bocuner sors Memory To error E pida Henory r nk AY Epa Reservation Communication Report Printed automatically when a timer transmission is specified You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Timer Reservation TX Report in the Utility menu Reservation Communication Report
153. d setting Administrator Settings gt Output Settings gt Print Fax Output Settings Job Setting Print Page Print Batch Print Administrator Page Print Settings utility System Settings Output Settings 01 07 2010 11 23 Memory 100 10 14 bizhub 652 552 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 1 0 10 4 3 System Settings Restrict User Access Restrict Access to Job Settings Registering and Changing Addresses QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 9 Restrict Operation Restrict Broadcasting AR Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 10 10 4 4 System Settings Stamp Settings Fax TX Settings Specify whether to reset stamp settings configured for scanning faxes when sending faxes Cancel Each page of the faxes is sent with no stamp settings applied Do Not Cancel Each page of the faxes is sent with stamp settings applied Select whether or not to cancel stamp settings when sending a fax 3 Administrator Settings gt Stamp Settings gt Fax TX Settings utility Administrator Settings Do Not Cancel System Settings Stamp Settings y y y y 01 07 2010 11 24 Memory 100 10 4 5 System Settings Advanced Preview Setting Original direction setting dis play QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 bizhub 652 552 10 15 1 0 Administrator Settings G3 10 4 10 4 6 Fax Settings He
154. data Otherwise a predefined name is applied to the data If the data is saved without a name specified names are created by combining the following elements The following describes elements of an example document name SMFP11102315230 Item Description S This character indicates the mode when the document is saved S ap pears for documents saved in the Fax Scan mode screen or the User Box screen C Copy S Fax Scan User Box P Print R Received fax MFP This represents the name of the device that scanned the data This item displays the name that is entered in Device Name under Input Machine Address of Administrator Machine Settings in Administrator Settings When changing the displayed name specify it with up to 10 characters 11102315230 This indicates the year last two digits month day hour and minute when the data was scanned If a series of documents are scanned at the same time minute serial numbers are attached to the last digits _0001 This indicates the page when multi page data is scanned This numeral does not appear in the Document Name column but is added automatical ly as part of the name when the file is transmitted Consider this part for FTP or other transmission when a server has restriction regarding file names TIF This is the extension for the specified data format The characters do not appear in the Document Name column but is added automatically as part of the name when the file is transm
155. dicates due to a problem in an Internet pathway the E Mail message may not be delivered to the recipient indi cates that the E mail message was successfully delivered to the server If the machine receives a mes sage disposition notification MDN OK appears in the transmission result screen or the result column of an activity report To send or receive important data use the G3 fax function QA Reference For details on Network Fax Function Settings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Notes on using IP Address Fax The following describes the precautions for using the IP Address Fax To use the IP Address Fax function ask your service representative to configure settings For details contact your service representative e To use the IP Address Fax function the optional Fax Kit FK 502 is required User authentication To use this machine some devices have been preset so that you must enter an account or user name and a password For details on the account or user name available for using the devices contact your administra tor Reference If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and a user enters an incorrect password the specified number of times that user will be locked out and will no longer be able to use the machine For details on unlocking restricted operations contact your admin istrator e If PageScope Authentication Manager
156. dress Enter the host name IPv4 address or IPv6 address as the host address for the destination server The host name must be less than 255 characters in length including e If you enter a host name and then select to enter an IP address the host name is cleared e If you enter the IP address and then press Input Host Name the IP ad dress is saved and displayed in the input screen e Before entering the host name check that the DNS settings are correctly specified For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator File Path Enter the destination file path for saving data via the touch panel up to 142 bytes Proxy Select whether or not a proxy server is used SSL Settings Select whether to enable SSL Port Number Enter the port number any number between 1 and 65535 Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled Reference o To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set e To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit e To delete a registered destination select its registered name and th
157. dure on registering a program refer to page 9 22 bizhub 652 552 5 1 Operation flow 5 1 4 Broadcasting The following describes the procedure for sending a fax to multiple destinations simultaneously 1 Press Fax Scan 2 Specify multiple destinations 3 Address Book p 5 25 Check Job user Ea Status Job Details Broadcast Destinations 17 1 Delete Check Job Settings A Select desired destinations Fax can be sent at any time using keypad ABC DEF GHI MNO ME Mail Osaka ME Mail Nagoya box1 X frar ip fax1 I Fax ifax1 81 Scan Settings Original Settings 12 23 2009 Memory 18 00 100 ing method and then enter destination ant at any time using keypad Job History Internet Fax A IP Address Fax 4 ALEA Original Settings 12 27 2009 Memory 15 49 100 a Set Fax Scan O PORS TUV User Box Group Search 4 gt communication ings A Language Selection A Off Hook User Box ag PC SMB Ip Communication Settings Language Selection A bizhub 652 552 5 11 Operation flow 5 1 3 Job History p 5 37 Job List Broadcast Destinations ect desired destination s ax can be sent at any time using keypad Address Book J Direct Input j E Address Last PE0001 E mail tokyo abcd local PB0004 User Box 000000001 Ppooo7 ax 49 u
158. e For details on the Confidential RX setting when creating a User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Opera tions Receiving by confidential reception When a document is received by confidential reception it is saved in a Confidential User Box Access the User Box and print the document Unnecessary documents can be deleted as well QQ Reference For details on printing or deleting documents saved in User Boxes refer to the User s Guide Box Operations Sending by confidential transmission To send a fax by confidential transmission enter the box number of the destination Confidential RX User Box and password For details on confidential transmission refer to page 5 73 7 6 bizhub 652 552 7 6 Relay distribution G3 7 7 6 7 6 1 7 6 2 Relay distribution G3 Description of relay distribution A function to send fax via a relay distribution station When a document is sent by fax it is saved in a relay distribution station and forwarded to the destination afterwards When there are multiple broadcast destina tions at distant places by grouping the broadcast destinations to the relay station for each region the entire amount of the communication charges can be reduced by doing the relay transmission from the relaying sta tion Relay instruction station Long distance call Relay dist
159. e printer driver If ON is selected specify the password Info bizhub 652 552 11 29 11 Administrator Mode Overview 11 5 11 5 8 Store Address Item Qe Administrator Logout SH Ready to Scan 2 Display To Main Menu Address Book List The other party who wants to transmit data can be registered IES New Registration Pp Search by number 15 Y Go Program Search from Index Go Temporary One Touch No Function Name S MIME Edit Delete Subject 1 E mail Tokyo Es Delete gt Text 2 Email Osaka Exit Delete gt Prefix Suffix 3 Email Nagoya Est Delete 4 Fax Fao Eat _ Delete l5 sm8 sme1 Eai Detete 6 Webnav IWebDAV I Ei Delete 7 P IPFaxt edit Delete e interet iF ay Est Delete Description Address Book Enables you to check the address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Group Enables you to check the group address book registered in this machine or to reg ister and change an address Program Enables you to check the program address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Temporary One Enables you to check the temporary program address book registered in this ma Touch chine or to register and change an address Subject Registers up to 10 subjects when sending E mails Text Registers
160. e 7 9 Polling Piti A A aoe a 7 9 Bulli A suse suuddsucuasdeedsuudueutdvassaveusutsascuacerstwiav uddeeuuue 7 10 Fax transmission using extension lines G3 ococonncccnnonnnnocnconananenanonennnnnncnnnncnnnonenanc rre nera 7 11 fAddress Book List A ON 8 5 FHOW TO PAM A N adds 8 5 A ciks H eanncahtalestsgelssedtecncatad sian dehsddadaasabessatdnsceetliclescccaddusuagevalaseaagsuaduacetednetedeasceaad Seaaabas 8 6 Information included in the liste ces 2 eciescetes rn 8 6 Group List sAcwi ia aaa ead Sania Rah Aiea aid ea ia een ees 8 9 HOW LO O NN 8 9 Print Sample dape 8 9 Information included in thelist rierien aaae aa aa eae cnn EA a a al cnn nn cnn cnn nana 8 10 Program caia cocos 8 10 FHOW TOs Pra a A a a Ai 8 10 Print S mMple cui a a ti dad adi s 8 11 Information included in the liSt oooooocconnccccccnnnaccccnnnonancnccnnnnnnnncnn crono cnn cnn naiara naana Naeran Nia 8 11 Reports lists commonly used among GS IP l FAX ooooocccocnncccnccnnnananonennnnnncnnnnnnnno cnn rrnnnnnrennnnanas 8 12 Activity Repo liv ias nit 8 12 Prints amplia E E E E T E EA T TE T 8 12 Information included in thelist nennen naana anrea a a a ee e aaa aa aa aa aiaa r a aea paat 8 12 EXResult REPOrt EA TE da pls E TE A E 8 14 Broadcast Eeo a ici E TTE E E ET 8 14 Job Settings LASt oi EE is 8 15 HOW TOS PE tata seantanant coeaean dhsensatde 8 15 Fax Setting A cvs tieteanasgasedduaausiideuedhcabasati sind deeusterasedeisasdalavescspacacdedadead
161. e correct password R22 Turn the Closed Network RX function off or inform the recipient of the correct password R32 Change the setting for Auto Create User Box or inform the recipient of the correct Confi dential User Box number R50 Check the line status R60 Check the line status R63 Check the line status R69 Check the line status R72 Ask the sender to shorten the length of original to be sent before resending the fax R78 Turn the main power off and then turn it on again 12 8 bizhub 652 552 12 3 Error messages displayed 12 Code Corrective Actions R79 Turn the main power off and then turn it on again R93 e After checking with the sender register a Confidential User Box for confidential recep tion e Check the password for the Confidential User Box R94 e After checking with the recipient register a Relay User Box for relay distribution e Check the password for the Relay User Box R95 Check Forward TX Setting R96 Inform the recipient of the correct number for the Confidential User Box R97 Check PC Fax RX Setting R99 12 3 4 Turn the main power off and then turn it on again Network Fax Error Code If the machine encounters a problem while sending or receiving a network fax an error dialog will appear and error codes will be displayed in Nxx format Take corrective actions by referring to the table below Transmission system error
162. e machine redials after a specified period has elapsed Auto redialing If a fax cannot be sent for example because the recipient s line is busy the machine automatically redials the same destination for the number of redials specified in Line Parameter Setting The transmission job is handled as reserved job for redialing before the job is redialed Manual redialing Redialing of a job for which the status is set to pending for redial can be performed from the Job Details screen Press the Send tab in Job List Job Details select a job which status is Waiting To Redial and press Redial Confirm jobs currently sending or waiting to be sent Receive ES TS dress 37 Fax Te Hedia faxi Timer TX Job Job Details ED Ro _ 0 0 A 12 30 2009 19 14 Fax Retransmit G3 The job which could not be sent although the number of redials reached the value specified in Line Parameter Setting is saved in Fax Retransmit User Box Such jobs can be redialed manually by opening Fax Retransmit User Box Press Send select the job that you want to send it again and press Fax Reference To save a document in the Fax Retransmit User Box you must configure the Incomplete TX Hold set tings in Administrator Settings in advance For details on the Incomplete TX Hold settings refer to page 10 27 e For details on the Fax Retransmit User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations bizhub
163. e original is loaded into the ADF Job List SPecify the settings Sees Original Settings aregifar Direction Settings E Broadcast Destinations a Original Direction TO menory TO m a A Z Folded Original Check Job Settings A Binding Position vod na fF 12 30 2009 17 21 Memory 100 Toner SEE Reference e Specifying Despeckle will drop the scanning speed o If the slit glass is too dirty clean it For details refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations 5 64 bizhub 652 552 5 12 Communication Settings 5 5 12 Communication Settings 5 12 1 Line Settings G3 With this function configure line settings for Fax TX Job List 7 Select the fax transmission conditions lt lt lt mmunication Settings gt Line Settings Check Dest amp Send Select Line Broadcast Destinations 1 Derete j Check Job Settings 1 12 30 2009 17 22 Memory 100 Toner Overseas TX Faxes are sent to locations with poor communication conditions at a lower baud rate This function cannot be used together with the following functions Polling TX e Polling RX Bulletin board ECM OFF The Error Correction Mode ECM is turned off when sending data ECM is an error correction mode defined by ITU T International Telecommunication Union Telecommuni cation Standardization Sector
164. e registered destination Internet Fax Address Registered Internet fax address Compression Type Registered compression type Paper Size Registered paper size Resolution Registered resolution Apply Level Referable Group Registered access allowed level bizhub 652 552 Common lists IP Address Fax Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the registered destination IP Address IP address host name or E mail address that is registered Machine Type of Desti Registered recipient s machine type monochrome color machine nation Port Number Registered port number Apply Level Referable Group Registered access allowed level SMB Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the registered destination Host Address Registered PC address File Path Registered file path User ID Registered user ID Password Registered password The password is indicated by Apply Level Referable Group Registered access allowed level E mail Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the r
165. e sender side to see if the sub ad sender side dress is set No printout pro Is PC Fax RX en Check the User Box used by the PC Fax RX function to save duced abled data Is TSI Distribution Check the User Box used by the TSI Distribution function to enabled save data Is Memory RX en If Memory RX is enabled print the document received by fol abled lowing the procedure described below e Press User Box and then press System User Box e Press Compulsory Memory RX User Box and then press Use File e f a password has been configured enter it and then press OK e Select the document you want to print and then press Print Or set Memory RX Setting to No in the Utility menu Optionally you can change the setting to disable Memory RX For details refer to page 10 24 bizhub 652 552 12 5 12 Cannot receive faxes 12 2 12 2 2 Network Fax Description of problem Check points Corrective Actions Cannot receive faxes Is paper in the machine If the add paper icon is lit the machine is out of paper and re ceived documents are stored in memory Add paper For the procedure for adding paper refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Is paper jammed in the machine In case of a paper jam received documents are stored in memory Remove the jammed paper For the procedure for correcting paper jams refer to the Us er s Guide Copy Operations Is the machine out of toner No
166. e the output settings for Sequential TX Report Spec ify whether to output the report Timer Reservation TX Report Configure the output settings for Timer Reservation TX Report Specify whether to output the report Confidential Rx Report Configure the output settings for Confidential RX Report Specify whether to output the report 10 30 bizhub 652 552 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 10 2 3 page Utility Settings Fax Settings Item Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Report Settings Sas ON E OF Aa Relay Request Report OFF PC Fax TX Error Report F Broadcast Result Report All Destinations gt y 01 07 2010 11 48 Memory 100 Description Bulletin TX Report Configure the output settings for Bulletin TX Report Specify whether to out put the report Relay TX Result Report Configure the output settings for Relay TX Result Report Specify whether to output the report Relay Request Report Configure the output settings for Relay Request Report Specify whether to output the report PC Fax TX Error Report Configure the output settings for PC Fax TX Error Report Specify whether to output the report Broadcast Result Re port 3 3 page etti Item Utility m N Adninistrator Settings MDN Message N F Configure the output settings for Broadcast Result Report Select a way t
167. ect SUB Address or password and enter Job List using the keypad Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt F Code TX Broadcast Destinations SUB Address wo Password Delete k Job ings Checi Sete 18 56 ner I SUB Address Enter the Relay User Box number of the relay distribution station using the keypad Password Enter the relay password 7 8 bizhub 652 552 7 7 Polling TX RX G3 7 7 7 Polling TX RX G3 7 7 1 Polling TX A function to save documents in the internal hard disk to send it based on a receiver s polling instruction For details on saving documents in the Polling Transmission User Box refer to page 5 72 e When a document is specified for polling transmission it is saved in the Polling Transmission User Box in the System User Box Only one document can be saved in the Polling Transmission User Box The saved document is specified for memory transmission automatically This function cannot be used together with the following functions Quick Memory TX Total of Pages Quick Memory TX e Polling RX Timer TX Overseas TX ECM OFF F Code TX Password TX o V 34 OFF e Bulletin board registration e Bulletin board polling reception 7 7 2 Polling RX A function available on the receiver s side to request a sender to send saved documents or doc
168. egistered destination E Mail Address Registered E mail address Apply Level Referable Group Registered access allowed level bizhub 652 552 Common lists 8 2 FTP Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the registered destination Host Address Registered PC address File Path Registered file path User ID Registered user ID Password Registered password The password is indicated by anonymous Whether to allow anonymous users to access or not is displayed PASV Whether the PASV mode is enabled or not is displayed Proxy Whether to use a proxy server or not is displayed Port Number Registered port number Apply Level Referable Group Registered access allowed level WebDAV Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the registered destination Host Address Registered PC address File Path Registered file path User ID Registered user ID Password Registered password The password is indicated by Proxy Whether to use a proxy server or not is displayed SSL Settings Whether to use SSL or not is displayed Port Number Registered port number Apply Level Referable Group
169. el and search for destination 5 36 bizhub 652 552 5 7 Job History 5 5 7 Job History Job History displays the latest five fax destinations that this machine have sent faxes to You can select des tinations from this history Job List Select desired destinationts gt f Fax can be sent at any time using keypad OFf Hook Broadcast Destinations Spe Address Last PE0001 tokyo abcd local 2 PBO004 User Box 000000001 Ppooo 49 Pwooo6 WebDAV Ploco8 I Fax Delete Check Job IB 4 Scan Settings Settings 12 29 2009 16 37 Memory 100 Language Selection Toner MENE The previously sent destination history remains Press one or multiple addresses from the history list Reference e If you use a Web service for sending the address is not displayed in the history Name When you use the address book for sending Dest is displayed in the job history If you press Name Dest in the job history changes to Name and the registered name appears bizhub 652 552 5 37 Address Search 5 8 5 8 Address Search 5 8 1 Search Enter a search keyword and press Start Search to search for matching address in the s
170. elow Internet fax TIFF IP Address Fax PDF or TIFF N54 Decoding Decode er Fax received contains data in an invalid format Ask the ror sender to resend the fax in a correct format 12 10 bizhub 652 552 12 4 If Contact your service representative is displayed Service Call 12 12 4 If Contact your service representative is displayed Service Call If there is a problem that cannot be remedied by the customer Contact your service representative appears on the screen Service Call screen Normally the phone number and fax number for your service representative appear in the center of the Serv ice Call screen The following is the procedure for notifying your service representative of a problem An internal error occurred Open and then close the upper right door 2f the trouble code appears again contact your Service Representative Hane Status Trouble Code C 5103 01 07 2010 13 31 Toner A CAUTION To prevent the risk of serious accident perform the following when the service call screen is displayed and the facsimile is no longer operable Write down th e problem code of the message Turn off the Sub Power Switch and Main Power Switch Remove the p ower cord from the outlet Contact your service representative and inform them of the problem code eS i l o bizhub 652 552 12 11 1 2 If Co
171. elp tunction Vachss 2 A A A A eh cba 11 4 11 2 Logging NANA logging QU ic nico edites 11 5 11 2 1 L gin and logout O WS imac sick octet ch ce ia tii el hn laos UA 11 5 When user authentication or account track is not enabled ononcincninonionanicnnananinrnnnan crac cra cancion 11 5 When User Authentication or Account Track is enabled ooooocccnnnccccccncoconcccnccnnnnonccnnnonnnnncnnnnnnnnccnanos 11 7 11 2 2 E AN 11 8 11 2 3 LOGIN ae2 ected hee deen ee AG ee eee he ek Oh ba edt dedicate 11 9 LOGIN OPTIONS aE cas se EE E ences tdci 11 9 Logging inias a PubliC US6K a aaa a aa aa a Oe eR Gla ede Serio 11 10 Logging in as a registered USEN ccccscceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeesaaeeeeesesaaaeeeeeeeeeaaeeeseesseeeeeteeas 11 11 Logging in to administrator MOE ooooccnnncccccncccnnooccnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnncnnn nn nan nn cnn nn nn n nn cnn naar nn cnn nnnnnnnccnncnns 11 12 Display mode in administrator MOdE oooccconocccnnonccinnnconanononnnrcnnn no cnn nar nn rn nr 11 14 Logging in as a User Box admMinistratOr oooonocinnncccnoncccnancncnnnrnnnnarnnn nono nnrnnr cnn nnr rre 11 16 11 3 Page Configuration A is 11 17 11 4 User Mode Overview 20 2 c lt cet ccc cctendecceetcncccns secsndgcceerduancetevevantecteesivnecediedsenaceteareeccueteesstuenctuarsns 11 19 11 4 1 A ede ea 11 19 11 4 2 A ccdvenaissebceated svbuccbelystevediede add A ddagvivesssccevenadeadauteredSecedvencez asics 11 20 11 4 3 User BOX Se iis cesceci
172. em Settings gt Advanced Preview Setting Utility Administrator Settings System Settings 2 01 06 2010 15 58 Memory 100 10 3 6 Security Settings Security Details Specify setting for selected item Administrator Settings gt Security Settings gt Security Details 1 4 page Utility Administrator Settings Security Settings Item then Ruthentication error y Mode 1 01 06 2010 15 59 Memory 100 Description Manual Destination Input Specify whether to allow manual destination input If necessary you can allow manual destination input only for G3 fax and restrict it in other transmission options e Allow All Allows manual destination input in all transmis sion options e Enable Function Individually Allows manual destination input only for G3 fax and restricts it in other transmission options This machine does not support SIP fax e Restrict Hides the Direct Input tab to prevent you from directly entering destinations 10 12 bizhub 652 552 10 3 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV 1 0 Administrator Settings gt Security Settings gt Security Details Job Setting Job Log Settings A No ON Restrict Fax TX OFF YAgSrmacion lt MrB gt ON 2 4 page gt Specify setting for selected item Utility Administrator Sett ings Security Settings Display Activity Log ON 01 06 2010 15 59 Memo
173. emory 100 5 10 12 Application Annotation Scanned and saved document data can be printed or transmitted with an image of the date time or an an notation number Selecting the Annotation User Box To use the Annotation User Box function scanned data must be saved in the Annotation User Box in ad vance Annotation numbers are specified for each User Box Select the User Box to save the data Job List Select the desired User Box to use document Nes oF 001 Scan Settings gt Application gt Annotation 00000002 file Broadcast Destinations file1 77000000003 _ file2 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings 4 30 2009 17 10 Toner Tunu Memory 100 Reference e To use the Annotation User Box it must be registered in advance For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 5 54 bizhub 652 552 5 10 Scan Settings 5 10 13 Application Stamp Composition Date Time Prints the date and time data that has been printed on a page Item Tob List Select desired date time type an Settings gt Stamp Composition gt Date Time No 2 Broadcast Destinations Date Format Time Format Pages Jan 23 2007 23 1 07 1st Page Only u 1 Delete b 1 Check Jol Settings 12 30 2009 17 11 ERA Memory 100 Toner Descrip
174. en press Delete bizhub 652 552 9 One Touch User Box Registration 9 2 9 2 8 Address Book IP Address Fax Register IP address fax destinations To register a new destination press New 1 2 page Job List Registered number is automatically applied by touching OK To specify a registered number touch the No button 01 06 2010 15 31 Cancel Memory 100 2 2 page E You can specify the port number using the keypad You can delete the port number by pressing C Specify an index that matches the name Utility gt IP Address Fax gt New Port tumor 1 65535 cadres SS 3 01 06 2010 15 31 Cancel Memory 100 Item Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2 000 Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters Destination Enter the host name IPv4 address IPv6 address or E mail address as the host address for the destination device The host name or E mail address must be less than 317 characters in length e Ifyou enter a host name and then select to enter an IP address the host name is cleared e Before entering the host name or E mail address check that the DNS set tings are correctly specified For details refer to the User s Guide Net work Administrator
175. en using external server authentication Reference e When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed e The names of confidential documents are not displayed lt Job History of Save gt A list of the documents saved in the User Box The job that is received with the memory reception or confidential reception functions also appears in the Job History of Save Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued User Name The user name or user name account name of the user who stored the document Document Name The name of the saved docu ment e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original Result Displays the result of the operation Job Complete Deleted Due To Error Deleted by Us er Reset Modes TH When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs Deleted Jobs Finished Jobs All Jobs Switch to display each job type Comm List Displays the list of scanner and fax transmission sent received jobs You can print Activity Report TX Report and RX Report in r
176. enana oran cerraran racer 9 26 9 3 1 Displaying the User Settings screen ooonncccnnncocnnocncnoneennancnnnnncnnnn recrear 9 26 9 3 2 Custom Display Settings Scan Fax SettingS eesceeeeceeseneeeeeeeeeeseeeesseeeesaeeeeeaeeeeseeeeeenneneenaeees 9 26 9 3 3 Custom Display Settings Fax Active Screen G3 IP I FAX ooooooccooncccooocncnonanononcnnnannnnnnnrnnnnnrnnnnnnnnnns 9 27 9 3 4 Custom Display Settings Search Option SettingS coconcccinnoninonocnnoncncnanrnnnnnrnnnnnr nn nano rnnnrnnnnr nn 9 28 9 3 5 sCan Fax OHIO iia A dd ta tai dede 9 28 bizhub 652 552 Contents 7 Administrator Mode Settings 10 1 Configuration before Use ie taaan 10 3 10 1 1 Ema a a att de 10 3 10 1 2 User Doa 10 3 10 1 3 SMB iii ida 10 3 10 1 4 A O inpaqatdcecssadcauacetatd gvastendadeadeddadCea custianastesastbeaaanees 10 3 10 1 5 GF aK A O 10 3 10 1 6 MS A cencg igus sanstccnastaceuacdepdaatesdavednbusdedandcehavctana gata catantanawedd 10 4 10 1 7 IP Addr ss Fax iii ra 10 4 10 2 Menu tree in Administrator MOde ccmmccncnnnnnnnccnancccinnac nn 10 5 10 2 1 System Settings iii ii da EN a A italia 10 5 10 2 2 Fak Settings iii ii 10 6 10 2 3 Security SEIS aa a aera aa eas eae ieee es 10 8 10 3 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDDAV sccssseeeeeeessseeeeeeesseeeeeeeeesseeneee 10 9 10 3 1 Displaying the Administrator SettingS SCreen oooococionccccnonccnnoncnnnonnncnnnnnnnnr cnn nan nn nara r nen nn rarr nn naa nenas 10
177. ence o Even if a colored original is scanned it is printed in black and white To use the staple function the optional Finisher FS 526 or Finisher FS 527 is required Copies Use the keypad to enter the number of copies A number between 1 and 9999 can be specified Simplex Duplex Select 1 Sided or 2 Sided Staple Select whether to staple the printed sheets Item Description Position Setting If you select the type of stapling you can specify the position bizhub 652 552 5 59 5 Scan Settings 5 10 5 10 15 Application TX Stamp G3 IP I FAX TX Stamp When sending a fax using the ADF apply this function to stamp the TX Stamp on the scanned originals to make sure that each page of the original has been scanned TX Stamp is stamped only on the front sided page for double sided originals Front side of original Original feed direction Stamp position When it is stamped a 3 16 inches 4 mm diameter pink stamp appears in the location as shown in the diagram To use TX Stamp the optional Stamp Unit SP 501 is required The ink used for stamping is consumables If the ink becomes faint contact your service representative If mixed originals are loaded the stamp may not be stamped on the location as shown in the diagram To check that the original has been successfully transmitted refer to the transmission report or the transmission result that appears on the setting confirmation
178. eneral Settings Configure the User Authentication or Account Track setting in this machine To en able authentication configure the number of assigned counters or the When Number of Jobs Reach Maximum setting User Authentica When enabling User Authentication register the target user or configure user set tion Setting ting Account Track When enabling Account Track register and edit the target account Settings External Server When enabling external server authentication register the external server Settings Public User Box Specify the upper limit of the number of User Boxes Setting Scan to Home Configure the setting to send a file to the Home folder Settings Scan to Author Configure settings to restrict manual transmission destinations ized Folder Set tings 11 26 bizhub 652 552 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview 11 11 5 5 Network Item Gp Administrator QP Penty to sean Y TCPAP Sening Setting ected anar reset gt TCPAP Saming IP Filtering Emal Sening LDAP Setting IPP Setting FIP Soning gt SNMP Setting IP Address Setting Method IP Address SMB Setting ing Subnet Mask Web Service Settings gt Bonjour Setting A NetWare Setting Delat Gateway P6 Auto IP Setting DHCP Seming Link Local Address gt AppleTalk Setting Network Fax Setting WebDAV Senings Global Address gt OpenAPt Setting Prox Length TCP Socket Setting
179. enter up to 30 characters 5 66 bizhub 652 552 5 12 Communication Settings 5 Subject The text specified in the Utility menu is automatically displayed To change the contents press Direct Input You can enter up to 64 characters Job List of enter the subject of the e mail Communication Settings gt E Mail Settings gt Subject 1 No Subject 1 11 Begeinat ions 1 doc 2 data_PHOTO ES 1 1 Delete irect Inpu 1 12009 17 24 Memory 100 heci ett k Job ings From The E mail address of the administrator specified in the Utility menu is displayed Job List Select or enter the from address paot Communication Settings gt E Mail Settings gt From brusocaso admin test local Destinations 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings 2 30 2009 17 25 Memory 100 Toner I Reference The E mail address of this machine is used for Internet faxing You cannot directly enter the address when Change the From Address is set to other than Allow in Administrator Settings System Settings Restrict User Access Restrict Access to Job Settings Body The E mail body specified in the Utility menu is displayed To change the contents press Direct Input You
180. eption information is not available for Outside Body Text Even if Outside Body Text is selected sender information is added to the inside of the original QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 17 10 5 8 Fax Settings Line Parameter Setting IP Number of Redials QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 19 Redial Interval QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 19 10 5 9 Fax Settings TX RX Settings Reference e To enable the setting for Print Paper Size set Tray Selection for RX Print to Auto e The available tray types vary depending on the options that are installed e To receive a fax in the color mode documents are always recorded in full size for IP address fax and recorded after being reduced to the appropriate print paper size for Internet fax These faxes are printed in black and white e To receive a fax in the color mode Print Separate Fax Pages cannot be used QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 20 10 5 10 Fax Settings Function Settings Function ON OFF Setting Destination Check Display Function QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 23 Memory RX Setting QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 24 Forward TX Setting QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 26 bizhub 652 552 10 37 10 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 10 5 10
181. er Specify the starting page number Starting Chapter Number Specify the starting chapter number Page Number Type Select the format to display a page number Print Position Print Position Select the print position Fine Tune To fine adjust the print position press Adjust Po sition Specify the shift length of the print position to the left right top or bottom using a value be tween 1 16 and 1 15 16 inches 0 1 and 50 0 mm Text Details Text Color Select the printing color from black red blue green yellow cyan or magenta e Data is printed in black and white in this ma chine Text Size Select the size 8 pt 10 pt 12 pt 14 pt in which text is printed Text Type Select the font type from Times Roman or Helvet ica 5 56 bizhub 652 552 5 10 Scan Settings Stamp Prints a predetermined character string such as URGENT on a page T JobList Select stamp type Scan Settings gt Stamp Composition gt Stamp Destinations Stamp Type Preset Stamps Pages No A A TOP SECRET INTERNAL USE 1st Page Only DO NOT COPY 1 1 MI Check Job Settings 12 30 2009 17 13 Memory 100 Toner Item IMPORTANT Text Size DRAFT s CONFIDENTIAL D Text Color Black Description Stamp Type Preset Stamps Select the stamp type such as URGENT PLEASE REPLY or DO NOT COPY Pages Select w
182. er I Destination Address Book Public 01 06 2010 15 24 Cancel E Memory 100 2 2 page Job List E Specify index according to nane Index AS Icon A 3 Create One Touch Destination Address Book Public 01 06 2010 15 25 Cancel Memory 100 9 10 bizhub 652 552 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration Item Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the des tination between 1 and 2 000 Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters Fax Number Enter the fax number for the destination using the keypad up to 38 digits e When the PBX connection is enabled and a call is made from the internal line to the outside line press Pause after the outside line number such as 0 so that dialing is made more surely P is displayed on the screen e When the PBX connection is enabled Outside is dis played on the screen When you select it an E is dis played e If Confirm Address Register is ON a screen for entering the fax number again appears after you press OK Enter the fax number and then press OK QA Reference For details on the Confirm Address function refer to page 10 23 Line Settings Configure the line that is used to send faxes Overseas TX The transmission rate is set to a lower level when having a po
183. er the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2 000 Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters E Mail Address Enter the E mail address of the destination via the touch panel RX Ability Destination Select the items for which the recipient machine can receive for compression type paper size and resolution Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled bizhub 652 552 9 19 One Touch User Box Registration 9 2 9 2 10 Reference To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set To change the settings for a registered destination select its registered name and then press Edit To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete Registering groups You can register one or more destinations as a group Up to 100 groups 00 99 can be registered for Fax Scan function Up to 500 one touch destinations can be registered in one group destination To register a group press New
184. er to output the body Select job setting dministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Report Settings Job Setting TX Result Report Check OFF Utility mm gt Network Fax RX Error Report ON Administrator Settings MDN Message ON cs ES 01 07 2010 11 57 Memory 100 Fax Settings Print E mail Message Body I FAX Configure the output settings for body of successfully received E mail Specify whether to output the body Select job setting Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Report Settings Job Setting TX Result Report Check OFF Network Fax RX Error Report ON Administrator Settings MDN Message ON OFF Utility DSN Message OFF Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 58 Memory 100 10 5 12 Fax Settings Job Settings List En Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 32 bizhub 652 552 10 39 1 0 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 10 5 10 5 13 Fax Settings Network Fax Settings Configure the settings for Internet Fax and IP Address Fax Black Compression Level Specify the device capabilities for fax transmissions when sending faxes with the file format selected to TIFF MMR default The data size is smaller MR The data size is intermediate between MMR and MH MH The data size is larger AAN Select item and enter setting ministrator Settings gt Network Fax Settings gt Black Compression Level utility Administ
185. erence e If the width to be erased around the original is specified with Frame Erase of the Book Copy function the same settings also applies to Frame Erase Book Erase Center Erase Select to erase the shaded part around the binding position in the center of the original Use the keypad or press or to enter a numeric value between 1 16 and 1 3 16 inches 0 1 and 30 0 mm 0 Desi 000 UI UI Toner maaa bizhub 652 552 5 53 5 Scan Settings 5 10 Binding Position If Separation Front Cover or Front and Back Cover was selected press Binding Position to select the bind ing position Job List Select the book binding position Scan Settings gt Book Copy gt Binding Position Broadcast Destinations Right Bind Delete Check Job Settings 4 30 2009 17 06 _ Toner Buuu M
186. es all files to one E mail e The maximum 300 files can be attached to one E mail If the number of attachment files exceeds 300 files are split and sent as multiple E mail messages Example If the number of split files is 350 1st E mail 300 files attached 2nd E mail 50 files attached e If All Files Sent as one 1 E mail is selected the size of one E mail is lim ited to 200 MB or less If the size of an E mail exceeds the capacity files are split and sent as multiple E mail messages Example If the capacity is 200 MB and the size of one E mail is 250 MB 1st E mail 197 MB 2nd E mail 53 MB If E Mail TX SMTP is set to Binary Division in Administrator Settings the setting for Binary Division is given priority e If the server capacity is specified in E Mail TX SMTP in Administrator Settings files may be split at the specified size and sent as multiple E mail messages Example If the size of one E mail is 1 5 MB 6 files attached and the server capacity is 1 MB 1st E mail 0 9 MB 3 files attached 2nd E mail 0 7 MB 2 files attached One 1 File per E Mail Attaches one file to one E mail e f One 1 File per E Mail is selected the size of one E mail is limited to less than 400 MB You cannot send E mail with the size of 400 MB or more If E Mail TX SMTP is set to Binary Division in Administrator Settings the setting for Binary Division is given priority e When saving a document in a Pub
187. espective list screens Detail Press this button to check the result error details registration source user name document name User Box stored time number of original pages or external server information for the selected job e The external server information that is available by pressing Detail appears only when using external server authentication Reference e When user authentication settings are applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed The names of confidential documents are not displayed To view saved images you must set Job History Thumbnail Display to ON in Administrator Settings in advance For details refer to page 10 12 3 16 bizhub 652 552 3 2 Touch panel Check Job Check Job Settings Press Check Job Set The Check Job Settings is displayed Press Check Job Settings to check the following settings Destination Settings Check Scan Settings Check Original Settings Communication Settings Check E Mail Settings Check Job Check Job Settings Destination Settings Displays the list of destinations that are registered in the machine To add the directly entered address to the address book select the destination and press Store Ad dress To check the detailed information of the destination select a destination and press Details To delete a destination select one you want to delete and then
188. estinations in re mote place you may configure one of the destinations as a relay station to transfer the broadcast via the relay station so that you can reduce the total communication rate Relay distribution station A fax machine that sends faxes to relaying destinations upon request for re lay issued from a relay instruction station Relay instruction station A fax machine sending a relay broadcast request Resending A function of selecting and resending the document that was previously failed to send and stored in the memory The document can be resent either to the same destination or to the other destination Resolution The granularity for scanning documents The larger the value of resolution the finer the image quality is consequently it takes longer to transmit trans mission time Select the level of resolution according to your requirements Scan Size A function to specify the scanning size of a document to transmit it If the width of the paper in the recipient s fax machine is smaller than that of the transmitted document the document is usually reduced for printing If you do not want to reduce the document size specify the same document size as that of the paper in the recipient s fax machine so that you can send the doc ument with its original size Sender Fax No An identification code used for the mutual recognition for fax transmission Usually the fax number is registered for
189. estrict users from using this device Next Reference e As the setting procedure proceeas its progress flow is displayed on the left If setting is cancelled you will return to the Setting for each purpose screen after the items that were configured before cancellation have been applied 11 32 bizhub 652 552 1 2 Troubleshooting for fax and scanning problems 12 1 Cannot send faxes 12 Lee Troubleshooting for fax and scanning problems 12 12 1 12 1 1 This chapter provides solutions for some problems you encounter while using fax and scanning functions If you encounter a problem which is not listed in this chapter or difficult to solve please contact your service representative Cannot send faxes When a fax cannot be sent try to correct problems by referring to the table below If the fax still cannot be sent properly even after attempting to correct the problem please contact your service representative QA Reference If you are unable to send a fax the TX Result Report is output For details refer to page 8 14 When printing the TX Result Report is enabled For details on error messages Refer to page 12 7 For problems such as jamming of originals paper jams poor image quality or exhausted toner refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations G3 Fax Check points Corrective Actions Was the transmission procedure carried out correctly Check the transm
190. ettings of the Utility mode Polling TX Report G3 The result of transmission to the bulletin board is printed automatically if Bul letin TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings in the Utility menu Relay TX Result Report G3 The result of relay distribution is printed automatically if Relay TX Result Re port is set to ON in Report Settings in the Utility menu Relay Request Report G3 The result of relay RX is printed automatically if Relay Request Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu PC Fax TX Error Report G3 This report is printed automatically when an error occurs during PC Fax transmission if PC Fax TX Error Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu Network Fax RX Error Report I FAX IP This report is printed when an error occurs during reception of network fax if Network Fax RX Error Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu Print MDN Message I FAX If MDN Message is set to ON in Report Settings in the Utility menu an MDN message is printed automatically when receiver respond to the send er s delivery confirmation request The acronym for Message Disposition Notifications Print DSN Message I FAX If DSN Message is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu a DSN message is printed automatically when sender receives the message send back from receiver
191. ettings list of this machine How to print gt Select Fax Settings Job Settings List in Administrator Settings and configure the Paper Tray and Simplex Duplex settings and then press Start ES select 8ixIl or 1147 paper Touch Start or press Start to begin printing gt dministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Job Settings List Paper Tray Simplex Duplex LE E Administrator CE L axl D 08 31 2010 09 58 Memory 100 bizhub 652 552 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX 8 3 Fax Setting List Fax Setting List Panel Initial Setting Default Tab Tine until Auto reset Panel Initial Setting Dialing Hethod Redial Interval De RAT BRL ine Line Monitor Sound Vol TX RX_Settings Sotpit Setting aR Seog cares ne Priority Print Paper Size y pu jr AR oF eaten as after Polling TA ie Print RX No of cots RD RX pe Activit Report BETO se Sequential TX Report Eenfigentia TX Result Report Check AS Relay Request Report PC Fax TX Error Report Network Fax RX Error Report Paseos Hoas HON Message DSN Message a ot J Resolution a Quality High Resolution Prioritize Speed Serial No 10 12 2010 16 31 66 8 16 bizhub 652 552 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX Fax Setting List 10 12 2010 16 31 Serial No 1 Nunber Display Function Bras iO AGRE RoR Relay RX Relay Print Confi
192. etwork select Every time For Mozilla Firefox 1 Select Options in the Tools menu 2 Select Privacy and then click Settings in the Private Data section 3 Select the Cache check box under Private Data select the Clear private data when closing Firefox check box under Settings and then click OK 11 1 4 Online help function You can display the online help regarding the function being configured after logging in to PageScope Web Connection and clicking 2 Reference e To display the online help you must connect your computer to the Internet 11 4 bizhub 652 552 11 2 Logging in and logging out 11 11 2 Logging in and logging out 11 2 1 Login and logout flows Accessing with PageScope Web Connection displays the login page when User Authentication or Account Track is enabled and displays the login page in the public user mode when User Authentication or Account Track is not enabled When re logging in to this machine as a different user or as an administrator log out once and log in again When user authentication or account track is not enabled You are automatically logged in as a public user amp Public To Login Screen 2 Se Ready to Scan eB Ready to Print 2 Ed gt To Main Menu Device Location gt Option Engine Serial Number 1 as Device Type PrintiCopy ScaniFax gt Meter Count Toner Status Online Assistance a Bleek LLL
193. euheaeaneds 8 16 Relay List isis ccd att A batt Se uti cta deca A cc ax Guede achvgvastea E E 8 18 Sender TSI RX User Box iii a aa 8 19 Contidential Bulletin bist sis 0000 dic scat ets cade tae cee 8 20 Report printed for G3 fax ci 8 21 Polling TX Report a 88 cet A r eee tee ey eda ls eect eee act ee ees ea weet eee eee 8 21 Polling RX Report gisssssdes eects Aaaa aa undetaptaada ds 8 21 Sequential Polling RX RePort iiaii iiare aa aa aean ae a a aaraa a a aa aada 8 22 Contents 6 bizhub 652 552 8 4 4 Reservation Communication Report ocoonnoccccnnnaciccccnononannccnncnnnnnccncnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnn nn cnn nnnnnnnnnnnannnnes 8 22 8 4 5 Reservation Polling TX Report 2 0 2 2 r eaa Te a a eaaa a aaa aa aa raan naaa a aaa aa raaa To kie riaa aei 8 23 8 4 6 Broadcast Reserved Report coca ij 8 23 8 4 7 An address Polling Rx Reserved Report cocconnniccccnnnococcccccnoconcncnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnn nana nn cnn nnnnnn nc nan cnnnnnes 8 24 8 4 8 Sequence Polling Rx Reserved RepoOrtleooccccconnnccccnnnnoccccccncnonancccnncnnnnnncncnnnnnnnccnnnnnnn nn cnn nrnnnnnccnnrnnnnnco 8 24 8 4 9 Confidential RX Report inead aaao a aa ea taaie aao aA NAE aaa td 8 25 8 4 10 Bulletin TX Report Polling TX Report ooccccccnnnoccconncononcccnncononcnccnnnnnnnnncnnnnonnnncnnn nana nnn nn nana nn cn nanannnnn 8 25 8 4 11 Relay TX Result Report iii eh Cnn i a a 8 26 8 4 12 Relay Request Report 8 26 8 4 13 P
194. f nctions Ein 2 3 Notes on using Network FAX oooooococononcccccnnnaronononcenin arre 2 4 Notes ON USING Internet FAX A alddacensicusdlinesniheew vache 2 4 Notes on using IP Address Fax osinaren aa Ea EA a EN 2 4 User authentic OM qna AA AAA AA AAA 2 4 MEP authenticatiON ics scicccscccssleslencteccerscachessagecaadentusacnaxactewesesseceandcedaecaawesediacaneatnanacosnatecaaceaa eslaasainatees 2 5 External server authentication ccccsccccccecceececeesessescsscnceaeeeeeeeeceeeeeesecesseseseeeescescaaeaeseeeeeeeeeeeeesesess 2 5 ACCOUNT TACK aiii aaah 2 5 Restriction OF TIS NAME ss cccs chicacdcandsisaatadascelnedccneecsaeectaal nado diria ltd 2 6 AO IA 2 7 Available operations with Network scan fUNCtiON ooomoccccccnnnoccccncnonancccnnnnnnnnconnnonannnnnncnnnnnn cnn nnnnnncnnnns 2 7 A O 2 7 FEP TAO MISSION cia A a ia bea 2 8 SMB tanSs MISSION arista ae aana ie lt uessaudah vahabeasinada aba lsadesastoucave cade Caa ae aala 2 8 User BOXTIINO E T E A E 2 9 WebDAV transmission a a aa i 2 9 ERS EE E AE E A T A T A A A N N E A N E 2 10 Available operations with fax FUNCTION ooocoonnocononccononnnnnonnnnnnrnnnnornn nn nnnn nn rr rre 2 10 Sending receiving GS TAX cococcccnnnnnnccconcccnnnnoncnnnn cnn 2 10 PODO erase aa tai a aio 2 11 Available operations with Network function coocccconnccnnonnnnonccnnarononnon co narncn raro rc nn r cnn rre 2 12 A veieverk sees eecs teeta hide Aecvedeeenne nd inten eesee auntie NEE EEA KEENE E aE
195. f the subjects and texts of the registered E mail message How to print gt Select E Mail Subject Text List from One Touch User Box Registration One Touch User Box Reg istration List in Administrator Settings configure Paper Tray and Simplex Duplex settings and then press Start E No data is registered ministrator Settings gt One Touch User Box gt E Mail Subject Text List Utility Administrator Settings One Touch User Box Reg Address Hegastration isi 08 26 2010 14 06 Memory 100 Paper Tray Simplex Duplex 47 o bizhub 652 552 8 29 Report printed for IP 8 6 Print sample Title Text List Title List Ey 01 05 2010 17 30 Serial No 1 TC 67 No Subject 01 doc 02 data_PHOTO Text List No Body 01 data sending 8 6 Report printed for IP 8 6 1 Network Fax RX Error Report For details refer to page 8 28 8 30 bizhub 652 552 9 User Mode Settings 9 1 Menu trees in User mode es 9 User Mode Settings 9 1 Menu trees in User mode The following setting items are available from the Utility User mode The menu tree contains the items that relate to Network Scan G3 Fax and Network Fax One Touch User Box Registration l Job List Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection utility 3 01 05 2010 Memory First level ate Ol Destinat Limiting Access to Destinati
196. f they do not match the communication will fail therefore preventing a sending error Reference To check the destination and send the fax number of this machine must be registered with the recipi ent s fax machine Select Line If 2 units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed you can select Line 1 or Line 2 to send a fax Specify the line used for sending faxes If you select Not Set either Line 1 or Line 2 whichever is not busy is used for trans mission If both lines are idle Line 1 is used first Reference You cannot specify a line when Line 2 Setting is set to RX Only in Multi Line Settings To use two lines as external and extension lines be sure to specify the line to be used If you select Not Set a sending failure may occur E Mail Settings E mail I FAX E mail Settings Specify the Document Name Subject From and Body for sending E mail messages Job List Select item you wish to check or change A mmunication Settings gt E Mail Settings subject Fron A admin test local Bod i vi l y A data sending Delete Check Job Settings Z H Close TERE 12 30 2009 17 23 Memory 100 Destinations Toner Document Name The name of the file to be saved is displayed This document name can also be specified in Document Name of Scan Settings The document name whichever is specified later will be applied to this column You can
197. ference o 200 dpi o ically changed to 200 x 200 dpi o If destination is selected with IP Address Fax when the compact PDF or compact XPS is selected or if destination selected with IP Address Fax is included in broadcast the scan resolution of 400 x 400 dpi or 600 x 600 dpi is changed to 300 x 300 dpi 5 42 bizhub 652 552 5 10 Scan Settings 5 10 4 File Type Select the file type for saving the scan data T Select the document file type for sending You can also select single page or multi page This is not applied to fax transmission Ss FSA Settings gt File Type EStlina ee BE TIFF Multa Page OS A Detailed PDF Settings Sa Encryption f Stamp Composition E mail Attachment Job List Broadcast Destinations 1 Delete Check Job Settings A 1 12 30 2009 Memory 01 19 LLLLI 100 Toner File Type The available file types are as follows Item Description PDF Saves data in PDF format Compact PDF Select to save compressed data rather than with PDF format TIFF Saves data in TIFF format JPEG Saves data in JPEG format XPS Saves data in XPS format Compact XPS Select to save compressed data rather than with XPS format You cannot specify some file formats depending on the Color settings The following shows the combina tions of the File Type and Color settings
198. fidential RX User Box of the remote machine Enter the destination User Box number in the SUB Address box and the confidential transmission password in the Password box e Relay TX e Documents are sent to the Relay Distribution User Box of the remote machine when the remote ma chine supports the relay distribution function Enter the Relay Distribution User Box number in the SUB Address box and the password in the Password box Reference e To use the F Code for transmission the remote machine must support the F Code function i elect SUB Address or password and enter EE sing the keypad m Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt F Code TX No J SUB Address 0 9 x Password 17 1 Delete Check Job Settings A Toner LELI 12 30 2009 18 56 Memory 100 5 12 5 E Mail Encryption E mail This item is displayed when S MIME Communication Settings is set to ON in Administrator Settings Net work Settings E Mail Settings Specify whether to encrypt E mails to be sent from this machine QA Reference For details on the S MIME Communication Settings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator 5 12 6 Digital Signature E mail This item is displayed when S MIME Communication Settings is set to ON in Administrator Settings Net work Settings E Mail Settings Select whether to add a digital signature to E mails to be sent from
199. figure the settings of the screen that appears when Fax Scan in the control panel is pressed QA Reference For details refer to page 9 26 bizhub 652 552 4 4 Using the Web service 4 4 4 4 4 1 4 4 2 Using the Web service Allows you to command scan operations from the computer Windows Vista 7 Server 2008 Server 2008 R2 on the network and scan data for a purpose and send it to the computer The following explains the preset ting required for the computer Settings required to use the Web service The following settings are required to use the Web service e Installing the driver program of this machine to a computer Configuring settings to use the Web service on this machine Reference e The Web service settings on this machine are configured in Administrator Settings For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Installing the driver program of this machine to a computer Check before installation Before installing the driver program make sure Network discovery is turned on in Control Panel Network and Sharing Center Installation procedure From the Start button select Network Devices connected to the network appear 2 Right click the scanner icon representing this machine and select Install 3 Depending on the settings on the computer the UAC User Account Control dialog box may ap pear Check the details and continue gt f both of the scan and printe
200. followings is printed L1 Main line G3 only L2 Sub line G3 only TMR Timer TX POL Polling ORG Original size specified FME Frame erase MIX Sent by mixed original mode CALL Manual transmission CSRC Remote diagnosis FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Binding Position SP Special original FCODE F Code specified RTX Re transmission RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin board SIP This machine does not support SIP fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax Result Reference OK Printed if the communication is complete successfully S OK Printed if the communication is interrupted PW OFF Printed if the power switch is turned off during communication TEL Printed if the machine receives a phone call NG Printed if a communication error occurs Continue Printed if a transmission error has occurred and the job is put in a queue for retransmission error page redial No Response Printed if no response is returned from the recipient Busy Printed if the recipient s line is busy and the communication failed Memory Full Printed if a fax could not be received because the memory was full LOVR Printed if the length of document page to be received exceeds the limit IP Address Fax Internet Fax POVR The upper limit of received pages is exceeded This message is printed if the number of document pages to be received exceeds 3000 I
201. g Regi Stravi iets Internet Fax WebDAV 30 12 2009 19 19 Memory 100 Select 8x11 or 11417 paper Touch Start or press Start to begin printing Administrator Settings gt Address Book List gt Print Address Book List Paper Tray Simplex Duplex TB gt 2 Sided Address Registration List Address Book List 100 bizhub 652 552 8 5 Common lists 8 2 Print sample Fax aa Osaka Office Kyoto Office P 1 01 08 2010 09 59 Serial No A1UE011900003 TC 321 Speed Dial List SIP Fax TX A TAN Information included in the list Information included in the list varies depending on the type of address book Fax Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing the registered destination G3 FAX Registered fax number Line Settings appears if the line setting is configured Machine Type of Desti nation Registered recipient s machine type monochrome color machine Port Number Registered port number SIP Fax This machine does not support SIP fax Apply Level Referable Group Internet Fax Registered access allowed level Item Description No Address book registration number One touch number Index Index characters used for search Name Name representing th
202. g Destination Check Display FUNCtiON ooooccccocccnnonccononcnnnnrnncnancnnnannnnnn 10 37 Memory RX Setting sss cccascacasssenssscidtasscecagscasezctessncaaasieerasacenapsdeatochazaanteadacacagasaiceatiagesnedeadautea sdastigaae 10 37 Forward TX Settin iuris aiii 10 37 10 5 11 Fax Settings Report Settings cccscsecescceeeseeeesseeeseseeeeeseneeseseeeeseeneseaasesesoeeeeneeenseeesseeeesesenenee 10 38 AGHIVITY REDON tec ci ti seict T TT inci T T 10 38 PMRESUIT RE DOM a E E Sek ccdens E E ai aa 10 38 Sequential TARO Eu iaa 10 38 Broadcast Result Reportera ri 10 38 TX Result Report Gnesi cccccsceesecenesacdisedsccaviecenccdeuecdeadeuserevsansdhsvadeasatsucedandsdvadedeateteacerantenuededueesente 10 38 Network Fax RX Error Report tea 10 38 MDN Message AA e A a tin neta Ba A id 10 39 DSN Message IFFAX ita ida 10 39 Print E mail Message Body I FAX ocoocoooonccccccccoocccconcnonnccnnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn nn nn nana nn cnn nnnnnnc nn nana 10 39 10 5 12 Fax Settings Job Settings LiS divisar naea a e dida ada iia 10 39 10 5 13 Fax Settings Network Fax Settings oooococononccnnoncnnoncncnnannncnnnnnnnnnnnnrn nn nnn nn nr n cnn n rn rre nnnnn nn 10 40 Black Compressio mM Level miii it ada dt 10 40 Color Grayscale Multi Value Compression Method cessceesseeeeeeeeeeeneeeesaneeseneeeeesaeeseeneeeenaeeens 10 40 Internet Fax Self RX Ability I FAX 0 cccsssceseseeeseseeeeeseneneseneeeseeeeesseeeeseeeeseeeeeeesese
203. ging out 11 2 Logging in as a User Box administrator You can log in to the user mode as an administrator to delete a job when User Authentication is enabled in this machine If necessary you can log in to the user mode as a User Box administrator when the User Box administrator is enabled using the control panel gt Inthe login page select Administrator and click Login gt To log in to the user mode as a User Box administrator select User Box Administrator and enter the User Box administrator s password S RS Web Connection KONICA MINOLTA Select Login amp Administrator Admin Mode Administrator User Mode User Box Administrator Password Help Display Setting Help Display is a network only function On Mouse ON w On Focus ON ok Cancel Reference To log in to the user mode as an administrator select Administrator Administrator User Mode and enter the administrator password If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in the Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times it is no longer possible to log in to the administrator mode For details on the Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error parameter refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations e The password entry page varies depending on the machine settings You can display the explanation of functions Help when necessary To display Help
204. gs 2 2 Compact PDF XPS Compression Level Color TIFF Type Graphic Outlining bizhub 652 552 9 1 Menu trees in User mode 9 1 3 Mode Memory Job List To register a program select blank program i key and touch Register gram Programs can be recalled or deleted Recall Scan Fax Program Broadcast Destinations _ Toner Delete 01 05 2010 Memory First level 18 20 100 Second level Third level Fourth level Page List Register Pro Name gram p 9 22 Address URL Notif Destination Check Program Check Address Settings p 9 23 Check Scan Settings Check Original Settings Communication Settings Check E Mail Settings Check URL Notif Destination RX Ability Destination Delete p 9 23 bizhub 652 552 One Touch User Box Registration 9 2 9 2 1 9 2 2 One Touch User Box Registration Up to 2000 one touch destinations can be registered with the address book Reference If Registering and Changing Addresses is set to Restrict in Administrator Settings register these des tinations using One Touch User Box Registration in Administrator Settings Displaying the One Touch User Box Registration screen To display the One Touch User Box Registration screen press the Utility Counter key on the control panel and then select One Touch User Box Registration from the Util
205. gs gt Function Settings gt Memory RX Settings Fax Line 1 Utility Fax Line 2 Administrator Settings Memory RX User Box Password Fax Settings Function AS Settings 01 07 2010 11 40 Memory 100 The following items are not available if Memory RX Settings are configured PC Fax RX Settings TSI User Box Settings Forward TX Setting Reference For details on printing documents stored in a Memory RX User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Op erations e You can also specify the registered group as the destination Closed Network RX Specify whether to use the Closed Network RX function To use the function specify a password that is used for Closed Network RX Press No to clear the entered setting and then specify a password using the keypad up to 4 digits Use the keypad to enter the password ministrator Settings gt Function Settings gt Closed Network RX Closed Network RX Password Utility Administrator Settings Fax Settings Function Settings 01 07 2010 11 40 Memory 100 Reference Closed Network RX is only available when the receiver has password transmission function bizhub 652 552 10 25 10 Administrator Settings G3 10 4 Forward TX Setting You can forward received documents to a preset recipient To receive data with the G3 fax function if two units of Fax Kit FK 502 are installed and Individual Receiving Line Setup is set t
206. hat in books or magazines Photo Original that consists of only photos halftone Dot Matrix Original Original with faint printing in whole Copied Paper Original with even density that was printed using a copier or printer bizhub 652 552 5 41 Scan Settings 5 10 5 10 2 Simplex Duplex Select either to scan a single sided original or to scan a double sided original Job L Broadcast Destinatior 1 ist ns 1 Delete 1 Sided Scans one side of the original 2 Sided Scans both sides of the ori Cover 2 Sided ginal Select the side to be scanned No of Dest Scan Settings gt Simplex Duplex al Cover 2 Sided 30 2009 Memory 01 18 100 Scans the first page of the original as a cover in the single sided mode and also scans the remaining pages in the double sided mode 5 10 3 Resolution Select the resolution for scanning Job List Broadcast Destinati ons a Delete Checi Sett ner k Job ings Select desired resolution for the scanned document Scan Settings gt Resolution 300x300dpi 200x100dpi Standard 12 30 2009 2 01 18 Memory 100 If 300 x 300 dpi is selected when sending a G3 fax the resolution is automatically changed to 200 x If 300 x 300 dpi or 200 x 100 dpi is selected when sending an Internet fax the resolution is automat Re
207. hether to print the date and time on all pages or the first page only Text Color Select the printing color from black red blue green yellow cyan or magenta e Data is printed in black and white in this ma chine Text Size Select the printing text size from Minimal or Std Standara Print Position Print Position Select the print position Fine Tune To fine adjust the print position press Adjust Po sition Specify the shift length of the print position to the left right top or bottom using a value be tween 1 16 and 1 15 16 inches 0 1 and 50 0 mm bizhub 652 552 5 57 5 Scan Settings 5 10 Header Footer This function inserts headers or footers on all pages Before you insert the header or footer you must register their contents in Administrator Settings Press Check Change Temporarily to change the registered settings for printing i 7 Select header footer EA Touch Check Change Temporar ily to check or change the settings AAA Scan Settings gt Stamp Composition gt Header Footer No 2 Recall Header Footer Mode Check Check Change Temporarily 4 delete j Check Job Settings A 12 30 2009 17 15 Memory 100 Toner LELLI QA Reference For details on registering a header footer refer to page 10 11 Item Description Recall Header Footer Select the target header or footer in the registered conte
208. ia the intranet in house network only lt does not require a mail server as is required by Internet Fax Provide fax transmission in color gray scale and black and white Only the differences from G3 fax Reference e Received documents may not be printed depending on settings on the sender side For details refer to page 6 6 1 Intranet 2 Send 3 Receive bizhub 652 552 2 13 Overview 2 2 2 14 bizhub 652 552 3 Control Panel Liquid Crystal Display 3 1 Control panel a 3 Control Panel Liquid Crystal Display This section explains the functions of the control panel and liquid crystal display touch panel used to operate this machine 3 1 Control panel Use the control panel for the fax scan operation The following describes the buttons and switches of the control panel 1 S Power 2 a Power Save Is ES 4 22 E Mode Memory 21 Utility Counter 20 ES 1 E Bric ntness 33 User Box Reset _ l L ma pas ES 7 1 8 Accessibility Jccess ABC DEF Proof Copy Interrupt 17 2 Ca GIT E ES 8 Enlarge Display ua La Ce Stop 1 6 LL
209. ial Bulletin List Fax Setting List P 7 10 12 2010 16 31 Serial No 1 66 Fonfidentia1 0U1LELAN eve 8 20 bizhub 652 552 8 4 Report printed for G3 fax 8 8 4 8 4 1 8 4 2 Report printed for G3 fax Polling TX Report The result of polling transmission is printed automatically You can select ON If TX Fails or OFF from TX Result Report in the Utility menu Polling TX Report P44 10 12 2010 17 57 Serial No 46 adressee start Tine Tine prints Resuit ote _____nn gt 222399444555 1 12 17 57 00 00 06 001001 ok tr por ors 1 Note Li Main Circuit 12 Sub Circuit THR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FME frae Laras T e Huao Original CALL Manual Communication ones CSRC FWD Forward PC PC SP Special Original FCODE F Code Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BU ulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax g FAX Internet Fax ink LA am ares ar ee ies pias Piers Boer f Eom AS PS ah sory Memory Polling RX Report Printed automatically when a polling document is received You can select ON If TX Fails or OFF from TX Result Report in the Utility menu Polling RX Report P 1 10 12 2010 19 55 1 Serial No 47 T Prints Resuit Mote i taxi iom 19 55 Note Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit THR Timer POL Poll ORG orisinal DE Frane Erase TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forwar
210. ialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Manage Copy Protect Data Manage Stamp Data amManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments 11 12 bizhub 652 552 11 2 Logging in and logging out 1 1 2 Enter the administrator password and then click OK 3 To log in to the user mode as an administrator select Administrator User Mode and enter the administrator password 3 Logging in to the administrator mode locks the control panel of this machine and you will not be able to use it 3 Depending on the status of this machine you may not be able to log in to the administrator mode gt If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in the Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times it is no longer possible to log in to the administrator mode For details on the Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error pa rameter refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations 3 The password entry page varies depending on the machine settings 3 You can display the explanation of functions Help when necessary To display Help select ON in Display Setting On Mouse Point the cursor to display Help On Focus Select an item to display Help ez PAGE v score Web Connection KONICA MINOL
211. ication ask your server administrator about the login procedure The User Authentication or Account Track page appears Enter the required items to log in KONICA MINOLTA PAGE SCOPE Language Login View Mode User Assist Web Connection OS Language OS Language v Public User Registered User User Name Password C Administrator Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form Kapers Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Manage Copy Protect Data Manage Stamp Data aManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments y To log in as a different user or as an administrator log out once y bizhub 652 552 11 Logging in and logging out 11 2 11 2 2 Log in again KONICA MINOLTA Login PAGE SCOPE Language View Mode User Assist Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Manage Copy Protect Data Manage Stamp Data aManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments Web Connection OS Language OS Language z Public User Registered User User Name Password C Administrator am
212. iii 5 54 Application Annotatis ea aada e anana aen aai ra a a ado dando adan ds 5 54 Selecting the Annotation User Box c ccccsccreseeeeseseeeesensenesceeeeseeeseseeseseeseeeseeenseenesesceeesseeeeeseeees 5 54 Application Stamp Composition ccccccccceceeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeescaeeeeeesennaeeeeeeenaaes 5 55 Date Time Maise iei Side vie eee A A i aa 5 55 Page Numbers aga 5 56 O NN 5 57 Header FOOter cocina dica did dci 5 58 Application Send amp PriNt maea dd aa eee oe 5 59 COPISS E ET ATE EA E T AE tactaplagicecs 5 59 SiMplex DUplex acicate adaptada cba 5 59 Stallman ati ia A ira ds 5 59 Application TX Stamp G3 IP I FAX cccesesecceeeeeeeeceeeeeeseaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeseaeeeeseessaaeeeeeeeneees 5 60 TPR SUA a 5 60 Stamping A A A O 5 60 Document Name E mail BOX SMB FTP WebDAWV I FAX cceesseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeenneeeeeneeeeaes 5 61 A EG E E Ee E a a n vee eae aeeai 5 61 Original SettiNgsS oiiciiii ii ines 5 62 Special Original Mixed Original oooooocccnnonicononccnnoncncnornnonaro no nano corno cnn rn 5 62 Special Original Z Folded OrigiNal ooonnncccnnnnicnnnnccnnrccnnnnrnncnnrnn cn nr cnn nro rn rn 5 62 Special Original Long Original siisi e ron cnn arre 5 62 Contents 4 bizhub 652 552 5 11 4 Direction Settings Original Direction oooonnnccnnnccononccnnononcnonannnannnonnnnnnnnnrn nn rarn nn nn rre rnn rn nr nnr nn nnr
213. inal Z Folded Original Long Original Binding Position Polling TX Overseas TX ECM OFF Password TX F Code TX V 34 OFF Separate Scan 5 70 bizhub 652 552 5 12 Communication Settings 5 Reference e You can enter up to 9 digit number for the bulletin board number Timer transmission Timer TX Specify the sending time Transmitting faxes in discount telephone rate hours such as late at night or early in the morning will reduce the cost Use the keypad to specify the communication starting time i Use the keypad to enter the transmission No of 000 lob List start tine Dest Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt Timer TX Broadcast Destinations Current Time 17 32 12 30 2009 17 32 Memory 100 Reference It is specified in hours and minutes You cannot specify the date Password transmission Password TX This function sends documents with a password If the recipient s fax machine is set to closed network re ception the sender s fax machine should transmit the same password as used for the closed network recep tion You can use this function only when the remote machine is our model and supports the closed network re ception with password function Use the keypad to enter the password Use the keypad to type in the password Wht to be applied to the fax t
214. ing Specify whether to allow or restrict the flash display System Connec tion Setting Configure the automatic setting of Prefix Suffix or the setting for printing data in a cellular phone In Application Connection Setting specify whether to cancel a con nection from this machine to PageScope My Panel Manager 11 24 bizhub 652 552 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview 11 Item Description Display Setting Select the display mode in the administrator mode from Tab Function Display or List Function Display Outline PDF Set ting 11 5 3 Security Item Specify whether to outline text Qp Administrator Logout 2 Sp Ready to Scan venci a Ka Day To Main Menu Device Certificate Setting New Registration gt SSL Settin 9 Default Issuer Subject Period TESTIZ3456test TEST 23456 test 07 09 2009 Detail Setting Validity Detail Setting gt Protocol Setting External Certificate Setting Certificate Verification Settings OK Cancel Address Reference Setting gt Restrict User Access Copy Security Auto Logout Administrator Password Setting Description PKI Settings Register device certificates and configure the SSL protocol or external certificate settings Certificate Verifi cation Settings Specify the items to validate a certificate Address Refer e
215. ing SMB transmission configure the following items This section introduces basic items Also refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator for details e TCP IP Setting SMB Client Setting QA Reference For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator FTP Before using FTP transmission configure the following items This section introduces basic items Also refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator for details e TCP IP Setting FTP Setting QA Reference For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator G3 Fax Before using G3 Fax configure the following items Header Information Refer to page 10 16 Line Parameter Setting Refer to page 10 19 bizhub 652 552 10 3 10 Configuration before use 10 1 10 1 6 10 1 7 Internet Fax Before using Internet Fax configure the following items Network Fax Function Settings Header Information Refer to page 10 16 Machine E Mail Address For details on the configuration procedure refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Machine Settings For details on the configuration procedure refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations TCP IP Setting E Mail Setting QQ Reference For details on Network Fax Function Settings TCP IP Settings and E mail Settings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator IP Address Fax Before using IP Address Fax configure the following items Network Fax Fu
216. ing out 11 2 Logging in as a public user If user authentication is not enabled on the machine you will be logging in as a public user In the login page select Public User and click Login PEN SE Web Connection KONICA MINOLTA Language os Language OS Language y Login amp Public User Administrator View Mode Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form japon eg JS User Assist M Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Manage Copy Protect Data BManage Stamp Data amManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments 11 10 bizhub 652 552 11 2 Logging in and logging out 1 1 Logging in as a registered user Specify the registered user name and password to log in when User Authentication is enabled in this ma chine gt Inthe login page enter the user name and the password and click Login JEUSE Web Connection KONICA MINOLTA Language OS Language OS Language v Login Public User Registered User User Name Password C Administrator View Mode Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form Kapers User Assist M Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management U
217. ings 10 40 Network settings 4 4 Next destination 5 32 5 33 5 34 5 35 Notes on use Fax functions G3 2 3 Internet fax 2 4 IP address fax 2 4 Network fax 2 4 Off hook 5 40 One touch user box registration 9 8 Online help 11 4 Operating environment PageScope Web Connection 11 3 Original direction 5 62 Original direction setting display 10 12 Original settings 3 18 5 62 Original type 5 41 Outline PDF 5 47 Overseas TX 5 65 D P Page configuration PageScope Web Connection 11 17 Page number 5 56 PageScope Web Connection 11 3 Password 5 33 5 34 5 35 Password copy 10 12 Password transmission 5 71 PBX connection setting 10 29 PC fax RX 7 4 PC fax RX settings 10 27 PC fax TX error report 8 27 Polling 2 11 Polling RX 7 9 Polling RX bulletin 5 70 Polling RX normal 5 70 Polling RX report 8 21 14 4 bizhub 652 552 Index by item 14 Polling TX 7 9 Polling TX bulletin 5 72 Polling TX normal 5 72 Polling TX report 8 21 Port number 5 32 Power save 10 14 Preview view pages 5 14 Preview view pages change setting 5 16 Preview view status 5 16 Print DSN message 8 28 Print e mail message body 8 29 10 39 Print MDN message 8 28 Print quality settings 10 34 Print fax output setting fax 10 14 Printer settings 11 29 Printing upon data reception 6 7 Program list 8 10 O Quick memory TX 5 69 R Receiver RX ability 5 31 Receiving 6 3 Receiving G3 6 3 Receiving I FAX 6 5
218. inted on the paper larger than the original size Original Received document Print at full size bizhub 652 552 Printing upon data reception 6 6 Reference e A document cannot be divided to print on multiple pages The image size larger than 11 x 17 A3 cannot be printed e If the paper tray of the optimal paper size runs out of paper a message appears prompting you to sup ply the paper of the size The message remains displayed until the paper is loaded in the paper tray 6 6 4 Printing method upon data reception The following describes the relationship between the paper size of the received document and the paper size to be printed Paper size of received doc Min Reduction for RX Print setting If a specific tray is ument assigned in Tray Full Size 96 to 87 Selection for RX Print Standard size 11 x 17 to ff e 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 A3 to A5 l A A I A B 1 B I I B C e Ma En t C Printed on the same Printed on the same paper size at the paper size atreduced Printed on the paper same scale scale of specified paper tray at reduced scale Printed on long paper longer than standard ES A size l A i A LL l po UL I l O I Ay fa i 2 D l B amp C AG x l I C E i D D g 1 ea ok tod ioe eee D 3 o D Printed on the same Printed on the opti Printed on the paper E
219. ion and istered correctly program destination reg istered correctly Is there a problem with Is the power of the receiving facsimile turned off is it out of paper or is there the receiving machine another problem Call the recipient or otherwise to determine whether there is a problem Reference Even if the transmission result screen or the result area of an activity report indicates due to a problem in an Internet pathway the E Mail message may not be delivered to the recipient dis played in the TX Result or Activity Report indicates that the fax has been successfully sent to the server If the machine receives a message disposition notification MDN OK appears in the transmission re sult screen or the result column of an activity report Use G3 Fax to receive important contents 12 4 bizhub 652 552 12 2 Cannot receive faxes 1 2 12 2 Cannot receive faxes When a fax cannot be received try to correct problems by referring to the table below If a fax reception error persists please contact your service representative 4 Reference fyou are unable to send a fax the TX Result Report is output For details refer to page 8 14 When printing the TX Result Report is enabled For details on error messages Refer to page 12 7 For problems such as jamming of originals paper jams poor image quality or exhausted toner refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations 12 2 1 G3 Fax Desc
220. is intended for voice communication Also these restrictions differ depending on the device that make up the network For details contact your network administrator bizhub 652 552 2 3 Information 2 1 2 1 2 Notes on using Network Fax The following conditions are required to exist in order to use the Network Fax function e The machine is connected to the network required The machine can be used over a TCP IP network First connect the cable for connecting to the network For details refer to page 4 3 In order to use this machine on a network settings such as the IP address of the machine must be specified For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Notes on using Internet Fax The following describes the precautions for using the Internet Fax To use the Internet fax function ask your service representative to configure settings For details con tact your service representative The following environment is required to use the Internet Fax function The machine is connected to the network capable of E mail communications The Internet FAX function is set to ON in Network Fax Function Settings of Administrator Settings e When an E mail message is sent the attachment file may be broken depending on the network status Make sure the attachment file of the document is not broken after being sent Even if the transmission result screen or the result area of an activity report in
221. ission procedure and then resend the fax Is the recipient s fax number correct Were the address book desti nation and program des tination registered correctly There may be an error in registering the fax number when address book des tination and program destination are used Print the list of address book destinations to check that the numbers are reg istered correctly Correct if an error is found Is the telephone line set ting correct Does the setting in Dialing Method in the Utility mode match the telephone line being used Check the setting and correct it if an error is found Is the telephone line cor rectly connected Is the telephone line disconnected Check the telephone cord for connection and if unplugged plug it securely Is there a problem with the receiving machine Is the power of the receiving facsimile turned off is it out of paper or is there another problem Call the recipient to determine whether there is a problem Was a correct password sent Check the recipient s password and then resend the fax using a correct password Was the sender s fax number correctly regis tered with Check Dest amp Send Check that the fax number registered with the recipient is correct Or send a fax with Check Dest amp Send set to No bizhub 652 552 12 3 12 Cannot send faxes 12 1 12 1 2 Network fax or network scan sending
222. itions for detailed search No of 000 Search Result 0 Destinations Destination Search Result 1 1 Delete Check Job Settings A 30 2009 17 28 _ Toner 111 Memory 100 Direct Input Enter the E mail address in the touch panel 5 68 bizhub 652 552 5 12 Communication Settings 5 12 4 Communication Method Settings G3 You can specify how to send or receive data Job List Broadcast Destinations a Polling RX Timer TX Z vi Password TX Polling X j F Code TX Delete Check Job Settings 2 30 2009 17 29 UNS Memory 100 Quick Memory TX A method used to start sending fax immediately after scanning a page of the original This method allows even originals with many pages to be sent without overflowing memory Job List Specify the settings Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings Broadcast Destinations a Li Polling RX A Timer TX v4 ET Polling TX Delete Check Job Settings 2009 17 30 mane Mem y 100 Reference If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Copy Guard or Password Copy is set to Yes in Administrator Settings Quick Memory TX does not appear bizhub 65
223. itoring Time Specify whether to monitor DSN and MDN responses To monitor them en ter the number of hours Maximum Resolution Select the maximum resolution of the machine bizhub 652 552 10 41 10 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 10 5 2 2 page Administrator Settings gt Network Fax gt Internet Fax Advanced Settings Settings Item Utility Fax Settings Network Fax Settings y 4 y y Select item and enter setting Add Content Type Information Administrator 01 07 2010 13 17 Memory 100 Description Add ContentType Infor mation Specify whether to add Content Type information to an Internet fax when sending it If Yes is selected application faxbw is added to the Content Type header of MIME as a sub type IP Address Fax Setting Specify the operation mode Settings Settings for IP Address Fax ygu can set the operating mode of the Ip address Fax The transmission settings Of the original color can be set if Mode 21 key iS selected Administrator Settings gt Network Fax Settings gt IP Address Fax Operation Settings Operating Mode Sending Colored Documents Utility ji nistrator SS Fax Settings Network Fax 01 07 2010 13 18 Memory 100 Item Description Mode 1 This mode allows communication between Konica Minolta models capable of transmitting IP address faxes and models compatible with the
224. its registered name and then press Edit e To delete a registered destination select its registered name and then press Delete bizhub 652 552 One Touch User Box Registration 9 2 9 2 7 Address Book WebDAV Register WebDAV destinations To register a new destination press New 1 3 page JobList egistered number is automatically applied by touching OK d o specify a registered number touch the No button 1 2000 01 06 2010 15 29 Cancel Memory 100 2 3 page JobList elect item and enter setting Host Address y Destination Public y MS a a MOS 01 06 2010 15 30 O 0 Memory 100 3 3 page EAS pecify index according to name Proxy SSL Settings Port Number Destination Address Book Public ow 01 06 2010 15 30 Memory 100 Item Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2 000 Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters User ID Enter the user ID for logging into the destination computer via the touch panel up to 63 bytes 9 16 bizhub 652 552 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration Item Description Password Enter the password for logging into the destination computer via the touch panel up to 63 characters Host Ad
225. itted Reference e If you select a program and send data with a file name entered in the program s Check Program Set tings Check E Mail Settings Document Name the name in the Document Name column becomes the name of the data file name For details on registering a program refer to page 9 22 For details on recalling a program refer to page 5 8 2 6 bizhub 652 552 2 2 Overview 2 2 2 Overview 2 2 1 Available operations with Network scan function Scanning refers to the operation of reading the image of an original fed through the ADF or placed on the original glass The scanning functions can be used to temporarily store the scan data on the internal memory of the machine and transmit the data over the network E Mail transmission Scanned data can be sent to the specified E mail address Select destinations from the touch panel of this machine and send scanned data as an E mail attachment Original Main unit Memory E mail scanned data SMTP server POP server Intranet Internet Receive E mail message ONoOARWDH bizhub 652 552 2 7 Overview 2 2 FTP transmission Upload scanned data to the specified FTP server Enter the FTP server address and login password from the touch panel of this machine Data uploaded to the FTP server can be downloaded from a computer on the network
226. ity Settings Se E Fiction tamocen seso gt MEA gt TIT rr 5 0 PRaPSEeSREEEEIng y r 01 07 2010 13 44 Memory 100 First level Second level 4 Security De 1 4 Manual Destination Input talls pi 10 12 2 4 Restrict Fax TX Hide Personal Information Display Activity Log 3 4 Initialize Job History Thumbnail Display Copy Guard Password Copy 10 8 bizhub 652 552 10 3 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV 1 0 10 3 10 3 1 10 3 2 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV This section describes administrator settings that are configured for E mail Transmission Save in User Box SMB FTP and WebDAV Displaying the Administrator Settings screen To display the Administrator Settings screen press the Utility Counter key on the control panel and then select Administrator Settings from the Utility menu that appears Enter the administrator password and then press OK ES Use the keyboard or keypad to type in the Administrator Password Press C to clear the entered Administrator Password Utility gt Administrator Settings 01 06 2010 15 52 Memory 100 System Settings Restrict User Access Specify items for which access is restricted in the User mode Restrict Access to Job Settings 1 2 page Touch the button for the desired setting Administrator Settings
227. ity menu that appears es E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Meter Count Hane Status 1 r 3 8 Device Information j EN ES Job Details y Toner I 01 05 2010 18 21 Memory 100 Reference An item can also be selected by pressing the key on the keypad for the correspondent number To se lect One Touch User Box Registration press 1 on the keypad Address Book E Mail E mail addresses can be registered To register a new destination press New 1 2 page Job List Registered number is automatically applied by touching OK a To specify a registered number touch the No button a Utility gt E Mail gt New Utility y Create One Touch Destination Address Book Public y e 01 05 2010 18 21 Cancel Memory 100 bizhub 652 552 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration 9 2 2 page Job List E Specify index according to name Index y ete Utility ME 3 con A Create One Touch Destination Address Book Public EMail 01 05 2010 18 22 Cancel Memory 100 Item Description No Press No and then enter the registration number of the destination be tween 1 and 2 000 Press OK without entering any number to register the smallest number available Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the address book using up to 24 characters E Mail Address Enter the E mail
228. k HTTP The acronym for HyperText Transfer Protocol This is a protocol used to send or receive data between a Web server and a client such as a Web browser HTTP can exchange files such as images sounds and movies that are asso ciated with documents including their presentation formats and other infor mation ICM The acronym for Image Color Management a color management system used for Windows ICM adjusts the difference of a color caused by different I O devices such as monitors scanners and printers and reproduce the color mostly common to any those devices IMAP The acronym for Internet Message Access Protocol The protocol for retriev ing E mail messages with the function for managing mailboxes on the server Currently IMAP4 the fourth version of IMAP is most often used Install To install hardware operating systems applications printer drivers or other software on to a computer IP Address An address or a code used to identify an individual network device on the In ternet A maximum of three digits for four numbers are displayed such as 192 168 1 10 The IP address is assigned to every computer or other device connected to the Internet 13 6 bizhub 652 552 Scanner Glossary 13 Term Description IPP The acronym for Internet Printing Protocol which is used to send or receive print data or control printers via the Internet or other TCP IP network IPP can also
229. l Osaka Nagoya 1 efast ls 1 Fax ip fax1 ifax1 Group Search y DE Si Scan Settings ETE o Toner maaa Neo sane Language Selection 4 No Item Description 1 Home Select your own Home folder EQ Reference For details on setting this function refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Group The destinations registered as groups appear 5 26 bizhub 652 552 5 5 Address Book 5 5 5 2 Search Search for transmission destinations The following methods are available to search for the registered desti nations Address Type This function enables you to search by the destination type configured when registered destination A The ed one touches can be viewed es ted from their respective categories Address Book gt Search gt Address Type Broadcast Destinations 1 1 Delete k Job ings 4 Checi Sete 29 2009 21 55 Hua Memory 100 Toner EQ Reference For details refer to page 9 26 For details on address book registration refer to page 9 8 The Address Type is displayed when you press Search if Default Address Book is set to Index in User Settings Custom Display Settings Scan Fax Settings in the Utility menu 0 gt 4 0 Deseo 000 a 1 1 1 D D Toner WENN A No
230. l attachment TIFF format via intranet in house network or Internet Provide fax transmission in color gray scale and black and white A destination device that sup ports Internet Fax receives the E mail and prints the attachment Because a communication is performed over an intranet or the Internet related costs can be much lower than those required for sending a typical fax Specify the E mail address of the destination in order to send data This machine can also receive documents via Internet Fax and print them in black and white Received documents in black and white can be printed but received original data in color or gray scale are discarded and not printed Ne Original E mail Attachment TIFF format Intranet Internet SMTP server POP server Receive Internet Fax ORAON 2 12 bizhub 652 552 2 2 Overview 2 IP Address Fax IP Address Fax means FAX that is available on the IP network To send scanned data specify any of the IP address host name or E mail address of the recipient This machine can also receive documents via IP Address Fax and print them in black and white IP Address Fax is different from G3 fax or Internet Fax in the following aspects To send and receive image data use the SMTP protocol e This function is available v
231. l commu nication If a receiver also provides the ECM mode this machine uses the ECM based communication with the receiver unless the ECM mode is disa bled bizhub 652 552 13 11 13 Fax Glossary 13 5 Term Description F Code A communication procedure related to the usage of subaddress of T 30 standardized by CIAJ Communications and Information Network Associa tion of Japan F code is provided by Japanese Communications Industrial Corporation Various kinds of capabilities are available for the communica tion among fax machines with the F code function irrespective of difference of the fax machine brand This machine uses F code for the bulletin boards relay request confidential communication and password transmission a communication standard Frame Erase A function of erasing dark shadow around the document before transmitting it via fax when scanning a booklet form document or a document with ADF kept open G3 A fax communication mode standardized by the ITU T International Tele communication Union G3 and G4 are provided for the communication modes Today G3 is more widely used than G4 Group The grouping of multiple abbreviation numbers It is convenient to use the group when a volume of sequential broadcast transmissions or sequential pollings are distributed to the same destination addresses LDAP The acronym for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol a protocol used to
232. lay Request Report 10 31 Relay RX 10 23 Relay TX Result Report 10 31 Relay User Box 9 24 Release Held Job 3 11 Remark Column Print Setup 10 30 Report Settings 10 30 Reset 3 4 Reset Data After Job 10 10 Resolution 5 31 5 42 10 41 Restrict Access to Job Settings 10 9 Restrict Broadcasting 10 10 Restrict Operation 10 10 Restrict User Access 10 9 Rotate Image 5 15 RX Ability Destination 9 19 RX Display 9 27 Save 3 10 Scan Setting 5 44 Scan Settings 3 17 5 24 5 41 Scan Size 5 49 14 8 bizhub 652 552 Index by button 14 Scan Fax Settings 9 26 9 28 Search 5 27 5 36 5 38 Search Option Screen 9 28 Search Option Settings 9 28 Security Details 10 12 10 34 Select Group 9 20 Select Line 5 66 9 11 10 26 Send 3 10 Send 8 Print 5 59 Sender 10 16 Sender Fax No 10 16 10 34 Separate Scan 5 61 Separation 5 52 Sequential TX Report 10 30 Sharpness 5 51 Shortcut Key 1 9 26 Shortcut Key 2 9 26 Simplex Duplex 5 42 5 59 SSL Settings 5 35 9 17 Stamp 5 57 Stamp Composition 5 47 Stamp Settings 10 15 Stamp Type Preset Stamps 5 57 Stamp Composition 5 55 Staple 5 59 Start 3 4 Starting Chapter Number 5 56 Starting Page Number 5 56 STARTS WITH 5 39 Stop 3 4 Sub power switch 3 3 Subject 5 67 9 21 Text 5 41 5 47 5 58 10 11 Text Color 5 55 5 56 5 57 5 58 10 11 Text Details 5 55 5 56 5 58 10 11 Text Size 5 55 5 56 5 57 5 58 10 11 Text Type 5 55 5 56 5 58 10 11 Text Ph
233. lic Personal or Group User Box it is saved with Multi Page while Page Separation is specified Page Separation is enabled when sending by E mail SMB or FTP 5 44 bizhub 652 552 5 10 Scan Settings 5 Encryption If the PDF or Compact PDF is selected for the file format the encryption level can be specified ob 0 Basco 000 Scan Settings gt File Type gt Encryption Encryption Level Item Description Password Enter the password necessary to open encrypted data up to 32 characters For confirmation the password needs to be entered twice Document Permissions Enter the password necessary to change docu ment permissions up to 32 characters For con firmation the password needs to be entered twice bizhub 652 552 5 45 Scan Settings 5 10 Item Description Detail Settings Allows you to configure the detailed permission settings when the docu ment permission is specified in Encryption Printing Allowed Select whether to allow or restrict printing data Low Resolution appears when the Encryption Level is set to High level e If Low level is selected JobList Pecify the encryption conditions jocument gt Encryption gt Detail Settings e Back E Printing Altoved Printing Allowed SRAPAEnEPPZAREoRE 0E smoves Allow e f High level i
234. lity Administrator Settings Fax Settings Item Job Setting Activity Report A Egam 10 If T Fail Sequential TX Report ON Feaopleeer vation ON EN ES 01 07 2010 11 47 Memory 100 Description Activity Report Configure output settings for Activity Report To output the re port configure the following settings Output Setting Specify the time when the report is to be output Daily Outputs the report every day at a certain time Every 100 Comm Outputs the report for every 100 commu nication jobs 100 Daily Outputs the latest 100 communication jobs every day at a certain time tings Output Time Set Allows you to specify this item if Daily or 100 Daily is select ed for Output Settings Specify the time when to output the re port Remark Column Specify the type of information printed in the remarks column Print Setup of activity reports Remark Column Print Setup is displayed if user authentica tion or account track is enabled for this machine Normal Printing The line status or sending setting will be printed For details refer to page 8 12 User Name Printing The user name for user authentication will be printed Account Name Printing The account name for account track will be printed TX Result Report Configure the output settings for TX Result Report Select out put conditions Sequential TX Report Configur
235. ls Manual Destination Input QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 10 34 bizhub 652 552 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 1 0 Restrict Fax TX Select whether to restrict fax transmissions If ON is selected the fax functions no longer appear on the Scan Fax screen Specify setting for selected item ministrator Settings gt Security Settings gt Security Details Job Setting Job Log Settings A utility Administrator Settings Hide Personal Information z VAS REETER here gt Security Settings Display Activity Log 09 29 2009 11 26 Memory 100 Hide Personal Information QQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Display Activity Log EQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Initialize EQ Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Job History Thumbnail Display QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Copy Guard QA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 Password Copy MA Reference For the setting procedure refer to page 10 12 bizhub 652 552 10 35 10 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 10 5 10 5 10 5 1 10 5 2 10 5 3 10 5 4 10 5 5 10 5 6 Administrator Settings IP I FAX This section describes administrator settings that are configured for Internet Fax and IP Address Fax System Settings Power Save Setting
236. minute image Mixed Original A function of setting different sizes of documents detecting the size of each document and send them accordingly n memory proxy recep tion A function of saving received documents automatically to memory when the machine is unable to print the documents for some reason such as running out of paper When a proper action is taken such as refilling of paper the temporarily saved document is printed out Number of Originals A function used for quick memory transmission with information of the total number of pages This allows the recipient to check whether the all pages were received or not In case of memory transmission the total no of pages are automatically added Overseas communica tion This is a function to communicate with an overseas recipient If an overseas communication mode is set the fax is sent with a lower speed Specifying an overseas transmission mode ensures the fax transmission when faxing to the location where transmission conditions are poor even within the country Password TX The function of sending a fax with a password If the recipient s fax machine is set to closed network reception the sender s fax machine should transmit the same password as used for the closed network reception Pause A temporary break in dialing In this machine each pause creates a one sec ond break during dialing 13 12 bizhub 652 552 Fax Glossary 13
237. n Timer A a a Ea a a a aR a R aaa aa a a aa aaan aa aai 5 71 Password transmission Password TX occcccccccconcccccnnnnanonanonononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnncnnnos 5 71 Poling IX Normales eiaa oo add 5 72 Polling P S E a EE AE A 5 72 F Code transmission F Code Aea aeaa a ae aaam aaa aa aE Tr aaa aa a TAa ma Aa a Taa aaa nc aae ahaa endine Eais 5 73 5 12 5 E Mail Encryption E mail unta o as 5 73 5 12 6 Digital Sighiature E Malll sis cssceccclavaessaeetesteaeeest ens asuceasyeceneatesteavetecdscdens da a deis dando aa iiaia 5 73 5 12 7 Fax Header Settings G3 IP I FAX 0 0 2 ecccccceeeeesecceeeeeeseneceeeeeseeeeeeeesaaeaeeeeesaaeeeeeesaaeeeeseeseaeeeseeeaeees 5 74 5 13 Redialing GIIA ceactecdee ccaseees Paaa aea aaa Kraad EEan naad ANSEES 5 75 5 13 1 Auto redialing ec ed A ee 5 75 5 13 2 Manual redialind simios Dia 5 75 5 13 3 Fax Retransmit G3 uta a 5 75 Receiving gt I FAX 6 1 Receiving G3 Without external telephone connected ccsssseeeeeeeseeneeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeessneneeeeseenes 6 3 6 1 1 Auto RX Dedicated for fax lie 0d eA A iaa a 6 3 6 2 Receiving G3 With external telephone Connected ecccceseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeenneeeeeeesseneeeeeeneenes 6 4 6 2 1 Manual RX Dedicated telephone linN8 coccccccccnnonanananonennnnnononnnonnnnncnnnnnnnnannnn rie aa aa 6 4 6 3 Receiving AER arica 6 5 Receiving E mails automatically oooocnnnnnnccccnnnnnccccnnnnononncccnnnnnnnn
238. n an error has oc tion Setting curred in this machine Specify the destination and items to notify a registered user of an error Total Counter Configure the setting to notify the target user of the total counter by E mail and reg Notification Set ister the E mail address of the destination ting Date Time Set Specify the date and time displayed in this machine ting Timer Setting Configure Power Save or Weekly Timer Setting in this machine bizhub 652 552 11 23 11 Administrator Mode Overview 11 5 Item Description Network Error Specify whether to display the network error code Code Display Setting Reset Clears all settings for the network controller and destinations License Settings Allows you to issue a license and enable functions Also a request code can be is sued Edit Font Macro Adds font or macro Job Log Allows you to create and download log data of the jobs that were executed in this machine 11 5 2 System Settings Reference To use this machine as a scanner with the application software under TWAIN install the dedicated driv er software KONICA MINOLTA TWAIN For details refer to the TWAIN driver manual in the DVD sup plied together with this machine System Settings w Ml Display Se Administrator Logout 12 S Ready to Scan 2 To Main Menu Machine Setting Machine Setting gt Register Support Information Device Location gt
239. nce Setting When giving destination access permission specify a reference allowed group name or access allowed level Restrict User Ac cess Specify the function to restrict user operations Copy Security Specify whether to use the copy guard or password copy function Auto Logout Specify the time to automatically log out the administrator or user mode Administrator Password Set ting Specify the password to log in to the administrator mode Administrator Password Setting is not displayed when The SSL certificate is not installed e Enhanced Security Mode is set to ON Mode Using SSL TLS is set to None in Security PKI Settings SSL Setting even though a device certificate is already registered bizhub 652 552 11 25 11 Administrator Mode Overview 11 5 11 5 4 User Authentication Account Track Be Administrator Logout 12 lt Ready to Scan 2 Display To Main Menu User Authentication Setting User Authentication ON MFP Mi gt Account Track Settings Public User Access ON With Login x External Server Settings least Time Setting Activa Minute 1 60 gt Public User Box Setting Account Track ON gt Scan to Home Settings Account Track Input Method gt dE Folder Pape o e amp Synchronize folie of Counters Assigned for 600 ja 993 When Number of Jobs Reach Skip Job A OK Cancel Item Description G
240. nction Settings Header Information Refer to page 10 16 TCP IP Setting SMTP transmission and reception settings QQ Reference For details on Network Fax Function Settings TCP IP Settings and SMTP transmission and reception set tings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator 10 4 bizhub 652 552 10 2 Menu tree in Administrator mode 1 0 10 2 Menu tree in Administrator mode The following settings can be configured in Administrator Settings The menu tree contains the items that re late to Network Scan G3 Fax and Network Fax 10 2 1 System Settings Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ministrator Settings gt System Settings Utility 1 Power Save Settings 6 Restrict User Access d 2 Output Settings A 7 Expert Adjustment d TE e 3 Date Time Settings A 8 List Counter A 4 Daylight Saving Time 9 Reset Settings A 5 Weekly Timer Settings 0 User Box Settings Z 01 06 2010 15 50 Memory 100 First level Second level Third level Fourth level 1 2 1 Power Enter Power Save Mode p 10 14 Save Set tings 2 Output 1 Print Fax Out Fax p 10 14 Settings put Settings 6 Re 3 Restrict Access 1 2 Registering and Changing Ad strictUser to Job Settings dresses Agoes pe 103 Change the From Address 4 Restrict Opera Restrict Broadcasting tion p 10 10 9 Reset 3 Job Reset Next Job Reset Data After Set
241. nction is activated Default Gateway A device such as a computer or router used as a gateway to access com puters on different LANs Density The amount of density of an image bizhub 652 552 13 5 13 Scanner Glossary 13 3 Term Description DHCP The acronym for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol used for a client com puter on the TCP IP network to load network configuration automatically from a server Just using a DHCP server to centrally manage IP addresses of the DHCP clients enables you to construct a network without IP address con flicts or other troubles DNS The acronym for Domain Name System DNS allows for obtaining the IP ad dress corresponding to a host name in network environments This system enables a user to access other computers on the network by specifying host names instead of elusive and non intuitive IP addresses DPI dpi The acronym for Dots Per Inch A unit of resolution used for printers and scanners This indicates the number of dots used to represent an inch The higher this value the higher the resolution Driver Software that works as a bridge between a computer and a peripheral de vice Dynamic authentication An authentication method option used when connecting to a LDAP server LDAP setting from a multifunctional product Select this option if you want an user to enter the login name and password each time the user logs on the L
242. ne continues to ring e A user picks up the phone and talks Reference To use the line dedicated for telephone communication Receive Mode must be set to Manual RX in Line Parameter Setting of the Utility menu To receive fax data manually by operating the control panel of this machine when the external telephone rings press Off Hook in the Fax Scan Mode screen and make sure RX is selected Press Start in the Off Hook screen 0f f Hook Press Start to begin receiving Job List ENTE rm Pin b History On Hook Broadcast Destinations E 12 30 2009 01 16 Toner E Henory 100 To receive fax data manually the following settings are required e External telephone Connected Answering machine OFF e Line Parameter Setting Receive Mode Set to Manual RX bizhub 652 552 6 3 Receiving I FAX 6 6 3 Receiving I FAX E mail messages can be received either automatically or manually When this machine receives an E mail message the E mail text and attachment file are printed automatically This machine can receive documents in black and white Data is saved in the Memory RX User Box if Memory RX Setting is enabled in the Utility menu The saved documents can be printed as needed MA Reference For details on printing documents saved in the Memory RX User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Opera tionsj Reference e This machine
243. ng a search Search Option Screen Scan Fax Settings 1 2 page Select whether to display the search option screen when performing a detail search When you select ON the search option screen appears Select job setting ility gt User Settings gt Scan Fax Settings Item Job Setting Standard High Quality Black Compression Level MMR TWAIN Lock Time 120 sec standard ZA ZA Default Scan Fax Settings Factory Default High Compression 01 06 2010 15 48 Memory 100 Description JPEG Compression Level E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV Web Serv ice IP Specify the compression level for saving images in full color e High Quality Provides higher quality images but the data size becomes larger e Standard default Provides images of data size and quality of a mid lev el between High Quality and High Compression e High Compression Provides lower quality images but the data size be comes smaller Black Compression Lev el Specify the capability of the encoding method for sending binary black and white images e MH The data size is larger e MMR default The data size is smaller Data saved in MMR format may not be opened on your computer de pending on the application 9 28 bizhub 652 552 9 3 User Settings Item Description TWAIN Lock Time Specify the length of time until the machine operations are unlocked during
244. ng method and then enter ination t at any time using keypad Address Book Job History Off Hook egeive User Box a Internet Fax IP Address Fax PC SMB ai Scan Settings 8 Original Settings lt Seeeynagettor 12 27 2009 Memory 15 49 100 Language Selection bizhub 652 552 Operation flow 5 1 3 Job History p 5 37 Job List Broadcast Destinations ect desired destination s ax can be sent at any time using keypad Address Book J Direct Input j E Address Last PE0001 E mail tokyo abcd local PB0004 User Box 000000001 Ppooo7 ax 49 u PWooo6 WebDAV ZATA 17 1 Delete Check Job Settings 3 Address Search p 5 38 Job List Broadcast Destinations Delete Check Job Settings Ploco8 I Fax 1 Scan Settings Original Settings F Serrinasotion 12 29 2009 16 37 Memory 100 Language Selection To search for a destination in the LDAP sel f choose Search or Advanced Search t at any time using keypad Job History Address Book irect Input j Receive I Fax Search seyrene 81 Scan Settings Original Settings lt Seveyn 12 29 2009 16 38 Memory 100 Language Selection A 3 Configure Scan Settings p 5 41 Original Settings p 5 62 and Communication Settings p 5 65 bizhub 652 552 5 1 Operation flow 3 4 Load the
245. nnnnnnnnnn cnn nnnnnn cnn nn nana nc nn nn nnnn nc cnn nnnnnnns 6 5 Receiving E mails Manually cisscescieezcvesseccassscascedaaeve oanunen tancia decada aaa dpto 6 5 6 4 A swede cetacnacars cuctencassccucnecece ccucacelac se eaaa AEA cateceycnecuctudycenctacuecdeseecuncess 6 6 6 5 in memory Proxy recepi Of aaa idad 6 6 6 5 1 in memory proxy TECOS iii A e AA eee 6 6 6 5 2 Forwarding of job after in memory proxy reception G3 eeeeceeeeseeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeersaeees 6 6 6 6 Printing UPON data reception d 6 7 6 6 1 Printing at reduGed Size ri ii 6 7 6 6 2 Printing at reduced size to fit the paper size to be printed ooooocccccccinncccccnnonanccccnnnnnncnconocnnnnnncnnnnannnnns 6 7 Step 1 Select optimal paper size ooooononccccnnnonocccccnnononcccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn cnn nn nnn cnn cnn naar nn rra nana enn cnn nana naci 6 8 Step 2 Select actual print paper SiZO oooooccccconicccccncoooccccnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnn cnn nn nnnnn cnn nn n cnn nannnc cnn 6 9 Restrictions tor prNtNQes taste a 6 11 6 6 3 Printing at full SiZe ida ANA nines uneven ails 6 11 6 6 4 Printing method upon data reception oooooocccccnoncccccncnconcncnnnnonnnnncnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnn cnn nnnnnn nc nn nnnnnnn cnn rnnnnnnes 6 12 bizhub 652 552 Contents 5 6 7 Footer POSITION a a a E A aara aSa 6 13 Inside Body Text inmana neeaaeia aaea aa ss tec N e EE ARE AEEA ATAN EA 6 13 O tside Body Tte a aaa na aaa a a 6 13 NOE mdd pir O PAO A E TT T
246. nnot be viewed The names of confidential documents are not displayed To view received images you must set Job History Thumbnail Display to ON in Administrator Set tings in advance For details refer to page 10 12 lt Current Jobs of Save gt Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued User Name The user name or user name account name of the user who stored the document Status The status of the job receiving saving to memory sending Document Name The name of the saved docu ment e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original TIEL When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs Delete Press this button to delete the selected job bizhub 652 552 3 15 Touch panel 3 2 Item Description Detail Press this button to check the status the registra tion source user name document name User Box stored time number of original pages or external server information for the selected job To delete a job press Delete e The external server information that is available by pressing Detail appears only wh
247. nseceeseseeeeesenetes 10 41 Internet Fax Advanced Settings I FAX cccceecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeseaaeeeeeseeaeeeeeeseesnneeeers 10 41 IP Address Fax Seti iii ia ia ida a dida 10 42 10 5 14 Security Settings Security Details o ooooonnnncnniconnnncnnnnnnonorcnnnarancrnnrnnrnrrnrn narrar rre 10 43 MENE cand ccusiecasQenatvvas da cstdevasstecaseceudisoadesstapecachcaajuechsadeas onbacdadecee 10 43 Restrict Fax D EEE E stave vadaes cdnuacenalteshavadbaadnes daband ieadactagescasashagsasipaatantaeaae 10 43 Hide Personal INPOnMAation coin Aia inca 10 43 Display Activity LOG s c ccctecesetccctsessncadecvesasceaschenavaseantewanvaispacaieccassdetentuesendadeceasael ea eisenaaiedanaveaesasat eae 10 43 InitialiZO seen el deer eat ee A ee A ty oR Seaton eee aah i ee Oe ed in ee Lat 10 43 Job History Thumbnail Display arrn ra n aAa aE ai 10 44 SNA AAA O A 10 44 Password Copy iii A A etna Ad Ii 10 44 bizhub 652 552 Contents 9 11 1 Using PageScope Web Connection ccccesseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeessneaeeeseenneaeeeessseeeeeesessneeaeeees 11 3 11 1 1 Operating enMi ls 11 3 11 1 2 HOW 10 aCCESS tis aie 2 na ee aes a 11 3 11 1 3 Cache function of Web browser cccccececcceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeesaaeeeesesenaaeeeeeesenneeeeeees 11 4 F r nternet EXP Ore ip A Se e 11 4 For Netscape Navigator critical lid ri ia 11 4 For Mozilla Elric ra a ti ea 11 4 11 1 4 Online h
248. nsmission if Sequential TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu Reservation Communi cation Report This report is printed automatically when a transmission is reserved if Timer Reservation TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility menu G3 Reservation Polling TX This report is printed automatically when a polling transmission is reserved if Report Timer Reservation TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility G3 menu Broadcast Reserved Re This report is printed automatically when a sequential broadcast transmis port sion is reserved if Timer Reservation TX Report is set to ON in Report Set G3 tings of the Utility menu An address Polling Rx Reserved Report G3 This report is printed automatically when a polling to a single destination is reserved if Timer Reservation TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings in the Utility menu Sequence Polling Rx Re served Report G3 This report is printed automatically when a polling to multiple destinations is reserved if Timer Reservation TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility mode bizhub 652 552 Types of reports and lists 8 1 8 1 2 Report name Description Confidential Rx Report G3 This report is printed automatically upon reception of a confidential docu ment if Confidential Rx Report is set to ON in Report S
249. ntact your service representative is displayed Service Call 12 4 12 12 bizhub 652 552 3 Appendix 13 1 Product specifications 13 13 Appendix 13 1 Product specifications 13 1 1 Scanner functions Item Specifications Scan speed 78 sheets minute for 8 1 2 x 11 A4 300 dpi Scannable range Same as the copier Max 11 x 17 A3 Functions E Mail FTP PC SMB User Box WebDAV Web Service Scanner resolution 200 300 400 600 dpi Scannable paper size 11 x 17 ua 8 1 2 x 14 ua 8 1 2 x 11 Ga 7 1 4 x 10 1 2 G q 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 a 9 4 x 6 O Q A3 a to A5 m i A6 Ga B4 Ga to BB 8x 137 16K G W 8K ca 1 There are six types of foolscap 8 1 2 x 13 1 2 Ga 220 mm x 330 mm Ga 8 1 2 x 13 Ga 8 1 4 x 13 Ga 8 1 8 x 13 1 4 Ga and 8 x 13 Ga Any one of these sizes is selectable For details contact your service representative Special functions 13 1 2 Fax function Item Mixed Original Z Folded Original Long Original Binding Position Frame Erase Book Copy Original Direction Stamp Composition Specifications Number of stored pages 10000 sheets Stored in the 128 GB area of 250 GB Hard Disk capacity When an approximately 700 character 8 1 2 x 11 A4 size original is stored with Fine resolution This machine has the Hard Disk of 250 GB as standard Fax images are saved into the area of 128 GB of this Hard Disk Approximately 10000 shee
250. nted automatically when an error occurs in PC FAX transmission You can enable or disable this report to be printed in PC Fax TX Error Report in the Utility menu PC Fax TX Error Report 01 08 2010 13 20 Serial No A1UED11900003 TC 332 Addressee sar Start Tine cause Name is ows togin error user ooo Transmission failed Check the status and then try sending again bizhub 652 552 8 27 Report printed for Internet Fax 8 5 8 5 2 8 5 3 Report printed for Internet Fax Internet Fax Rx Error Report Printed automatically when the reception of Internet Fax or IP Address Fax fails You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Network Fax RX Error Report in the Utility menu Internet Fax Rx Error Report P 1 01 08 2010 14 26 Serial No A1UE011900003 TC 355 Receiving tine cause subject nai luseratesttestez File Error Print MDN Message When the sender this machine requests the recipient s machine to confirm that the E mail message is un sealed the receiver sends an MDN message to the sender upon unsealing printing of the E mail message When this machine receives an MDN response message and prints automatically You can specify whether to print or not in UDN Message in the Utility menu Print HON Message pa 10 03 2008 15 22 Serial No 1 Te 163 ron nailuserzocso konicaninolta JP Subject Your message was processed successfully HDN
251. nts Check Change Temporarily Select to display the contents that you can Check Change Temporarily Header Settings Footer Set Specify whether to print the header and footer tings Pressing Print allows you to specify whether to print text the date time or other information dis tribution control number job number or serial number Text Specify a header or footer string via the control panel Date Time Specify the date time for the header footer Other Specify the distribution control number job number or serial number of the header or footer e The serial number is that attached to the ma chine For details on settings contact your service representative Pages Select whether to print the date and time on all pages or the first page only Text Details Text Color Select the printing color from black red blue green yellow cyan or magenta e Data is printed in black and white in this ma chine Text Size Select the size 8 pt 10 pt 12 pt 14 pt in which text is printed Text Type Select the font type from Times Roman or Helvet ica 5 58 bizhub 652 552 5 10 Scan Settings 5 5 10 14 Application Send amp Print Specify whether to print documents while being sent Also configure the print settings ob Beco 000 Scan Settings gt Application gt Send amp Print Simplex Duplex Refer
252. o output the report e With 1 Dest at a time selected a broadcast result report is output only when a transmission still fails after a redial attempt No report is output when transmission is completed successfully ES Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Report Settings Job Setting ON Network Fax RX Error Report 0 0 DSN Message OF Print E mail ON Message Body Fax Settings i EZ ED 01 07 2010 11 48 Memory 100 Description TX Result Report Check Configure display settings for TX Result Report Check Specify whether to display the report bizhub 652 552 10 31 1 0 Administrator Settings G3 10 4 10 4 13 Fax Settings Job Settings List This function outputs a list of settings related to faxes Select a desired paper tray and then press Start Select 8x11 or 11417 paper Touch Start or press Start to begin printing inistrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Job Settings List Paper Tray Simplex Duplex TB gt 2 Sided 08 31 2010 09 58 Memory 100 Reference For an example of output of a list of settings refer to page 8 15 10 4 14 Fax Settings Multi Line Settings If two units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed configure settings for the second line Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Line Parameter Setting 4 Function Settings A Multi Line Settings 01 07 2010 11 49 Memory 100
253. o Entry 2 3 Tray Selection for RX Print Min Reduction for RX Print Print Separate Fax Pages File After Polling TX 3 3 No of Sets RX Individual Receiving Line Setup Individual Sender Line Setup 10 6 bizhub 652 552 10 2 Menu tree in Administrator mode 1 0 First level Second level Third level Fourth level 5 Function Set 1 Function 1 2 F Code TX tings ON OFF Setting p 10 23 Relay RX Relay Printing Destination Check Display Function 2 2 Confirm Address TX Confirm Address Register 3 Memory RX Setting p 10 24 4 Closed Network RX p 10 25 5 Forward TX Fax Line 1 Setting p 10 26 Fax Line oy 7 Incomplete TX Hold p 10 27 8 PC Fax RX Set Fax Line 1 ting p 10 27 Fax Line oy 9 TSI User Box Fax Line 1 Action when TSI Setting p 10 28 User Box is not set Print TSI User Box Registration Fax Line 271 Action when TSI User Box is not set Print TSI User Box Registration 6 PBX Connection Setting p 10 29 7 Report Set 1 3 Activity Report tings p 10 30 TX Result Report Sequential TX Report Timer Reservation TX Report Confidential Rx Report 2 3 Bulletin TX Report Relay TX Result Report Relay Request Report PC Fax TX Error Report Broadc
254. o ON in Administrator Settings you can select either Fax Line 1 or Fax Line 2 to specify the forward destination setting for each receiving line For details on Individual Receiving Line Setup refer to page 10 20 Specify the forwarding destination and the output method Enter the destination using the keyboard or the keypad 35 25 25 Ban Ben Ea ES ERES E 01 07 2010 11 41 Memory 100 Item Description Output Method Forward amp Print Received document are forwarded and printed on this ma chine Forward amp Print If TX Fails Received documents are forwarded and if for warding fails are printed on the machine Forward Dest Allows you to enter a fax number using up to 38 digits It is also possible to select it from the address book Select Line If two units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed specify the line used to for ward received faxes The following items are not available if Forward TX Setting is configured PC Fax RX Settings TSI User Box Settings Memory RX Setting Reference e Documents received via network fax cannot be forwarded to the G3 fax destination If Confirm Address Register is ON a screen for entering the fax number again appears after you press OK Enter the fax number and then press OK E Enter fax number again to confirm ministrator Settings gt Function Settings gt Fax Forwarding Settings Utility
255. o be selected by pressing the key on the keypad for the correspondent number To se lect User Settings press 2 on the keypad Custom Display Settings Scan Fax Settings Customize the Fax Scan mode screen Configure the default tab of Fax Scan mode screen the Default Address Book 1 2 page Job List E Select job setting Utility gt Custom Display Settings gt Scan Fax Settings Job Setting oo es Sore a os Custom Display __ nadress Book Settings Direct Input 01 06 2010 15 44 Memory 100 Item Description Default Tab Configure the default tab of Fax Scan mode screen the Default Address Book Program Default Configure the default Scan Fax program screen Default PAGE1 Address Book Index De fault Select a index type that appears in the Address Book tab Default Fa vorites Shortcut Key 1 Short cut Key 2 Allows you to register up to two shortcut keys for scan original or commu nication settings at the bottom of the screen e To delete the shortcut key press OFF e f Shortcut Keys 1 and 2 are configured Language Selection is not dis played on the Scan Fax screen 9 26 bizhub 652 552 9 3 User Settings 9 2 2 page Jolit Select job setting Custom Display Settings 01 06 2010 15 46 Memory 100 Item Description Default Address Book Select Index or Address Type as the way the registered destinations are dis pl
256. o print it using this machine If necessary you can select Application to save a document in the specified User Box Reference Direct Print may not be displayed depending on settings in the administrator mode A colored original is converted to black and white for printing even if Direct Print is specified bizhub 652 552 11 21 11 User Mode Overview 11 4 1145 Store Address Store Address may not be displayed depending on settings in the administrator mode Item Q userni SJ Ready to Scan E Ready to Print Address Book List RR The other party who wants to transmit data can be registered New Registration Logout Change Password 2 2 To Main Menu Search by number 1 50 y 60 E Search from Index y to Function Name SMIME Edi Delete E mail Tokyo Edit Delete E mail Osaka Edit Delete E mail Nagoya Fao Delete Delete SMB1 WebDAV WebDAV1 Delete STATE G 0 2 IP intenet Fax IPFaxt FAX di Delete Delete Edit Edi Edit Esi Edit Description Address Book change an address Enables you to check the address book registered in this machine or to register and Group Enables you to check the group address book registered in this machine or to reg ister and change an address Prog
257. ok FTP tia 9 14 9 2 7 Address Book WebDAV iii ai 9 16 9 2 8 Address Book IP Address Fax cccccccecceeceseneceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeaaaeeeeeeesaaaeeeeeeeeaaeaeeeseseeeeeeeeeeaeaes 9 18 9 2 9 Address Book Internet Fax iimarishe ta daana aaa aa e en 9 19 9 2 10 Registering groups kimni watt lees ea tl a id 9 20 9 2 11 Registering E mail setting subjects E mail l FAX oooocccconccononccnnonncnnananonannnonanennnnnn nn nan nnrnnrnnn narran 9 21 9 2 12 Registering an E mail setting text E rmail I FAX ooooncccnnccononocononcnnnnnnnnnnnannnnornnnnnnr no rnnr cnn nar nnnnaranennns 9 21 9 2 13 Registering a Scan fax PON AM unica iria lara cra 9 22 Registering PrograMS ura ii da did dais 9 22 Check Program Settings criticas teeter ted A A Dt a 9 23 Delete icons A ot AAA a 2 9 23 9 2 14 Create User Box Confidential User Box G8 ooooonocccccconoccccccncnonncccnnnnnnncccnncnannnnnnnnnnnncccnn nana nccnanns 9 23 9 2 15 Create User Box Bulletin Board User Box GB ccoonocccccccnniccccnnnnnnncccnnconnnnccnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnccnnnnns 9 24 9 2 16 Create User Box Relay User Box B ooooonncccccinnnocccccncoconccccoconnncccconnnnnnccnnnnnnnnc aaaea raaa 9 24 9 2 17 Limiting Access to Destinations Apply Levels Groups to DestiNatiONS ooocccinnicccicnnnncccccnnnnacncos 9 24 Address BOOK inscrita ia cpvselene E E T chowaeventeh 9 24 GPOUP o ME elena ethan A A A Ai a 9 24 A OS 9 25 9 3 User Setting S orraa eaa an eenaa aa are re p
258. onnncnnnnnnnarnnnnn cnn nan nnn nn cnn nr nn rar nn nnr nn rn n nan 10 36 Restrict Access to Job Settings Registering and Changing Addresses oooooccnoncccnoonncnnoncnnancnnnns 10 36 Restrict Access to Job Settings Change the From AdUresS oconccccnonccnonoccnnorcnnnarnncnannnanancnnnns 10 36 Restrict Operation Restrict BroadcastinQ coooocconnocccnoncccnonanonannnnnnnononnnnnnnnnrnn nro nr naar rar nn nn cnn 10 36 10 5 4 System Settings Stamp Settings Fax TX Settings oconncccnnnccononccnoncnnaranonnrnccnarnnnnnrn nn narra nnnnnns 10 36 10 5 5 System Settings Advanced Preview Setting Original direction setting display 10 36 10 5 6 Fax Settings Header Informmation cccscceceseseeesereeeseceeeeeneeseseeeeseenenesensseseneseseeesesenseseseesenenenes 10 36 10 5 7 Fax Settings Header Footer Position ccsccccseeeeeseceeeeeeeeseseeeeseeneeeseneeeesceeesseneeeseneneneeeeeseeeness 10 37 10 5 8 Fax Settings Line Parameter Setting IP eescesseceeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeaeeeesaeeeesaneeseaeeeeaeeeseaeeeneeeens 10 37 Number of RedialS ccs ccascccectactegstechect iran aaczesnaxsenazecteratasaoansedcnczachvraniegesheesteeeeanazcenaye 10 37 SE NO 10 37 10 5 9 Fax Settings TX RX Sevens serapin cs coach cea shens ote al is 10 37 10 5 10 Fax Settings Function SCttiNGS scscicesssciescesasccassgoazacseasanancanescaiaasocedactagaaccesadastachendsnaacesdesbageae 10 37 Function ON OFF Settin
259. ons 17 31 00 Second level aa ility gt One Touch User Box Registration ST ion y 2 Create User Box A Third level Fourth level 1 Create One Touch Destina tion 1 Address Book Public 1 E Mail p 9 8 1 2 No Name E Mail Address 2 2 Index Icon 2 User Box No a Name User Box Index Icon 3 Fax p 9 10 1 2 No Name Fax Number Line Set tings 2 2 Index Icon bizhub 652 552 9 3 Menu trees in User mode 9 1 First level Second level Third level Fourth level 4 PC SMB p 9 12 1 3 No Name User 1D Pass word 2 3 Host Ad dress File Path Refer ence 3 3 Index Icon 5 FTP p 9 14 1 3 No Name Host Ad dress File Path 2 3 User ID Pass word anony mous PASV Proxy Port Number 3 3 Index Icon 9 4 bizhub 652 552 9 1 Menu trees in User mode First level Second level Third level Fourth level 6 WebDAV 1 3 No p 9 16 Name User ID Pass word 2 3 Host Ad dress File Path 3 3 Proxy SSL Set tings Port Number Index Icon 7 IP Address Fax 1 2 p 9 18 No Name Destina tion 2 2 Port Number Destina tion Ma chine Type Index
260. ons to the areas explained in this manual Should you experience any problems please contact your service representative bizhub 652 552 1 2 Conventions used in this manual 1 1 2 Conventions used in this manual 1 2 1 Symbols used in this manual Symbols are used in this manual to express various types of information The following describes each symbol related to correct and safe usage of this machine To use this machine safely A WARNING e This symbol indicates that a failure to heed the instructions may lead to death or serious injury A CAUTION e This symbol indicates that negligence of the instructions may lead to mishandling that may cause injury or property damage NOTICE This symbol indicates a risk that may result in damage to this machine or documents Follow the instructions to avoid property damage Procedural instruction W This check mark indicates an option that is required in order to use conditions or functions that are pre requisite for a procedure 1 This format number 1 represents the first step 2 This format number represents the order of serial steps gt This symbol indicates a supplementary explanation of a pro The operation cedural instruction procedures are described using illustrations gt This symbol indicates transition of the control panel to access a desired menu item OS Copies ob tists Ready to copy i Basic original Setting Applica
261. onym for Server Message Block This is a protocol for sharing files and printers mainly over the Windows network SMTP The acronym for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol a protocol used to trans mit transfer E mails SNMP The acronym for Simple Network Management Protocol This is a manage ment protocol in the TCP IP network environments SSL TLS The acronym for Secure Socket Layer Transport Layer Security an encoding method used to securely transmit data between the Web server and a brows er Subnet mask A value used to divide a TCP IP network into small networks Subnetworks This is used to identify how many higher order bits of an IP address are used for the network address TCP Socket TCP Socket indicates an API used for the TCP IP network This socket is used to open a transmission route for input or output of usual files TCP IP The acronym for Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol It is a de facto standard protocol widely used for the Internet An IP address is used to identify each network device Thumbnail A function of displaying the content of an image or document file by a small image image displayed when the file is opened TIFF The acronym for Tagged Image File Format One of the file formats used for saving image data The file extension is tif By using the tag indicating the data type information for various image formats can be saved in a single image data TWAIN
262. ook is not displayed Manual transmission Load the original and configure the scan setting as needed Press Off Hook to turn into the on hook state and the screen appears to select the recipient Job List press Starti to begin receiving Address Book Input ISA _on Hook Enter Registered No 4a Scan Settings 12 30 2009 01 16 Memory 100 Press Send select the recipient and press Start Reference You can specify the destinations by directly entering them or selecting them from the address book Job History or programs 5 40 bizhub 652 552 5 10 Scan Settings 5 5 10 Scan Settings Press Scan Settings to configure detailed scan settings 5 10 1 Original Type Select the original type based on the original contents The original type you can select are as follows Job List Select original type Beef 000 Scan Settings gt Original Type Broadcast Destinations Text Photo ite Printed Photo Photo al Dot Matrix Original Copied Paper Gheck Job Settings 12 30 2009 01 17 Memory 100 Toner MMMM Text Original that consists of only text Text Photo Select for originals consisting of both text and photos halftones If you select Text Photo or Photo you can also specify the photo type Item Description Photo Paper Select for photos printed on photo paper Printed Photo Select for printed photos such as t
263. ooter Position 6 7 6 14 bizhub 652 552 Convenient functions G3 IP I FAX 7 1 Memory RX G3 IP I FAX 7 7 7 1 7 2 Convenient functions G3 IP I FAX This section explains the convenient functions for fax transmission Memory RX G3 IP I FAX Received documents can be saved and printed as required This function is referred to as memory reception Received documents are saved in the Memory RX User Box Access the User Box and print the document Unnecessary documents can be deleted as well QA Reference For details on printing or deleting documents saved in User Boxes refer to the User s Guide Box Operationsj Reference e When the IP address fax or Internet fax is received and the received data is not supported it is dis carded and not printed For details refer to page 6 5 Internet fax or page 6 6 IP address fax Fax forwarding G3 IP I FAX Received documents can be forwarded to the pre set destination The following shows the available func tions e This machine can be configured so that it forwards the document and prints the same document e If two units of Fax Kit FK 502 are installed for receiving forwarding data with G3 Fax the line used to forward the data can be specified Reference e These functions can be specified in Fax Settings Function Settings Forward TX Setting in Admin istrator Settings For details refer to page 10 26 o When the IP addre
264. or communication ECM OFF Error Correction Mode ECM is cancelled to shorten the trans mission time ECM is an error correction mode defined by ITU T Internation al Telecommunication Union Telecommunication Standardi zation Sector Fax machines equipped with the ECM feature communicate with each other confirming that the data sent is free of errors V 34 OFF V34 is a communication mode used for super G3 fax commu nication When the remote machine or this machine is con nected to a telephone line via PBX however you may not establish a communication in the super G3 mode depending on telephone line conditions In this case it is recommended that you turn V34 off to send data After sending has been completed this machine auto matically returns to the V34 mode Check Dest amp Send The specified fax number is compared with the remote fax number CSI and data is sent only when those fax numbers match If they do not match the communication will fail there fore preventing a sending error e To check the destination and send the fax number of this machine must be registered with the recipient s fax ma chine Select Line If two fax expansion kits are installed you can select Line 1 or Line 2 to send a fax Specify the line used for sending fax es Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index characters and select Favorites at the
265. original 9 To check the advanced preview press Proof Copy p 5 14 O Press Start Sta rt Reference e If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Password Copy is set to Yes in Administrator Settings when scanning an original with a password embedded a message prompting you to enter a password appears Press Password enter the password and then press OK On the screen that reappears press Begin Authentication to start sending If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Copy Guard is set to Yes in Administrator Settings you cannot send an original with copy guard patterns embedded bizhub 652 552 5 Operation flow 5 1 5 1 2 G3 fax The following describes the operation flow for using G3 fax function 1 Press Fax Scan Fax Scan 2 Specify the destination 3 Address Book p 5 25 Select desired destination s Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Check Job n eM Direct Input Job History Hane Status ABC DEF GHI MNO PORS TW ME Mail E Mail User Box Osaka Nagoya box1 Skast Pl Fax ip fax1 ifax1 Group Search 4 Original Settings geeeyngs rt0r 81 Scan Settings 4 Job Details 4 12 23 2009 18 00 Memory 100 Language Selection A ing method and then enter destination ant at any time using keypad Off Hook Broadcast Destinations User Box ag 17 1 Interne
266. ory er Memory er OFF Memory is full ror ror e Check that there are no other jobs being processed e Reduce the number of pages to be sent or reduce the scanning resolution to re send the fax bizhub 652 552 12 9 1 2 Error messages displayed 12 3 Code Type Descrip Redial ON Corrective Actions tion or OFF N21 HDD error HDD error OFF The hard disk is full e Delete unnecessary files e Reduce the number of pages to be sent or reduce the scanning resolution to re send the fax N22 Conversion Conversion OFF Turn the main power off and back on and error error then resend the fax N25 Memory Memory full OFF Memory is full overflow e Check that there are no other jobs being processed e Reduce the number of pages to be sent or reduce the scanning resolution to re send the fax Reception system error code Code Type Descrip Corrective Actions tion N50 SMTP re SMTP re If SMTP reception does not start 60 minutes later after an ception ception er incoming call was connected this error occurs ror Ask the sender to resend the fax N51 Decoding Originaltoo Ask the sender to shorten the length of original to be sent long error before resending the fax N52 Decoding Received Ask the sender to reduce the number of pages to be sent page too before resending the fax long error N53 Decoding File error Ask the sender to resend the fax in a correct format shown b
267. oto 5 41 TIFF 5 43 Time Format 5 55 Timer Reservation TX Report 10 30 Timer transmission 5 71 Timer TX Job 3 12 Top 5 63 Total of Pages Quick Memory TX 5 63 Tray Selection for RX Print 10 21 TSI User Box Registration 10 28 TSI User Box Setting 10 28 TWAIN Lock Time 9 29 TX Display 9 27 TX Result Report 10 30 TX Result Report Check 10 31 TX Stamp 5 60 TX RX Setting 10 20 Uppercase and Lowercase Letters 9 28 URL Notif Destination 9 22 URL Notification Setting 5 68 User Box 3 4 5 31 9 9 9 10 User ID 9 13 9 15 9 16 User Name 5 33 5 34 5 35 User Settings 9 26 Utility Counter 3 4 V 34 OFF 5 65 9 11 View Finishing 5 15 WebDAV 5 35 9 16 XPS 5 43 Z Folded Original 5 62 Zoom 5 15 bizhub 652 552 14 9 1 4 Index by button 14 2 14 10 bizhub 652 552
268. ould not be saved in the User Box due to insufficient HDD capacity Check log The hard disk is full Delete unnecessary data and then try saving the data again The number of regis tered user boxes has reached the maximum allowed The number of User Boxes that can be registered has reached the maximum number possible Delete unnecessary User Boxes and then try registering new boxes again This user box has reached its maximum number of pages al lowed The number of documents that can be saved in a User Box has reached the maximum number possible Delete unnecessary documents and then try saving the document again The maximum number of jobs has been queued Wait until a queued job is completed The number of jobs that can be programmed has reached the maximum number possible Wait until a job has been completed or delete a current job If the HDD Ready indicator indicates an HDD malfunction Contact your service representative bizhub 652 552 12 7 12 Error messages displayed 12 3 12 3 3 G3 Fax Error Code Ifthe machine encounters a problem while sending or receiving a G3 fax an error dialog will appear and error codes will be displayed in Txx Rxx format Take corrective actions by referring to the table below Transmission system error code Code Corrective Actions TOO e Check to see if the destination is co
269. ound Removal Background Removal Level Broadcast Destinations comia p Light Standard paper Dis vii Auto Delete Check Job Settings TTT 12 30 2009 01 44 Toner mane Memory 100 Item Description Bleed Removal When scanning a double sided original the print on the back side may be re produced in the copy Such background prints can be adjusted Paper Discoloration Adj When scanning originals printed on colored paper the background may be come black In that case the density of the background can be adjusted 5 50 bizhub 652 552 5 10 Scan Settings 5 5 10 9 Image Adjustment Sharpness When scanning contours for example the edges of text can be emphasized Job List Select desired destination s Scan Settings gt Quality Adjustment gt Sharpness Destinations Check Job Settings 3
270. ox Operationsj 5 6 4 Internet Fax Enter the E mail address in the touch panel Next Destination Press this button to continuously specify another destination Select settings that are receivable in the Internet Fax destination Multiple receivable settings can be select Job List ast ations Delete check Job Settings Receiver RX Ability ed _ Toner Item Specify the receiving capability of RX device Applied to internet fax transmissions Direct Input gt Internet Fax gt RX Ability Destination Resolution 400x400dpi Super Fine JPEG Color A3 JPEG Grayscale Ultra Fine MMR MR 12 30 2009 Memory 00 40 100 Description Compression Type Select from JPEG Color JPEG Grayscale MMR MR or MH The compression ratio is higher in JPEG MMR MR and MH in this order The higher the compression ratio is the shorter the transmission time However the recipient s machine may not have capability to receive such compression type Select the compression type receivable on the receiver side Paper Size Select from A3 B4 or A4 Resolution 600x600 dpi Ultra Fine 400x400 dpi Super Fine 200x200 dpi Fine or 200x100 dpi Standard bizhub 652 552 5 31 5 Direct Input 5 6 5 6 5 IP Address Fax Enter the destination of IP Address Fax O MARA eth Enter port number using the keyp
271. p Pressing the Stop key during scanning temporar ily stops the scan operation 10 Proof Copy Press this key to print a single proof copy to be checked before printing a large number of copies You can check the finishing state on the touch panel by pressing this key before scanning or copying 11 Start Press this key to start scanning When this ma chine is ready to begin a scan operation the indi cator on the Start key lights up in blue If the indicator on the Start key lights up in orange scan operation cannot be started Press this key to restart a stopped job 12 Data Indicator Flashes in blue while a print job is being received Lights up in blue when data is being printed 13 C Clear Press this key to erase a value such as the number of copies a zoom ratio or a size entered using the keypad 14 Keypad Press this key to enter the number of copies zoom ratio and various other settings 15 Guidance Press this key to display the Guidance screen From this screen you can view descriptions of the various functions and details of operations 16 Enlarge Display Press to enter Enlarge Display mode If you use PageScope Authentication Manager for au thentication the Enlarge Display screen is not available 17 Accessibility Press this key to display the screen for configur ing settings for user accessibility functions 18 Access If u
272. p Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form E i f Display dialog box in case of warning Logout Click Logout or To Login Screen at the upper right of the window A logout confirmation page appears Click OK to return to the login page Reference The login page that appears differs depending on whether Authentication is enabled in this machine When logged in as a public user To Login Screen appears When logged in as a registered user or an administrator Logout appears If timeout occurred because no operation was performed for the specified period during login or if au thentication setting was changed using the control panel while logging in to the user mode you will au tomatically log out of the mode For details on how to specify the timeout period of the user or administrator modes refer to page 11 25 Dale oe gt Option gt Consumables gt Meter Count Online Assistance Function Permission Information gt Network Setting Information Print Setting Information Print Information Q Public Wd SQ Ready to Scan Ef Ready to Print 2 To Main Menu Logout User Name Public Are you sure you want to logout of Public User and go to the login screen bizhub 652 552 11 2 Logging in and logging out 1 1 11 23 Login PageScope Web Connection provides the user or administrator mode depending on how to log in If nec
273. pecified LDAP server Enter keyword using the keyboard or keypad No 2 000 Press C to clear your entry completely ress Search LDAP gt gt Search gt E ES EN ES Shift 12 30 2009 Memory 5 8 2 Advanced Search Specify multiple search criteria to search for the desired address JE and select LDAP Search gt Advanced Search lt Back isra gt Destinations Nane Fax Number 4 Delete n PAE Name Enter the name in the touch panel E Mail Addr Enter the E mail address in the touch panel Fax Number Enter the fax number in the touch panel Last Name Enter the last name in the touch panel First Name Enter the first name in the touch panel 5 38 bizhub 652 552 5 8 Address Search City Enter the city name in the touch panel Company Name Enter the company name in the touch panel Department Enter the department in the touch panel OR AND STARTS WITH ENDS WITH Select the search condition from OR AND STARTS WITH or ENDS WITH bizhub 652 552 5 39 Off Hook G3 5 9 5 9 Off Hook G3 Use this button to manually send a fax Reference e Memory transmission can not be used in combination with the off hook function If Confirm Address TX is set to ON the off hook function cannot be used If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Copy Guard or Password Copy is set to Yes in Administrator Settings Off H
274. press Delete Job List Broadcast Destinations E EZ Nagoya Select a destination and touch Address Details to check details Touch Address Registration to register Check Job Detailed Settings gt Destination Settings Destination tokyo abcd local osaka abcd local nagoya abcd local Check Job Settings Toner aan 12 23 2009 22 19 Memory 100 Check Job Check Job Settings Scan Settings You can check the details of scan settings basic setting scan setting and application setting Press either lt Back or Forward to check Job List Broadcast Destinations Check Job Settings Toner 111 Select desired button to change its setting Check Job Detailed Settings gt Scan Settings Basic va Back srs gt Original Type BS Resolution Texts A 200x200dpi prices Sided Fine i File Type Density Separate Scan i Dlololojo ofojojajaj No Multi Page Y J Stamp Composition Image 12 23 2009 22 20 Memory 100 bizhub 652 552 Touch panel 3 2 Check Job Check Job Settings Original Settings You can check the original settings Select desired button to change its setting JobList Original Settings Broadcast Destinations _____HHHH onn El Tokyo a Mixed Original riginal oP ginar E Osaka No No No A Original Direction Binding Position Taulek menory TD Caa Auto
275. printed as the sender s information on the doc ument received by the recipient Enter a sender fax number using 0 9 and space up to 20 characters e If two units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed register the sender fax number for each of the two lines To specify the fax ID of an extension line refer to page 10 34 10 16 bizhub 652 552 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 1 0 10 4 7 Fax Settings Header Footer Position Specify the position on a page where sender information and fax ID that are printed on received documents Select item and enter setting ministrator Settings gt Fax Settings gt Header Footer Position ee Job Setting Outside Body Text Utility 03i Pex Administrator Footer OFF Settings Position Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 25 Memory 100 Item Description Header Position Specify the position of the sender information to be added on a fax document sent from this machine The added sender information is printed as a part of the image on the document received by the recipient If you select OFF the sender information will not be added Print Receiver s Name Specify the items to be added as the sender information Not displayed for North American or Hong Kong models Footer Position Specify the position of the reception information reception time and recep tion number to be printed on a document received by this machine If you select OFF
276. r functions of the Web service are enabled on the machine the machine is represented by the printer icon 3 The driver software is automatically installed When the confirmation dialog box appear click Close Select Direct Input Web Service on the control panel of this machine to ensure that the connection to the computer is established bizhub 652 552 4 7 Using the Web service 4 4 4 8 bizhub 652 552 5 Sending 5 1 Operation flow i E 5 Sending This section describes the procedure for sending fax and scanned data and available functions 5 1 Operation flow 5 1 1 Scan Network Fax The following describes the operation flow for sending scanned data and for using Network Fax function 1 Press Fax Scan 2 Specify the destination 3 Address Book p 5 25 Check Job user Ea Status Delete Job Details 3 Direct Input p 5 30 Job List Broadcast Destinations Delete Check Job Settings Fax Scan ES O ct desired destinationts Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Adare Direct Input Job History Searc Off Hook Geer nec eal ME Mail Tokyo ME Mail Osaka ME Mail Nagoya User Box box1 Fax faxi gt ER raar ip fax1 4 1 Fax ifax1 WebDAV WebDAV1 Group Search y Communication SES ALEA Original Settings lt 12 23 2009 Memory 18 00 100 Language Selection i
277. r software that con verts handwritten or printed characters to text data by optically scanning them and comparing them with previously stored patterns for identification OS The acronym for Operating System This is base software used to control the system of a computer Windows MacOS or UNIX is an OS PASV The abbreviation for PASsiVe a mode used to connect to an FTP server from within a firewall If this mode is not selected the firewall regards the access as unauthorized and blocks the connection disabling any file transmission PDF The acronym for Portable Document Format This is an electronically format ted document with file extension of pdf PDF is a PostScript based format and can be viewed using Adobe Acrobat Reader a free viewer software Peer to peer A type of network where the connected devices can be communicate with each other without using a dedicated server Pixel Pixel indicates an image pixel the smallest constitutional unit of an image Pixel The smallest constitutional unit of an image POP The acronym for Post Office Protocol A protocol for retrieving E mail mes sages from a mail server Currently POPS the third version of POP is most often used POP Before SMTP A user authentication method used when sending E mail messages POP Before SMTP receives E mail messages first then authenticates the user us ing the POP server The IP address passed through the user au
278. ram Enables you to check the program address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Temporary One Enables you to check the temporary program address book registered in this ma Touch chine or to register and change an address Subject Enables you to register or change up to 10 subjects when sending E mails Text Enables you to register or change up to 10 body messages when sending E mails 1146 Customize This function enables you to specify the initial screen after logging in 2 user01 lt gt Ready to Scan Er Ready to Print CT o Logout Change Password 2 2 ES To Main Menu The following settings will be saved in Cookie If Cookie is deleted the default screen will become the Device Information screen Initial Screen after login Main Menu Information C Job C Box C Direct Print C Store Address Customize Registered Box Number 1 999999999 Item Description Option Enables you to configure the settings displayed in the initial page after logging in to this machine 11 22 bizhub 652 552 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview 1 1 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview Logging in to the administrator mode enables you to use the following functions Reference For details on the administrator mode refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator e The administrator modes are classified into two displa
279. ransmission Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt Password TX Broadcast Destinations Delete 12 30 2009 17 32 Memory 100 bizhub 652 552 5 71 Communication Settings 5 12 Polling TX Normal Used to save documents to be transmitted through reserved polling transmission based on a receiver s in struction Select Normal when scanning originals to save data in the Polling TX User Box i sSelect the Polling TX method Use the No of Job List keypad to enter the Bulletin Board number Ea Communication Settings gt Communication Method Settings gt Polling TX Broadcast Destinations Bulletin k Job IS 12 30 2009 17 33 Memory 100 MA Reference For details on deleting or checking documents in the Polling TX User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Op erationsj Reference e When user authentication is enabled the user cannot perform polling transmission if the user is not per mitted to access to the saved documents Polling TX Bulletin Used to save documents in the bulletin board to be transmitted based on a receiver s instruction Select Bulletin enter the bulletin board number using the keypad and scan the original Documents are
280. rator Settings Fax Settings Network Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 59 Memory 100 Color Grayscale Multi Value Compression Method Specify the device capabilities for fax transmissions when sending faxes with the file format selected to JPEG or PDF e JPEG Color default Compresses data in color JPEG format JPEG Gray Scale Compresses data in monochrome JPEG format Not Set Compresses data in the method specified in Black Compression Level while the sending ca pability in the color or gray scale mode is disabled O Select item and change the setting Administrator Settings gt Color Grayscale Multi Value Compression Method utility Administrator Settings Pes ccoo JPEG Gray Scale Not Set Fax Settings Network Fax Settings 01 07 2010 11 59 Memory 100 Reference This setting is not reflected in Compact PDF since Compact PDF files are compressed using values fixed to the machine If Not Set is selected data is converted to the TIFF format to be sent even if any file format has been specified 10 40 bizhub 652 552 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX 1 0 Internet Fax Self RX Ability I FAX This item appears if the Internet fax function is available When an MDN request is sent from a recipient ma chine the machine sends information that is configured for its own capabilities Configure the settings for the compression format paper size and resolu
281. re applied the names of documents that have not been saved by logged in users cannot be viewed The names of confidential documents are not displayed 3 12 bizhub 652 552 3 2 Touch panel 3 lt Job History of Send gt Displays the history of the jobs sent by fax or scan The job that is transferred or relayed to another device upon reception of fax data also appears in the Job History of Send Item Description List items No Job identification number assigned when the job is queued Address Type Displays the destination type in cluding fax E Mail FTP PC SMB WebDAV TWAIN or setting disabled Address Displays the fax number E mail ad dress User Box name etc of the recipient s ma chine Time Stored The time that the job was queued Org Displays the number of pages in the original Result Displays the result of the operation com pleted successfully deleted due to error deleted by user This is displayed when sending data while the ad dress is deleted Til When there are more than the upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs Deleted Jobs Finished Jobs All Jobs Switch to display each job type Comm List Displays the list of scanner and fax transmission sent received jobs You can print Activity Report TX Report and RX Report in respective list screens Detail Press this button
282. rect Input tab The following settings can be configured with the Direct Input tab page 5 30 Job List at any time using keypad Address Book it b History EE Broadcast Destinations 5 Es EN Fax User Box 4 gt Ce Internet Fax IP Address Fax PC SMB O amp i Scan Settings Original Settings Seeeyngsetton 4 4 Z 12 27 2009 15 49 Memory 100 Language Selection First level Fax p 5 30 E Mail p 5 30 User Box p 5 31 Internet Fax p 5 31 IP Address Fax p 5 32 PC SMB p 5 33 FTP p 5 34 WebDAV p 5 35 bizhub 652 552 5 19 Fax scan mode menu tree 5 3 First level Web Services p 5 36 Scan Settings p 5 41 Original Settings p 5 62 Communication Settings p 5 65 Job History tab The following settings can be configured with the Job History tab page 5 37 Job List Select desired destination s Narf P Fax can be sent at any time using keypad Address Book Direct Thi i seeren gt Of f Hook Receive I Fax Broadcast Destinations egpeess Address Last PE0001 E mail tokyo abcd local 2 PBO004 User Box 000000001 pAddr 1 3 4 WebDAV fA 5 I Fax 1 1 Scan Settings 4 Original Settings lt sereynasati n E 12 29 2009 16 37 Memory 100 Language Selection First level Dest
283. ribution station Local call Relay distribution destination akwWNM e The fax machine that requests a relay transmission and sends a document is referred to as relay in struction station e The fax machine that receives fax data from the relay instruction station and relays it to the destination is referred to as relay distribution station This function is available only if the relay distribution station s machine is capable of handling F code This function cannot be used together with the following functions Polling TX Polling RX Bulletin board registration e Bulletin board polling reception Password TX To perform relay distribution This machine can serve as a relay instruction station and relay distribution station To use this machine as a relay instruction station for sending fax data refer to page 7 8 To use this machine as a relay distribution station the Relay User Box for saving documents for relay distri bution and the destinations must be registered to this machine To specify a group of destinations the group must first be registered QA Reference For details on registering the Relay User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operationsj bizhub 652 552 1 7 7 Relay distribution G3 7 6 7 6 3 Sending fax to the relay distribution station Select F Code TX in Communication Settings Communication Method Settings and configure the fol lowing settings i Sel
284. riginal Direction Toner mum ro Reference The original setting and orientation functions can be used together 5 11 1 Special Original Mixed Original Select this setting when loading originals with different sizes together into the ADF The scanning speed will be lowered because the size of each page is detected before it is scanned 5 11 2 Special Original Z Folded Original Select this setting to detect the size of a z folded original by the length fed through the ADF 5 11 3 Special Original Long Original Available when loading an original of which the Duplex Paper Passage size is longer than the standard size 11 x 17 or A3 5 11 4 Direction Settings Original Direction Select the orientation of the original After the document is scanned the data is processed so that it is cor rectly oriented as fo Gar rants fons 17 1 Delete Toner ummm edna aa 5 62 bizhub 652 552 5 11 Original Settings 5 5 11 5 Direction Settings Binding Position Select the binding position of the original when it has punched holes or is stapled This adjusts the scan of double sided originals so that the binding position is not reversed NE MS Original Settings gt Binding Position Broadcast Destinations pa Delete Check Job Settings 30 2009 17 19 ory 100 Toner T Item Description Auto Sets the binding position to the long side if the size is 11 11 16 inches
285. ription of Check points Corrective Actions problem Cannot receive Is paper in the If the add paper icon is lit the machine is out of paper and re faxes machine ceived documents are stored in memory Add paper For the procedure for adding paper refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Is paper jammed In case of a paper jam received documents are stored in in the machine memory Remove the jammed paper For the procedure for correcting paper jams refer to the Us er s Guide Copy Operations Is the machine No fax can be received if the toner is exhausted out of toner Replace the toner cartridge For the procedure for replacing the toner cartridges refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Is the Receive If Receive Mode in the Utility menu is set to Manual RX it is Mode set to Man necessary to perform the reception procedure manually Per ual RX form the manual reception procedure by referring to page 6 4 Is the telephone Is the telephone line disconnected Check the telephone cord line correctly con for connection and if unplugged plug it securely nected Is Closed Net If Closed Network RX is enabled the machine accepts faxes work RX ena sent from specific recipients For details contact your admin bled istrator Has a wrong SUB If a wrong sub address is received with the Confidential or Re been sent in F lay User Box set a communication error may occur causing code from the failed reception Check th
286. rm Address TX Confirm Address Reg Forward TX Setting ten 9 Forward TX Setting No Forward condition INSI beter unregistration Dial In Settings a ee ee T Dial Number Ear Fax Number egistration Renote RX Renote RX Henory RX PC Fax RX Setting Restrict Box beak Rasen Print After Receive Password Check TEER me TSE veer wox automatically Print Fax Setting List P 3 10 12 2010 16 31 Serial No 1 E Dialing Method Line Monitor Sound FF Nunber Display Function OFF bizhub 652 552 8 17 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX 8 3 Fax Setting List P4 10 12 2010 16 31 Serial No 66 Internet Fax RX Ability Settings ession MH HR MMR Paper Size A4 B4 A3 Resolution Standard Fine Super_Fine e a HON Response 900 Fax Operation aime SS Title List b doc data_PHOTO Text List data sending Relay List Fax Setting List PS 10 12 2010 16 31 Serial No 1 TC 66 bizhub 652 552 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX Sender TSI RX User Box Fax Setting List Fax Line 1 Sender TSI RX User Box No Sender TSI 001 123 002 124 Note E E Ma l F FTP S SMB G Group B Box W WebDaw P 6 10 12 2010 16 31 Serial No 1 ARE B000000001 B000000001 66 bizhub 652 552 8 19 8 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX 8 3 Confident
287. rrect e Check the state of the recipient TO5 Check the state of the recipient T08 Check the line status T18 Check the state of the recipient T28 Check the state of the recipient T32 Check the line status T42 Check the line status T43 Check the line status T48 Check to see if the destination is correct e Check that the fax number registered with the recipient is correct T58 The document to be sent by polling is not registered in the sender s machine Ask the sender to set the document T60 Register the document that is sent to the recipient by polling T61 Check whether the document to be sent by polling from the bulletin board is registered T62 Inform the recipient of the correct bulletin board number T80 Check the line status T81 Check the line status T82 e Check to see if the destination is correct e Check the state of the recipient T85 Check the line status T89 Check the balance in the billing management device T95 Check the line status T97 Check the state of the fax board Contact your service representative T98 Forwarding with the combination is unavailable Check the forwarding settings T99 Check the destinations registered in the address book Reception system error code Code Corrective Actions R18 Check your machine If toner or print paper is empty supply them If the memory is full empty the memory R21 Turn the Closed Network RX function off or inform the recipient of th
288. ry 100 Item Description Hide Personal Information Specify whether to include destinations in Job History on the Job List screen If ON is selected destinations are not displayed Display Activity Log 3 4 page Specify whether to display fax transmission and reception his tory If OFF is selected the history is not displayed Specify setting for selected item ministrator Settings gt Security Settings gt Security Details Job Setting Job Hist TRUMbASIT Bispiay Secure Print Only 01 07 2010 11 21 Memory Item 100 Description Initialize Allows you to select an object of which the data you want to clear When you select an object and then press OK a dialog box appears that confirms you want to clear it Select Yes and then press OK to clear the data Job History Thumbnail Display Specify whether to display the first page for each job in the left side pane when a job history is selected with Job History on each tab that is displayed when Job List Job Details are selected Copy Guard Specify whether to create and detect originals with copy guard patterns embedded e This item is available when the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed Password Copy Specify whether to create and detect originals with a pass word embedded e This item is available when the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed bizh
289. ry Access Protocol a protocol used to access a database that can manage E mail addresses and environmental in formation of network users on the Internet intranet or other TCP IP network LPD The acronym for Line Printer Daemon This is a platform independent printer protocol running on the TCP IP network The protocol was originally devel oped for BSD UNIX and has become one of the printing protocols typically used among general computers LPR LPD The acronym for Line Printer Request Line Printer Daemon This is a printing method implemented via networks used for Windows NT or UNIX based systems It uses TCP IP to output printing data from Windows or UNIX to a printer on the network MAC address MAC is the acronym for Media Access Control A MAC address is an ID number unique to each Ethernet card enabling sending or receiving data to or from other Ethernet cards A Mac address consists of 48 bit numbers The first 24 bits are controlled by IEEE and used to allocate a unique number to each manufacture whereas the latter 24 bits are used by each manufacturer to assign a unique number to each card Memory A storage device used for storing data temporarily Some types of memory retain data even after the power is turned off while others not MH The acronym for Modified Huffman which is a data compression encoding method used for fax transmissions Text based originals are compressed to approximately 1 10 the
290. s Listir naasen anara aasa naaa adaa Naa Saanaa Kaa iaaa 10 32 10 4 14 Fax Settings Multi Line SettiNgS oommooccnncnscsscnarnccn rene 10 32 Line Parameter SettidO eccnonirtidoaniscics tarada ridad dan 10 32 FUNCTION SONO vii A AE ELA td T init Raed 10 33 M lti Eine Settings it tii 10 33 Sender Fax NO ii A da a id 10 34 10 4 15 Fax Settings G3 Fax Print Quality Settings ooooonncccnoniconnonncnonancnnnancnnnrnnnnnrn conan nn nnnr nn rnnr nn rr cnn 10 34 Contents 8 bizhub 652 552 10 4 16 Security Settings Security Details o oooonnnnccn nicononoccnnnnnnorcnnnarancrnnrnnrnnrnn nn rn 10 34 M n al ELA ove aeie eiee aeaaea Ta detested At dadaa Aa A aa aa aaaea aana aa diae 10 34 Restrict Fax TX A a a A 10 35 Hide Personal IMPOrMAatlOM saisi saa aina anaana pasadan da daaa wena paana fadada ha lada ira iras lada 10 35 Display Activity Log A NN Job History Thumbnail Display nosies neniarn aiea atd aeieea 10 35 COPY EEE ao AAA E E EA T a 10 35 PASS WO COPY EA A iras 10 35 10 5 Administrator Settings IP I FAX s ssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 10 36 10 5 1 System Settings Power Save Setting Enter Power Save MOd6 oooocccconccccnonccoonncnnarnnnnnannanannnns 10 36 10 5 2 System Settings Output Setting Print Fax Output Setting Fax ooooooconoccccnoonncnonnnnnarnncnarnnanannnos 10 36 10 5 3 System Settings Restrict User ACCESS oooocooncccconccn
291. s font or configuration information bizhub 652 552 11 19 11 User Mode Overview 11 4 11 42 Job 2 userD1 i Logout 7 Ready to Scan E Ready to Print al Job History Refer to Job History for finished jobs Communication List Print Select the Job Type and click Go Print Page Display by 50 cases 1 Select Job No UserName File Name Status Time Stored e 136 user Printing 01 07 2010 11 45 Increase Priority Delete Item Description Current Jobs Enables you to check the currently executed job or queued jobs Job History Enables you to check the executed jobs Communication Enables you to check the completed transmission and reception jobs List 11 4 3 User Boxes EQ Reference For details on the operating procedures for User Boxes refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 8 usoni Logout change Password 2 lt Ready to Scan a Ready to Print e 3 Fe To Main Menu Open User Box Public Group Personal gt Create User Box Box is the function to save documents in the machine Documents in the Box can be used for printing sending ete Open System User Box User Box Number HA 1 993999999 cal User Box Password Po User Box List Search from Index ALL x Page Display by 50 cases E eer aox User Box Name Type Time Stored 1 boxD1 Public 11 04 2009 17 43 2 box02 Public 11 04 2009 17 43 as
292. s selected JobList A RS Low Resolution Changes Allowed Press Forward in the Detail Settings screen to select the change allowable level in detail In Changes Allowed select the permission level for making changes to the document such as digital signature inputs and annotations e If Low level is selected Job List Specify the encryption conditions Changes A Page layout filling in form Commenting filling in form fields fields and signing Si Any except extracting pages e f High level is selected Job List Specify the encryption conditions Use Document gt Encryption gt Detail Settings lt Back anges Allowed Inserting deleting and Commenting filling in form fields rotating pages and signing i Filling in forn fields and Any except extracting pages signing 5 46 bizhub 652 552 5 10 Scan Settings Stamp Composition Press this button to select how to compose the contents to be added in Stamp Composition e What can be combined as text are date time page number and header footer Stamps are combined as images i Select whether to combine the stamp as an Job List image or as text Scan Settings gt File Type gt Stamp Composition Broadcast Destinations 2 30 2009 01 38 Memory 100 Item Description Image Select this setting to insert the text as an image Text Select this se
293. s side printed at the edge of the document on the receiver s side Transmission time The time needed to send a fax The higher the resolution or larger the paper the longer the transmission takes TSI The acronym for Transmitting Subscriber Identification which is the ID of a fax transmission terminal V34 A communication mode used for super G3 fax transmission Super G3 mode transmission may not be activated because of a telephone line status where the receiver s or sender s machine is connected to a telephone line via a pri vate branch exchange switchboard If this occurs the G3 mode should be disabled by turning V34 off Z Folded Original This function first determines the document size that cannot be detected cor rectly because of folds then scans and sends the document after the verifi cation This function is available only when a document is scanned by ADF 13 14 bizhub 652 552 14 1 Index by item 14 14 1 Index by item A Confidential RX 7 6 Activity report 8 12 Confidential RX report 8 25 Address Book 4 5 5 25 Connection of network cable 4 3 E mail 9 8 Contact your service representative 12 11 Fax 9 10 Control panel 3 3 FTP 9 14 Copy guard 10 12 Internet fax 9 19 IP address fax 9 18 Create user box PC 6 9 de Bulletin board user box 9 24 de e 9 5 Confidential user box 9 23 WebDAV 9 16 7 p ne 9 24 Address search LDAP eee A Advanced search 5 38 ao aie Date time 5 55 Sd
294. scanning excluding push scanning Default 120 sec e Touse the machine as a scanner from an application using TWAIN install the KONICA MINOLTA TWAIN driver software designed for that pur pose For details refer to the TWAIN driver manual in the bizhub 652 602 552 502 series DVD Default Scan Fax Set tings Configure the default settings settings selected when Reset is pressed for the Fax Scan mode screen 2 2 page Job List E Select job setting m ility gt User Settings gt Scan Fax Settings Job Setting Standard Utility High Quality y Color TIFF Type TIFFCTTNZ gt y 7 Graphic Outlining OFF aes High Compression 2 ES 01 06 2010 15 49 Memory 100 Item Description Compact PDF XPS Compression Level E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV Specify the compression level for saving data in the compact PDF or XPS for mat e High Quality Provides higher quality images but the data size becomes larger e Standard default Provides images of data size and quality of a mid lev el between High Quality and High Compression e High Compression Provides lower quality images but the data size be comes smaller Color TIFF Type E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV Select the compression level used for saving TIFF format data in color If you cannot open data saved with TIFF modified TAG selected change your se lection to TIFF TTN2 default Graphic O
295. screen e If the quick memory transmission has been selected selecting TX Stamp cancels the quick memory transmission Stamping TX Stamp Select TX Stamp in the Application screen Job List SPecify the settings an Setti gt Application Book Copy A Annotation 4 E Memory 5 60 bizhub 652 552 5 10 Scan Settings 5 5 10 16 Document Name E mail BOX SMB FTP WebDAV I FAX Enter the document name in the control panel 5 10 17 Separate Scan The scan operation can be divided into several sessions by types of originals for example when all pages of originals cannot be loaded into the ADF when the originals are placed on the original glass or when single sided originals and double sided originals are mixed To select this setting press Separate Scan to highlight it Job List E Specify the settings Scan Settings Scan Size E 88 200x200dpi Fine File Type Density PDF PDF Delete j Multi Page 4 Check Job Settings 4 DoJololo afolalelal 12 30 2009 17 17 Memory 100 Toner bizhub 652 552 5 61 5 Original Settings 5 11 5 11 Original Settings Specify the type of original that is loaded for example if it contains mixed page sizes or Z folded originals Job List E Specify the settings y Srisi ar Direction Settings EN O
296. ser authentication or account track settings have been applied press this key after entering the user name and password for user authentica tion or the account name and password for ac count track in order to use this machine Press this key to log off from the machine as well 19 Brightness dial Use this dial to adjust the brightness of the touch panel 20 User Box Press this key to enter User Box mode While the machine is in User Box mode the indi cator on the User Box key lights up in green For details refer to the User s Guide Box Opera tions 21 Fax Scan Press this key to enter Fax Scan mode While the machine is in Fax Scan mode the indi cator on the Fax Scan key lights up in green bizhub 652 552 3 1 Control panel 3 No Name Description 22 Copy Press this key to enter Copy mode The machine is in Copy mode in default While the machine is in Copy mode the indicator on the Copy key lights up in green For details re fer to the User s Guide Copy Operations A CAUTION e Do not apply extreme pressure to the touch panel otherwise the touch panel may be scratched or dam aged Never push down on the touch panel with force and never use a hard or pointed object to make a selection in the touch panel bizhub 652 552 3 5 3 Touch panel 3 2
297. sesdecscchas ideas E Jheeeasd oeslucecadias bun E E EE E 11 20 11 4 4 Direct PAE e aa a a a a a ade dado la tele i 11 21 11 4 5 SOME o le KEERT EE TE A 11 22 11 4 6 CUM Zu aa eee eee eee deh 11 22 11 5 Administrator Mode Overview ccsssseccccessseeceeeesseeeeneeessneeeeeeesseneaeeeeeeseneeeseessnnaaeeeessseeneeeeesees 11 23 11 5 1 Maintenance ia ei ence eth 11 23 11 5 2 SOMO OS iii tdi 11 24 11 5 3 DOCUNILY cian edie re bt a ae 11 25 11 5 4 User Authentication Account TraCk cococnnnocicicnnonccccnnnonncnnccnncnonnccnnncnnnnnnnn aran nnn cnn nnnnnnn nn an nnnncnnnnnnns 11 26 11 5 5 NS A O 11 27 11 5 6 User Boxes ceca il dara ill adds 11 28 11 5 7 Printer OTIS eei enerne errara cedaaceasecdenrasddeiuaspacasadcusscet iniiescesadeteasatecaustenade lay avdeaceracdea 11 29 11 5 8 Store Address A A Sete eek a ee ae ned ee eed oe 11 30 11 5 9 FAX SOtINGS O 11 31 11 5 10 Setting f r each pUIPOSE siii ia 11 32 12 1 2 Network fax or network SCAN sending ccooooccccccnnonccccnnnnnnnncnnconnnnncnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnn cnn a nnnnnnncn nn nnnnnncnarannnnnes 12 4 12 2 Cannot receive da taa 12 5 12 2 1 A ate ene eel ee Ags deen de eee eae ee 12 5 12 2 2 Network Ed cai o eh oh oe a lt te oh gaan a a Se aan dedos 12 6 12 3 Error messages displayed ea aaae ra ae ei data 12 7 12 3 1 GS A A E E thantasieccaeennestceaeien 12 7 12 3 2 If the HDD Ready indicator indicates an HDD malfunction s ssessesseessreerirerressrnsrrnnsinnnrinnerinnnrennne 12 7
298. settings to setup FTP destination To specify anonymous for User Name use Anonymous Enter New Address gt FTP Host Nane 4 E User Name A Anonymous Password A Detailed Settings i nan ANANN me E 12 30 2009 00 43 Memory 100 Specify the host name or IP address of the destination in the touch panel File Path Enter the path of the destination folder in the touch panel User Name Enter the login user name in the touch panel Press Anonymous to enter anonymous Password Enter the login password Detailed Settings Press this button to configure the more detailed settings Item Description Port Number Enter the port number PASV Specify whether to use the PASV mode Proxy Specify whether to use a proxy server Next Destination Press this button to continuously specify another destination 5 34 bizhub 652 552 5 6 Direct Input 5 6 8 WebDAV Enter the WebDAV address Job List E Enter settings to setup WebDAV destination rect Input gt WebDAV Next 0 Destinations A Ji poer a 1 MI Check Job Settings Z Cancel o mu 12 30 2009 00 44 MO TS Memory 100 1 Toner Host Name Specify the host name or IP address of the destination in the touch panel File Path Enter the path of the destin
299. ss fax or Internet fax is received and the received data is not supported it is dis carded and not printed For details refer to page 6 5 Internet fax or page 6 6 IP address fax bizhub 652 552 7 3 PC Fax RX G3 7 3 PC Fax RX G3 The PC Fax RX function saves a document received as a fax into Public Personal or Group User Box in the machine s internal hard disk The saved data can be printed or sent Memory RX User Box or any User Boxes specified are used as saving destination User Boxes 1000 2000 1 Sender 2 Original 3 Hard disk This function cannot be used together with the following functions Memory RX Fax Forwarding e TSI Distribution QA Reference For details on printing sending or deleting documents saved in User Boxes refer to the User s Guide Box Operationsj For details on PC Fax RX Setting refer to page 10 27 bizhub 652 552 7 4 TSI Distribution G3 7 7 4 TSI Distribution G3 Documents received with the fax ID of the sender TSI can be automatically distributed to the forwarding des tinations prepared for each sender The following destinations can be specified for forwarding o User Box E Mail Address FTP SMB WebDAV Sender Save in User Box User Box E mail distribution Mail server FTP distrib
300. ss is used for sending receiving data It is recommended that the E mail ad dress registered for the administrator be used If the E mail address registered for the administrator is not specified the sender s E mail address must be entered for each Scan to E mail operation Note that Scan to E mail operations are not possible if a From address is not entered Reference e If User Authentication is enabled the E mail address specified for each user will be From address QA Reference For details on setting the E mail address for this machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Connection of modular cable To send receive G3 fax that use the telephone line connect the modular cable to this machine To use the G3 fax function the optional Fax Kit FK 502 must be installed onto the machine To use two telephone lines one more optional Fax Kit FK 502 must be installed onto the machine In this case two modular cables must be connected Connect one end of the modular cable to the telephone adapter and the other end to the predetermined con nector of this machine The following illustration shows that two units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed TT IN T y bizhub 652 552 4 2 Store Address 4 4 2 Store Address The destinations recipients for fax or scan data can be regis
301. t Fax ES PC SMB 4 Delete Ob a Scan Settings ITALO Settings A 12 27 2009 15 49 LCD tienory 100 Language Selection A 5 6 bizhub 652 552 5 1 Operation flow 3 Job History p 5 37 Job List Select desired destination s x can be sent at any time using keypad Address Book ect Input j 0 taaaress Type Last PE0001 E mail LES tokyo abcd local Ppooo4 User Box 000000001 Ppo007 EEadar Mi PHODOD6 LA P10008 Check Job Settings 12 29 2009 16 37 Lo Memory 100 Communication Settings 4 Language Selection 3 Configure Scan Settings p 5 41 Original Settings p 5 62 and Communication Settings p 5 65 4 Load the original bizhub 652 552 Operation flow 5 1 5 1 3 To check the advanced preview press Proof Copy p 5 14 Press Start S ta r t Reference If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Password Copy is set to Yes in Administrator Settings when scanning an original with a password embedded a message prompting you to enter a password appears Press Password enter the password and then press OK On the screen that reappears press Begin Authentication to start sending If the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed and Security Details Copy Guard is set to Yes in Administrator Settings you cannot
302. t Setting Job Reset Next Job Reset Data After Job Specify whether to reset settings such as scan setting configured for sending faxes after sending jobs Reset All Resets all settings Reset Destination Only Resets only the destination settings Confirm with User Displays a message to confirm that you want to clear the settings Touch the button for the desired setting ministrator Settings gt Job Reset gt Next Job Job Setting Staple Setting OFF Original Set Bind Direction OFF ame m a Reset Settings Confirm with User Job Reset 01 06 2010 15 55 Memory 100 10 10 bizhub 652 552 10 3 Administrator Settings E mail Box SMB FTP WebDAV 1 0 10 3 4 System Settings Stamp Settings Header Footer Settings Configure the settings for the header footer to be inserted on all pages You can use the settings for the head er footer configured here for faxing scanning and printing In the Header Footer Setting window press New This brings up a screen that allows you to enter a new header footer gt Specify header footer settings Enter program name rear Name A utility Header Settings Footer Settings y weenie J C emer J as J y E J o ett ings Text Details Text Details J 01 06 2010 15 56 Cancel Memory 100 Item Description Name Use the touch panel to enter the name to be registered in the header footer using up to
303. t name and then select to enter an IP address the host name is cleared e If you enter the IP address and then press Input Host Name the IP ad dress is saved and displayed in the input screen e Before entering the host name check that the DNS settings are correctly specified For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator File Path Enter the destination file path for saving data via the touch panel up to 127 bytes User ID Enter the user ID for logging into the destination computer via the touch panel up to 63 bytes Password Enter the password for logging into the destination computer via the touch panel up to 63 characters anonymous If you do not want to specify the user ID for logging in to the host using the host name press ON PASV Select whether to use the PASV mode Proxy Select whether or not a proxy server is used Port Number Enter the port number any number between 1 and 65535 Index Select the index For a frequently used destination specify the index charac ters and select Favorites at the same time This allows you to find it more easily Icon Reference Select an icon e The selected icon is used for the image panel function that is available when the optional function code CAA is enabled o To check a registered destination select its registered name and then press Check Job Set To change the settings for a registered destination select
304. t panel in Scan Fax mode 1 Select desired destinations No oF 2 Check Job e Hane Status ME Mail ME Mail User Box Fax Tokyo Osaka Nagoya box1 fax1 WebDAV ad Adan amp 1 Fax WebDAV1 ip fax1 ifaxi Group Search i Scan Settings ETE _ SeeexAgs t Kare bi Language Selection 4 No Name Description 1 Job List Press this button to check the job currently being performed and the job log 2 Check Job Allows you to check information of the selected User Box and various settings of the scan print and transmission functions 3 8 bizhub 652 552 bizhub 652 552 3 2 Touch panel Job List HD A command to perform an operation such as saving data to a User Box or printing or sending saved docu ments is called a job Press Job List to display the job currently being performed Select desired destinations Check Job x can be sent at any time using keypad ect Input Job History user Hame Status Report Printing Off Hook ME Mail i MiE Mail Tokyo User Box Nagoya box1 WebDAV WebDAV1 Group Search amp scan Settings a ginal Settings E Seeesngsa ion Job Details 4 gt 12 23 2009 21 52 Toner a e 00 Job List Delete Press this button to delete the job in process to cancel the operation Select the job from the job list and then press Delete Check the message that appears and delete the job Select desired destinations Fax can
305. talled to a computer Windows Vista 7 Server 2008 Server 2008 R2 on the network while the computer recognizes this machine scan operation can be commanded from the computer and data can be scanned using this machine depending on the purpose and sent to the computer 1 Windows Vista 7 Server 2008 Server 2008 R2 2 Command scan operation 3 Scanned data 4 Original 2 2 2 Available operations with fax function Sending receiving G3 fax G3 fax can be sent or received Destinations can be selected from the touch panel of this machine for broad cast transmission Also some of the edit functions that are available for Scan can be added when sending a fax 1 2 1 Send 2 Receive 2 10 bizhub 652 552 2 2 Overview 2 Polling By sending a polling command original data can be received from the sender s fax machine Polling RX and also original data to be sent with sender s command can be registered beforehand Polling TX For polling TX data can be saved either in the Polling Transmission User Box or Bulletin Board User Box h 1 Receive 2 Send 3 Bulletin board 4 View 5 Register 6 Polling bizhub 652 552 2 11 Overview 2 2 2 2 3 Available operations with Network function Internet Fax Scanned data will be sent and received as an E mai
306. tem Description Name Use the touch panel to enter the program name using up to 24 characters Address Allows you to select one destination Select a destination from Address Book or enter it directly e If Confirm Address Register is ON a screen for entering a fax number again appears after you specify a fax destination in the Direct Input tab and press OK Enter the fax number and then press OK e For details on the Confirm Address function refer to page 10 23 URL Notif Destination Allows you to specify the destination to be notified by E mail when a User Box in the main unit FTP SMB or WebDAV job has finished Select a desti nation from Address Book or enter it directly Reference If you register a program with the destination selected in the Fax Scan mode screen a document name is automatically registered in Check Program Settings Check E mail Settings Document Name If you select the program to send data the registered document name always becomes the name of data file Note that if the recipient has a file of the same name the file is overwritten 9 22 bizhub 652 552 9 2 One Touch User Box Registration Check Program Settings Press this key to check the contents of a registered program After checking them press Close 9 2 14 Job List ICAO you wish to check Broadcast Destinations Check Address A 1 Derete j Toner Item 1
307. tered It can be registered in either of the fol lowing ways Using the touch panel of the machine e Using PageScope Web Connection from a computer on the network 4 2 1 Address Book The following types of one touch destinations can be registered For details on address book registration refer to page 9 3 E Mail User Box Fax PC SMB FTP WebDAV IP Address Fax Internet fax transmission Reference Up to 2000 one touch destinations can be registered with the address book e Web service destinations cannot be registered with an address book Select Direct Input Web Serv ice to specify the displayed destination 4 2 2 Group Multiple destination addresses can be grouped and registered as a Group This is convenient for sending data to multiple destinations simultaneously Reference Up to 100 groups can be registered for Fax Scan function bizhub 652 552 4 5 Optional settings 4 3 Optional settings The following settings can be configured as necessary Fax Scan programs The destination and scan settings can be registered together as a single program This is convenient for fre quently scanning documents and sending data under the same conditions Use the touch panel of the ma chine to configure the settings Reference e Up to 400 typical programs and up to 10 Temporary One Touch destinations can be registered QQ Reference For details refer to page 9 22 Custom display Con
308. the fax ID Sender Name The name of a sender On the receiver s side the name is printed as a part of the sender s information at the edge of the transmitted document Sending Sending indicates making a call For fax sending indicates sending docu ments or dialing for pollings Sharpness A function to enhance the edge of characters before sending the document Sub scanning direction The vertical direction for scanning documents Super G3 SG3 A G3 communication mode complying with ITU T V 34 Compared with usual G3 communication it allows the higher rate transmission up to 33 600bps Temporary forward transmission A function of manually forwarding the received document that is standby for output by using the setting check button on the control panel The function must be set while the fax scan screen is displayed or the operation is halted because of paper misfeed or running out of paper Timer TX A function of transmitting a fax at the specified time It is used to save cost by transmitting faxes late evening or early morning when discount telephone service is available bizhub 652 552 13 13 13 Fax Glossary 13 5 Term Description Transmission reservation A function of programming the next transmission during transmission or printing Transmission source record The transmission time name telephone number page number and other in formation on the sender
309. the outside line at PBX connection Setting Report Settings Configure the setting for a report for example Activity Report to be output when sending or receiving data Multi Line Set Specify the parameters and functions of the extended line tings e This item is displayed when a line is extended Network Fax Set Configure the setting to use network fax ting Header Informa Registers sender information and fax number when sending data tion Fax Print Quality Specify whether to correct a received G3 fax according to the resolution Settings e The low resolution means 200 dpi x 100 dpi 200 dpi x 200 dpi or 300 dpi x 300 dpi and the high resolution means 400 dpi x 400 dpi bizhub 652 552 11 31 1 1 Administrator Mode Overview 115 11 5 10 Setting for each purpose For an item with multiple settings required configure them according to the instructions shown in the win dow The available setting items are as follows e Configure the settings for sending a scanned document Configure the network print settings Restrict users using this machine Be Marita 2 Sp Ready to Scan 2 KA Display To Main Menu Wizard wird o O The setup required for the selected workflow can be accomplished through the wizard Wizard The setup is performed according to the procedure outlined in the operation objective Setup is completed Please select a setting TX Setting for scan documents C Network print settings C R
310. thentication by the POP server is then permitted to use the SMTP server This method prevents third parties without permission to use the mail server from sending mail messages Port Number A number used to identify the transmission port assigned to each process running on a computer on the network The same port cannot be used by multiple processes Preview A function allowing you to view an image before being processed for printing or scanning Printer driver Software that works as a bridge between a computer and a printer Property Attribute information When using a printer driver various functions can be specified in the file properties By using properties of a file you can check the attribute information about the file Protocol A rule enabling a computer to communicate with other computers or periph erals Proxy server A server that is installed to act as an intermediary connection between each client and different servers to effectively ensure security over the entire sys tem for Internet connections RAW port number ATCP port number used when the RAW protocol is selected for Windows or other TCP printing The RAW port number is usually set to 9100 realm IPP setting An area used for allowing security functions The area is used to organize user names passwords and other authentication information and define the security policy in the area Referral setting LDAP setting If
311. this machine Reference You may not be able to add a digital signature or you may be forced to add a digital signature depend ing on the S MIME communication settings QA Reference For details on the S MIME Communication Settings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator bizhub 652 552 5 73 5 Communication Settings 5 12 5 12 7 Fax Header Settings G3 IP I FAX Specify whether to attach sender information TTI when sending documents Select the sender name from the sender name list ECO io a Serting other than the default No ender Set as Default i73 02 test fax02 Line 2 sa 03 test fax03 vod MEE Toner Muma one yal Reference To register the contents of the header information to be added to the original use Header Information in Administrator Settings For details refer to page 10 16 To register how the header information will be added use Header Footer Position in Administrator Settings For details refer to page 10 17 If two units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed you can configure Fax Header Settings for each line For details refer to page 10 20 5 74 bizhub 652 552 5 13 Redialing G3 IP 5 5 13 5 13 1 5 13 2 5 13 3 Redialing G3 IP Redialing refers to the operation to dial to the same destination again If a fax cannot be sent for example because the recipient s line is busy th
312. tility Manage Copy Protect Data Manage Stamp Data amManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments Reference If Account Track is enabled also enter the account name and password To select a user name from a list click User List e If External Server Authentication is enabled select a server To log in to the user mode as an administrator select Administrator Administrator User Mode and enter the administrator password e If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and a user enters an incorrect password the specified number of times that user will be locked out and will no longer be able to use the machine Contact your administrator to cancel operation restrictions User List is available only when User Name List is set to ON For details refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations bizhub 652 552 11 11 1 1 Logging in and logging out 11 2 Logging in to administrator mode To configure the system or network setting log in to the administrator mode 1 Select Administrator and then click Login SP SE Web Connection KONICA MINOLTA Language os Language Os Language i v Login Public User Administrator View Mode C Flash HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form fer ayeg Se User Assist Display d
313. ting a device connect ed to the network for automatic configuration Previously called Rendez vous and has been changed to Bonjour since Mac OS X v10 4 Byte A byte indicates a unit of information data quantity handled by a computer or printer A byte consists of eight bits Client A computer using services provided by servers via the network Compact PDF A compression method for minimizing the data size using the PDF format used for digitalizing color documents Compact PDF allows high compression performance by identifying the text and image regions and applying the resolution and compression method op timized for each region The compact PDF method can be selected in this machine when using the scanning function to digitalize documents Contrast The difference in intensity between the light and dark parts of the image light dark variation Low contrast indicates an image with little light dark variation while High contrast an image with large light dark variation CSV The acronym for Comma Separated Values which is one of the formats used for saving database or spreadsheet data as a text file The file extension is csv Data can be shared among different applications by being separated by commas as the delimiter Default An initial setting The settings selected in advance and enabled when the ma chine is turned on or the settings selected in advance and enabled when the fu
314. tings Job p 10 10 2 2 2 Stamp 1 Header Footer Settings p 10 11 Settings gt Fax TX Settings p 10 15 9 Ad Original Direction Confirmation Screen p 10 12 vanced Preview Setting bizhub 652 552 10 5 10 Menu tree in Administrator mode 10 2 10 2 2 Fax Settings Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Administrator Settings gt Fax Settings 3 Line Parameter Setting 4 TX RX Settings Po Header 1 Information Sition 1 2 x ESET 6 PBX Connection Setting 4 4 as gt os 4 Job Settings 8 List A Multi Line Es Settings A 4 5 Function Settings A 01 07 2010 Memory First level 13 44 100 Second level 0 Network Fax Settings 4A Third level Fourth level 1 Header Infor mation p 10 16 Sender Sender Fax No 2 Header Footer Position p 10 17 Header Position Print Receiver s Name Not displayed for North American or Hong Kong models Footer Position 3 Line Parameter Setting p 10 19 1 3 Dialing Method Receive Mode Number of RX Call Rings Number of Redials Redial Interval 2 3 Line Monitor Sound 3 3 Line Monitor Sound Vol 4 TX RX Settings p 10 20 1 3 Duplex Print RX Letter Ledger over A4 A3 Print Paper Selection Print Paper Size Incorrect User Box N
315. tion Date Format Select the format to display the date Time Format Specify whether to add the time and select the format to display the time Pages Select whether to print the date and time on all pages or the first page only Print Position Print Position Select the print position Fine Tune To fine adjust the print position press Adjust Po sition Specify the shift length of the print position to the left right top or bottom using a value be tween 1 16 and 1 15 16 inches 0 1 and 50 0 mm Text Details Text Color Select the printing color from black red blue green yellow cyan or magenta e Data is printed in black and white in this ma chine Text Size Select the size 8 pt 10 pt 12 pt 14 pt in which text is printed Text Type Select the font type from Times Roman or Helvet ica bizhub 652 552 5 55 Scan Settings 5 10 Page Number Add page numbers to all pages of the document Job List T Use the keypad to enter the starting page number and the starting chapter number Press x to switch between and an Settings gt Stamp Composition gt Page Number Destinations E Startins Page Page Number Type A e Starting Chapter Number 1 1 100 100 PST Chapter Check Job Settings 12 30 2009 17 12 Memory 100 Toner LELLI Item Description Starting Page Numb
316. tion Item Network Fax Settings E Specify the self reception capabilities for Internet faxing Administrator Settings gt Network Fax Setting gt Internet Fax Self RX Ability Sper eestor Paper Size Resolution Administrator Settings Fax Settings 01 07 2010 13 16 Memory 100 Description Compression Type Select the compression type of a fax job the machine can receive Paper Size Select the paper size for a fax job the machine can receive Resolution Select the resolution of a fax job the machine can receive Internet Fax Advanced Settings I FAX This item appears if the Internet fax function is available You can configure detailed settings for Internet fax es 1 2 page Select item and enter setting Item Administrator Settings Rest 10 Response Fax Settings Monitoring rome 24 hours Do Not Monitor 1 99 i 400x4600dpi Settings 01 07 2010 13 16 Memory 100 Description MDN Request Specify whether to request for an MDN to the recipient machine when send ing a fax e f both MDN Request and DSN Request are set to Yes the setting for MDN Request is given priority DSN Request Select whether to request for a DSN to the recipient machine when sending a fax MDN Response Select whether to respond to an MDN request from the recipient machine when receiving a fax MDN DSN Response Mon
317. tion ment A 100 0 Text Enhance 0000Mm000 D Text Photo Glossy Photo a Dot Matrix Original Bi Copied Paper 08 17 2010 12 53 Memory 100 This symbol indicates a desired page bizhub 652 552 1 5 Conventions used in this manual 1 2 1 2 2 AR Reference This symbol indicates a reference View the reference as required Key symbols Key names on the touch panel or computer screen or a name of user s guide are indicated by these brackets Bold text This presents a key name part name product name or option name on the control panel Original and paper indications Original and paper sizes The following explains the indication for originals and paper described in this manual When indicating the original or paper size the Y side represents the width and the X side the length Original and paper indications ta indicates the paper size with the length X being longer than the width Y W indicates the paper size with the length X being shorter than the width Y 1 6 bizhub 652 552 2 Before using the Network Scan Fax Network Fax functions 2 1 Information 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 Before using the Network Scan Fax Network Fax functions This section describes necessary information you should be aware of before using the fax and scan functions of this machine Information
318. tion Entering the fax number twice prevents one from entering incorrect destinations e When Confirm Address TX is enabled you cannot specify a destination using Off Hook You cannot specify the fax address using Job History either Confirm Address Regis When the user specify a fax destination when the user registers a program ter G3 configures the fax forwarding settings or registers a one touch destination the user must enter the destination twice for confirmation By entering twice you can prevent the destination from being incorrectly entered Memory RX Setting Specify whether to use Memory RX Setting function To use the function specify a password for print Press No to clear the entered setting and then specify a password using the keypad up to 8 digits Use the keypad to enter the password ministrator Settings gt Function Settings gt Memory RX Settings Memory RX User Box Password Utility Administrator Settings Fax Settings Function Settings Lane 01 07 2010 11 39 Memory 100 The following screen is displayed if two units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed and Individual Receiving Line Setup is set to ON in Administrator Settings 10 24 bizhub 652 552 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 4 0 Press Yes and then specify a password using the keypad up to 8 digits ES Select Memory RX Use the keypad to enter the password 4 Administrator Settin
319. tion to multiple destinations is reserved You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Timer Reservation TX Report in the Utility menu Sequence Polling Rx Reserved Report P 1 10 12 2010 18 12 1 Serial No 59 saressee f esse start Time prims tote 10 12 18 12 10 12 23 00 TR POL Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit THR Tar POL Poll ORG Original FHE Frame Erase TX MIX Mixed Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FOODE F Code RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax 8 24 bizhub 652 552 8 4 Report printed for G3 fax 8 8 4 9 8 4 10 Confidential Rx Report Printed automatically when a confidential document is received You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Confidential Rx Report in the Utility menu RRi P 1 10 12 2010 20 20 Serial No 1 63 Start Tine Prints Result Mote 222393444555 10 12 20 20 001 001 ox tr MBX Bonos Note Lt Main Circuit 12 Sub Circuit THR Timer POL Poll ORG Original FWE Frame Erase TX E pinea Sisma CALL Manual Communication K CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX Special Original FCODE F Code Re Tx RLY Relay MBX Confidential BU pulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax j FAX Internet Fax o 1 85 itch ore Result pi EA A A pa
320. tions such as destination transmission time memory transmission or resolution and are stored in the same memory Baudrate Baudrate indicates for the fax the transmission rate of a modem This machine can communicate at a high transmission rate of 33 600bps When selecting overseas communication mode the machine communicates at 7200bps or 4800bps a rate suitable for noise resistance Binding Position A function to specify the binding position of a double sided document when it is sent using ADF Two types of binding positions are available for a double sided document One is the top and bottom binding with the binding position at the top or bottom of the document The other is left and right binding with the binding position at the left or right of the document Note that the second side of the document has a different top or bottom relation Book Copy A function of when sending a fax of a book or catalog separating the front cover back cover right pages and left pages into individual pages bps The acronym for bit per second which is a unit of data transmission indicating the amount of data transmit ted per second Broadcast A transmission of a single document to many recipients in one operation Bulletin board A function of posting documents to be viewed or stores the documents to be transmitted via polling Check Dest 8 Send A function to send a fax after comparing the specified fax number
321. to another destination In the Job List Job Details screen press the Receive tab Select the job that you want to forward and press Forward Specify the destination and press Start to complete the job 6 6 bizhub 652 552 6 6 Printing upon data reception 6 6 6 6 6 1 6 6 2 Printing upon data reception When a document is received the paper size of the received document is compared with the paper size in the paper tray and the document is printed either by being reduced to the specified zoom ratio or to the size that the document fits the paper size to be printed If the machine is configured to print received documents in the same magnification received documents are printed in full size regardless the paper size setting of the received documents Printing at reduced size When a standard size document is received it is printed according to the zoom ratio specified for the paper size Default 96 Original Received document Reducethe size ac cording to the setting of Min Re duction for RX Print QQ Reference For details on the zoom ratio setting refer to page 10 20 Printing at reduced size to fit the paper size to be printed If a document size longer than the standard size is received the optimal paper size is determined based on the width and length of the received document and printed accordingly If the optimal size paper is not load ed in
322. tomatically allowing you to print the trans mission log reception log or both of the transmission and reception log each as needed Printing interval can be selected from Daily Every 100 Comm 100 Daily in Administrator Settings of the Utility menu If you have specified the output timing of activity reports to Daily or 100 Daily specify the report output times accordingly Press Job List gt Job Details gt Send gt Job History gt Comm List gt Fax TX List or Fax RX List to print the following reports e TX Report e RX Report e Activity Report TX Result Report The result of transmission is printed automatically Select the print timing G3 I FAX IP from ON If TX Fails or OFF in Administrator Settings of the Utility menu Polling TX Report The result of polling transmission is printed automatically if TX Result Re G3 port is set to ON or If TX Fails in Report Settings of the Utility menu Polling RX Report The result of polling reception is printed automatically if TX Result Report is G3 set to ON or If TX Fails in Report Settings in the Utility menu Sequential Polling RX The result of polling transmission to multiple destinations is printed automat Report ically if Sequential TX Report is set to ON in Report Settings of the Utility G3 menu Broadcast Report This report is printed automatically upon completion of a sequential broad G3 1 FAX 1P cast tra
323. ts of the document saved or received from each function copy print scan User Box or fax can be stored in the Hard Disk Applicable lines Subscribed telephone lines including facsimile communication networks PBX lines Scanning line density Ultra Fine 600 dpi x 600 dpi Super Fine 16 dot mm x 15 4 line mm 400 dpi x 400 dpi Fine 8 dot mm x 7 7 line mm 200 dpi x 200 dpi Normal 8 dot mm x 3 85 line mm Faxes are transmitted at any of the above scanning line densities according to the capabilities of a recipient s machine Baud rate G3 2400 4800 7200 9600 1 2000 1 4400 1 6800 1 9200 2 1600 24000 26400 28800 31200 33600 bps Maximum scanning size Original glass 17 x 11 11 16 inches 432 x 297 mm 11 x 17 A3 size ADF 11 11 16 x 39 3 8 inches 297 x 1000 mm Maximum recording size 16 9 16 x 11 11 16 inches 420 x 297 mm 11 x 17 A3 size You cannot receive originals in excess of 39 3 8 inches 1000 mm in size When originals longer than the paper size in trays have been received print ing is made based on the settings of the Page Separation setting bizhub 652 552 13 3 13 Tips 13 2 13 2 Tips 13 2 1 Telling the machine to make a scan through a computer Web service You can tell the machine to scan originals through a computer and receive scanned data The following is an example of procedure for scanning originals via Windows Photo Gallery Reference e
324. ts via the intranet in house network and the Internet MDN The acronym for Message Disposition Notifications a message sent to confirm that the mail has been unsealed a response to a sender when the sender requests for doing so POP3 The acronym for Post Office Protocol Version 3 a commonly used transmission protocol transmission convention for the transmission and reception of E mail POP3 has functions including mail box authentication E mail download list information check and E mail deletion SMTP The acronym for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol a commonly used transmission protocol transmission convention for the transmission and reception of E mail 13 10 bizhub 652 552 Fax Glossary 13 Fax Glossary This section describes the general terms used in the fax communications Explanations may be given of the terms of functions that are not included in this machine Term Description Address Book A function of registering frequently used fax numbers of recipients When registering abbreviated addresses you should also register the destination name and the search string so that you can specify the destination using the search string to select Background Removal A function to adjust the shading of background color before sending the doc ument Batch transmission A function to send documents as one document at a specified time if the documents have the same transmission condi
325. tting to insert the text as text Outline PDF Configure this item when Compact PDF is selected for the file type This function performs outline process ing for characters ensuring a smooth display image It is also available when editing data using an application such as Adobe Illustrator MA Reference This function enables you to specify the accuracy of outline processing when creating an outline PDF For details refer to page 9 28 i Select the document file type fo het You can also select single page or i hisis ed to fax transmi n Scan Settings gt File Type Broadcast Destinations JPEG Compact XPS Page Separation Detailed PDF Settings A ESTOY 837 ona tT E Rain sais 12 30 2009 01 39 Memory 100 bizhub 652 552 5 47 Scan Settings 5 10 5 10 5 Density Adjust the density for the scanned document e To adjust the density press Light or Dark Press Standard to return to default value i Select desired density for the scanned JobList document Scan Settings gt Density Broadcast Destinations cojan pD Light Standard 12 30 2009 01 40 Memory 100 5 10 6 Color E mail BOX SMB FTP WebDAV IP I FAX Job List Select color type Scan Settings gt Color Broadcast Destinations Full Color 2e 22 fod Gray Scale Delete E Check Job
326. ub 652 552 10 13 1 0 Administrator Settings G3 10 4 10 4 Administrator Settings G3 This section describes administrator settings that are configured for G3 Fax TX The descriptions in this sec tion also apply to Network Fax 10 4 1 System Settings Power Save Settings Select the condition on which the machine shifts to the power save mode Touch the button for the desired setting Administrator Settings gt System Settings gt Power Save Settings Job Setting Seeing Mode 15 min Sleep Mode Settings A 20 min Utility Administrator Immediately Auto Power OFF Settings oF System Settings 08 26 2010 11 23 Memory 100 Item Description Enter Power Save Select the condition on which the machine shifts to the power save mode Mode e Normal When a fax is received during the power save mode the fax job is printed After a predetermined time has elapsed the machine shifts to the power save mode e Immediately default When a fax is received during the power save mode the fax job is printed and then the machine immediately shifts to the power save mode 10 4 2 System Settings Output Settings Print Fax Output Settings Fax Specify the printing method for RX documents Batch Print default Printing is started after all documents are received e Page Print Printing is made each time a page of document is received E Touch the button for the desire
327. uit TMR Timer POL Poll ORG Original ye Frame Erase TX HIX Wima Original CALL Manual caos CSRC CSRC FWD Forward SP Special Original FCODE F C RTX Re Tx RLY Relay MBX E confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP adress rk 1 FAX Internet Fax result p page ep orr Litt feet riage sf KTA ee ee Hie Da Aia AO Be eMe EEr O ctrl el na eee Ad Broadcast Report Printed automatically when a sequential broadcast transmission is completed You can enable or disable this report to be printed in Sequential TX Report in the Utility menu In addition you can specify the printing timing All Destinations Each Destination in Broadcast Result Report Broadcast Report P 1012 200 16 Serial No ddressee start Tine Tine Prints Resuit Note o y 10 12 16 35 00 jentvone ox L1 ORG Kito Office 10 12 16 35 00 001 001 12 ORG Note Li Main Circuit L2 Sub Circuit e Tiner POL fol 0 ORG Original FME Frame Erase TX MIX Wind Original CALL Manual Communication CSRC FWD Forward PC PC FAX BND Bind SP Special Original FCODE F Code RTX Rem RLY Relay MBX Confidential BUL Bulletin SIP SIP Fax IPADR IP Address Fax I FAX Internet Fax i ae SORT LT de iki he Apt ae Fite e JenvED Quer cie PENA oa Henor PERUA Sory pat cobrar bizhub 652 552 8 3 Reports lists commonly used among G3 IP I FAX 8 8 3 4 Job Settings List Print the job s
328. uments to be transmitted through polling reservation in the sender s machine This is convenient when communication costs are to be borne by the receiver For details on Polling RX refer to page 5 70 This function cannot be used together with the following functions Quick Memory TX Frame Erase Scan Size Total of Pages Quick Memory TX Mixed Original Z Folded Original Long Original Binding Position Confidential transmission Relay request Polling TX Overseas TX ECM OFF Password TX V 34 OFF Bulletin board registration Bulletin board polling reception bizhub 652 552 7 9 Bulletin G3 7 8 Bulletin G3 A function to register a bulletin board and to register a posting documents to be viewed To register a bulletin board first register the Bulletin Board User Box and then save the document by specifying the Bulletin Board User Box number Documents posted on the bulletin board can be taken out deleted or printed by accessing through the Bul letin Board User Box 1 View 2 Register 3 Bulletin board 4 Polling QA Reference For details on registering and operating the Bulletin Board User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Opera tionsj bizhub 652 552 7 9 Fax transmission using extension lines G3 7 7 9 Fax transmission using extension lines G3 If two units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are installed different functionality can be specified to the second line
329. upper limit of seven jobs to be displayed at one time press these but tons to display other jobs Timer TX Job Displays the status of the reserved transmission in the memory To delete a job press Delete L1 L2 Displays if 2 units of the Fax Kit FK 502 are in stalled Press one of these buttons The job list of the selected line appears Delete Press this button to delete the selected job Redial Select a job of which the status is set to Waiting To Redial to perform redialing Check Job Set Press this button to check the settings of the se lected job Press either Back or Forward gt to check the settings Detail Reference Press this button to check the registration source user name file name destination type destination stored time transmission number of original pages and external server information for the selected job To delete a job press Delete e f user authentication settings have been ap plied the names of documents are not dis played for other users e The names of confidential documents are not displayed e The external server information that is available by pressing Detail appears only when using external server authentication e TWAIN appears for the job that is sent via Web service e Communication is displayed only when the destination is a fax Internet fax or IP address fax e When user authentication settings a
330. ution FTP server Shared folder distribution 9 SMB server 10 WebDAV distribution 11 WebDAV server ONOOaRKRWND Reference o The received document is printed if it could not be distributed successfully If a forwarding User Box is not found the setting of Action when TSI User Box is not set determines the subsequent process Up to 128 locations can be registered for forwarding destination TSI QA Reference For details on TSI User Box Settings refer to page 10 28 bizhub 652 552 7 5 Confidential RX G3 7 5 Confidential RX G3 A function to transmit an original between you and specific persons using the Confidential User Box Sending an original to a Confidential User Box of the recipient machine is referred to as confidential transmission and receiving an original in a Confidential User Box of your machine is referred to as confidential reception This function is available only if the recipient s machine is capable of handling F code 1 Send 2 Confidential user box 3 Receive Settings required for confidential reception To receive data by confidential reception create a User Box to be used for confidential reception in this ma chine The setting for confidential reception can be configured when creating a Public Personal or Group User Box in the hard disk of this machine QQ Referenc
331. utlining E mail Box SMB This function enables you to specify the accuracy of outline processing when creating an outline PDF FTP WebDAV Scanned document data is separated into text and image and image is sub jected to outline processing Specify the level of outline processing from OFF to HIGH The outlining level becomes higher in the order of LOW MIDDLE and HIGH If OFF is specified the image will not be outlined bizhub 652 552 9 29 9 User Settings 9 3 9 30 bizhub 652 552 1 0 Administrator Mode Settings 10 1 Configuration before use 10 10 10 1 10 1 1 10 1 2 10 1 3 10 1 4 10 1 5 Administrator Mode Settings Configure Fax Scan settings in the Administrator mode Configuration before use E mail Before using E mail transmission or Internet Fax configure the following items This section introduces basic items Also refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator for details The E mail address of the administrator TCP IP Setting E Mail TX SMTP QA Reference For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator User Box Before saving data in User Boxes configure the following items For details on saving data in a User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Operations Create User Box QQ Reference For details on the procedure for configuring settings for it refer to the User s Guide Box Operations SMB Before us
332. utton to continuously specify another destination 5 32 bizhub 652 552 5 6 Direct Input 5 5 6 6 PC SMB Enter the PC SMB address job List Select iten and enter the PC SHB dest Touch Browse to browse the network Enter New Address gt PC SMB E Es Broadcast Destinations Host Nane 1 MI Check Job Settings A i He OK a 12 30 2009 00 42 Ce Memory 100 1 Toner Host Name Specify the host name in uppercase letters or IP address for the destination with the panel File Path Enter the path to the destination folder in uppercase letters with the panel User Name Enter the login user name in the touch panel Password Enter the login user password in the touch panel Reference You can check the folder configuration on the destination computer You can directly specify the destination folder if necessary Next Destination Press this button to continuously specify another destination Reference e Using the Reference function a maximum of 512 destinations can be detected If Publication Service is set to Enabled a maximum of 512 destinations including the number detect ed by Publication Service can be detected bizhub 652 552 5 33 5 Direct Input 5 6 5 6 7 FTP Enter the PC FTP address Host Name Toner Job List Broadcast Destinations Check J Setting Enter
333. vailable when the optional Fax Kit FK 502 is installed 11 5 7 Printer Settings Se Administrator Logout 2 Ready to Scan 2 Display To Main Menu gt PCL Setting PDL Setting Auto PS Setting Paper Tray Auto gt TIFF Setting Output Tray Tray 2 Y gt XPS Settings 2 Sided Print OFF Y Bind Direction Left Bind gt Interface Setting 7 z 5 Staple OFF x gt Direct Print Settings Punch OFF a p OFF o Assign oe to Acquire biaparae Gare o Default Paper Size 81 2 x 11 v Original Direction Portrait v Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP on Y Banner Sheet Setting OFF mi Banner Sheet Paper Tray Auto No Matching Paper in Tray Setting Stop Printing Tray Fixed vw A4IA3 lt gt LTR LGR Auto Switch OFF v Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority Line Width Adjustment Thin Gray Background Text Correction ON OK Cancel Item Description Basic Setting Specify the default values of the printer PCL Setting Specify the default values in the PCL mode PS Setting Specify the default values in the PS mode TIFF Setting Configure paper settings for TIFF mode XPS Settings Configure the XPS print settings Interface Setting Specify the timeout period of the interface Direct Print Set Configure the settings to enable direct printing using PageScope Web Connection tings Assign Account Select whether to specify a password to acquire device information through the to Acquire Devic
334. with the fax number information of the recipient CSI Only when those numbers match the function sends the fax If the numbers are not matched a trans mission error occurs Therefore this prevents misdirected transmissions The sender s fax number must be correctly registered with recipient s machine Closed Network RX A function to accept only transmissions from recipient machines with a matching password Confidential communi cation A function to transmit a document to specific persons you want them to read it Documents sent via confidential communication are not printed when re ceived and are saved in a confidential box of the recipient s fax machine The document can be printed by some specific operation such as entering the access code for the confidential box Default value Asetting value configured for the machine prior to shipment from the factory Some default values can be changed by using the settings menu It is con venient to set a frequently used value to the default value according to your application Dialing Method Three types are provided for Dialing methods PB push button dialing 10PPS pulse dialing 10 pps and 20PPS pulse dialing 20 pps ECM Error Correction Mode ECM is the error resending method used for G3 communication ECM checks whether the data is correctly sent to the destination and should it be not the case ECM resends the same data while maintains the seria
335. x 5 30 Fax active screen 9 27 Fax header settings 5 74 Fax retransmit 5 75 Fax settings 11 31 F code transmission 5 73 File name 2 6 File path 5 33 5 34 5 35 File type 5 43 Footer position 6 13 Forward 7 3 Forward TX setting 10 26 Frame erase 5 51 5 53 From 5 67 FTP transmission 2 8 Function settings 10 23 10 33 G3 fax 2 10 Group 4 5 5 26 H Header information 10 16 Header footer 5 58 Header footer position 10 17 Header footer settings 10 11 Host name 5 33 5 34 5 35 How to access PageScope Web Connection 11 3 Icon 3 6 Image adjustment 5 50 5 51 Incomplete TX hold 10 27 Index 5 28 Information 11 19 In memory proxy reception 6 6 Internet fax 2 12 Internet fax advanced settings 10 41 Internet fax RX error report 8 28 Internet fax self RX ability 10 41 IP address 5 32 IP address fax 2 13 J Job 11 20 Job history 5 37 Job list 3 9 Job settings list 8 15 10 32 L Left panel 3 8 Limiting access to destinations apply levels groups to destinations 9 24 Line parameter setting 10 19 10 32 Line settings 5 65 Lists 8 4 Logging in 11 5 Logging out 11 5 Long original 5 62 M Maintenance 11 23 Manual redialing 5 75 Manual RX dedicated telephone line 6 4 Manual transmission 5 40 MDN message 10 39 Memory RX 7 3 Memory RX setting 10 24 Menu tree 5 19 9 3 10 5 Mixed original 5 62 Modular cable 4 4 Multi line settings 10 32 10 33 N y Network 11 27 Network fax sett
336. x if Memory RX Setting is enabled in the Utility menu The saved documents can be printed as needed QA Reference For details on printing documents saved in the Memory RX User Box refer to the User s Guide Box Opera tionsj Reference When a document in TIFF Profile C format is received the data is discarded and not printed When the sender is a Konica Minolta model if Mode 2 is specified for the IP address fax operation Color is specified for the destination machine type and Full Color or Gray Scale is specified for the color setting then the data is sent in the TIFF Profile C format and the received data is discarded and not printed e For the settings of a Konica Minolta model file formats used for transmission and whether the data can be printed with this machine refer to page 10 42 In memory proxy reception In memory proxy reception When it is unable to print a received document due to paper jamming running short of consumables or other reasons data is saved in the memory until the machine is ready to print it again This function is referred to as In memory proxy reception e After recovering from trouble such as paper jamming the saved reception document is printed auto matically o This function may not be available if the memory is full Forwarding of job after in memory proxy reception G3 If the machine is unable to recover from trouble the job stored in the memory can be forwarded
337. xed Original Broadcast Destinations Z Folded Original Direction Settings No of Dest 000 E 1 1 O q A wee _ Check Job Settings 12 29 2009 21 Toner III First level 31 07 Memory 100 Original Direction a 00 E A A Binding Position Despeckle Second level Third level Fourth level Special Original Mixed Original p 5 62 Z Folded Original p 5 62 Long Original p 5 62 Direction Set Original Direction p 5 62 tings Binding Position p 5 63 Total of Pages Quick Memory TX p 5 63 Despeckle p 5 64 5 22 bizhub 652 552 5 3 Fax scan mode menu tree 5 Communication Settings The following settings can be configured with the Communication Settings tab page 5 65 Job List Specify the settings No of 000 Communication Settings Broadcast Destinations URL Notification Setting wo Sad E Mail Encryption Digital Signature Delete Fax Header Settings Check Job Settings 12 29 2009 21 34 Memory 100 Toner ae First level Second level Third level Fourth level Line Settings Overseas TX p 5 65 p 5 65 ECM OFF p 5 65 V 34 OFF p 5 65 Check Dest amp Send p 5 66 Select Line p 5 66 E Mail Settings Document Name p 5 66
338. y modes Tab Function Display and List Func tion Display This manual shows an example where the List Function Display is set For details refer to page 11 14 11 5 1 Maintenance Le Administrator Logout 221 Se Ready to Scan CAR wera caaninmoso 2 Depay To Main Menu ROM Version Total E Total Duplex 0 PASPA of Originals 0 Status Notification Setting of Used Paper 0 Total Counter Notification Copy Counter eating Total 11 gt Date Time Setting Large Size 10 Timer Setting Print Counter Network Error Code Display Total o Setting Large Size o Reset Scan Fax Counter License Settings Print Scans Edit Font Macro Ml jo o Large Size 0 0 Fax TX 0 Fax RX 0 Paper Size Type Counter Paper Size Paper Type Count iE hee a Not Specified 0 8 1 2 x 14 Not Specified 0 812 x 11 Not Specified 0 5 1 2 x 8 1 2 Not Specified 0 Ag Not Specified 0 B4 Not Specified 0 B5 Not Specified 0 A4 Not Specified 0 AB Not Specified 0 Others Not Specified 0 Item Description Meter Count Enables you to check the meter count of this machine ROM Version Enables you to check the ROM version Import Export Saves exports setting information of this machine as a file or writes imports it from a file to this machine Status Notifica Configure the function to be reported to a registered user whe

Network Scan/Fax/Network Fax Operations User`s Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents